IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) k // /. 1.0 II 1.1 11.25 ^1^ 1^ WUu 1.4 11.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 (716) 873-4503 '4^ '^' o ..V CIHM Microfiche Series (Monographs) ICI\/IH Collection de microfiches (monographies) Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques f\f\ Technical and Bibliographic Notes / Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, arc checked below. Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagte Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restauree et/ou pellicula D □ Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque loured maps/ Caites gAographiques en couleur I I Coloured maps/ D D n Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other mate, .jj/ Relie avec d'autres documents □ Tight binding may cause sh^idows or distortion along interior margin/ La reliure serree peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distorsion le long de la marge interieure □ Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela etait possible, ces pages n'ont pas ete f ilmees. D L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a M possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-itre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mithode normale de f ilmage sont indiqute ci-dessous. □ Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur □ Pages damaged/ Pages endommagees □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restaurees et/ou pellicultes Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages d^olor^s, tacheties ou piquees □ Pages detached/ Pages detaches 0Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of print varies/ Qualite inegale de I'impression □ Continuous pagination/ Pagination continue □ Includes index(es)/ Comprend un (des) index Title on header taken from:/ Le titre de I'entCte provient: □ Title page of issue/ Page de titre de la I □ Caption of issue/ Titre de depart de la D ivraison livraison Masthead/ Generique (periodiques) de la livraison Additional comments:/ Coinmentaires supplementaires: This Item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est f ilme au taux de reduction indique ci-dessous. '0« UX 18X 12X 16X 20X 22X 26 X 30X 24 X 28X n 32 X Tho copy film«d h«r« hat bMn raproducad thanks to tha ganarosity of: D.B. Weldon Library University of Western Ontario L'axamplaira fUmi fut raproduit grica k la gAtiAron 6 da: D.B. Weldon Library University of Western Ontario Tha imagaa appaaring hara ara tha bast quality possibia considaring tha condition and laglbility of the original copy and in kaaping with tha filming contract spaeifications. Original coplas in printad papar covars ara fllmad baginning vlth tha front covar and anding on tha last paga with a printad or iilustratad impraa- sion. or tha back covar whan approprlata. All othar original copiaa ara filmad baginning on tha first paga with a printad or iilustratad impraa- slon. and anding on tha last paga with a printad or iilustratad impraasion. Tha last racordad frama on aach microficha shall contain tha symbol — ^ (maaning "CON- TINUED"), or tha symbol V (maaning "END"), whiehavar cpplias. Mapa, platas, char^. ate, may ba filmad at diffarant raduction ratios. Thosa too larga to ba antiraiy inciudad in ona axpoaura ara filmad baginning in tha uppar laft hand cornar. laft to right and top to bottom, aa many framas as raquirad. Tha following diagrams illustrata tha mathod: Las >magas suivantss ont «t« raproduitas avec la plus gtand soin. compte tanu da la condition at da la nattat* dm l'axamplaira film*, at 90 conformity avac laa conditions du contrat da filmega. Laa axamplalraa originaux dont la couvartura en paplar act imprlm«a sont film«s an commancant par la pramlar plat at an tarmlnant soit par la darnlAra paga qui comporta una ampreinta d'imprassion ou d'iilustration, soit par la second plat, aaion la caa. Tous las autras examplaires originaux sont fiimAs on commen9ant par la pramlAra paga qui comporta una ampreinte d'impraaslon ou d'iilustration at en terminant par la darnlAra paga qui comporta una telle emprainta. Un das symbolaa suivants apparaitra sur la darnlAra image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: la symbols — ^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbols y signifie "FIN ". Les cartas, planches, tableaux, etc.. peuvent dtre filmte A des taux da reduction diff^ients. Lorrque le document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seul clich*. il est film* * partir de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche * drolte. et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'imagaa nicassaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrant la m*thoda. 32 X 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 \ r , ' , JP ". ^'^'.-^J . -' vU . PJ-W"^* T-V o?k>- ■ I'm;' i% jt " ^im C^.iJ/^. '^lyfm/i^ !l /'; ///^ (7^ fJ7^^. U^^/ / \ CASSELL'S LESSONS IN FRENCH. vr LOUIS PASQUELLE, LL.D. BEVISEO BT PROFESSOR DE LOLMB. Corrected according to the 7th Edition (1877) of the Dictionary of the French Academy, and considerably enlarged by Peofessob E. ROUBAUD, B.A. (Parte). flttt(ort?eI» in tfn Department of e&ucatfon of ®ntar(o. PART I. THE ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTT-THIRB THOUSAND. CASSELL & COMPANY, Limited: LOHDOS, PARIS, NEW YORK dt MELBOURNE. THE COPP, CLARK COMPANY, Limited: [AU BiaHTS aXSEBTXD.] i i PREFACE TO THE ONE HUNDKED AND FIKST THOUSAND. In the latest edition (1877) of their Dictionary, the French Acailemy having modiiied the npelling and accentuation of a largo number of words, the Pub- lishers have thought necessary to have their French Lessons revised and corrected, as .suuie of those changes have a bearing upon the accidence. The work done has, however, not been confined to tliese modifications: a chapter on the place of the personal pronouns; one on the way to render in French the English gerundial infinitive; other on French past participles used substantively, und several Exer- cises, both French and English, have been added to the First Part, in which several Chapters, especially those on the agreement of the Past Participle, and several Exercises, have also been revised, improved, and enlarged ; other numerous modifications and im- provements being introduced where needed. The Second Part has been increased by a Chapter on tiie formation of the feminine of nouns, by a list of the French and one of the Anglo-French Homonyms and Paronymes, the two latter with a view to meet the requirements of those Students who wish to pass u th. Ex.,„i,«u„.., of „„. (r„ive«i,ie, which l,„v. „.. o^*««" '^^'^P^^^d siofoTtiirvo'icr'"'' '"■''"'' ''^^ ""'' ^^""^'^'^ ^y «"« «™- In the three following, ii, iau, iu, the a must be sounded bv Itself, and separately from the other letters ^-^unaea oy The Diphthongs. -Thore are six diphthongs, namely :_ ^^ '^ io ua \x6 ui. 1 '^^^^""^ *^'i' ^"^"^ because, though pronounced as one svl laWe the so'.nd of both vowels is distinctly heard ^ iai iau ieu oua oue oui uai ueu. These diphthongs are thus divided into syllablos :~ i-ai i-au ieu ou-a ou-^ ou-i uai ueu The Nasal Vowel SouNDs.-There are certain sounds, '"" em im • ' ' * — »" «" 1 2 c'r *"" "'" J" V- surj"- '- *»• «■« "™ »;;;;a.aT,,,:::, , ,„„ lan ien jqjj nants arc called nquids/nl^;:i;".fL'i^-;;;"'^ti^^^^ of the conso- I'HEXCH ACCENTS rhore are thi-oo accents, v£ ?!""''* °"^^' ^^^ «P<->cific purponcs V '"^"^'I the Acute accent (*]„,«, ^, " Cu-ciunflex;; J " | ^ow^t SbTrnVir ^"^'^ -- *^« -ll , .., ,,,. ,,^^ Whcn^ foSr.? ;^rLV'"f °r *^« — 1« «. ^ and . ''Thtl-ircu *^^' ^'"'' '^"""'^ ^" accent8,Tnd?s^uid w't? is JJ?! ''"'^" °^ ^^^ acute and ffravo that the letter over wh ch " is^'i,^,?; '^^^'^P* ^- It indSS Age, Bete, Biiche, Cdte oh. ^r.,. The « ' *^«-lee, T6te alaopoiStaZ'nStihf '^*-^ ^"^ Pronunciation, but thev word« in which thej''a,rwr£^-e ^PeHmgof many of tZ morly spelt esfo.J'er, aZe,e^,t ' ^^'^^ '^^^' ^'^^^'' ^^ero for- other mark, or si^*; arfusel, Set ^'"* ^"""^^-*'^'^' -tain Cedilla, Diasresis, Hvi^ben i The Cedilla M i. v ^"'* Apostrophe. 3 . fan?!.*" iri " ^ ''f"^^^*^ "f t^o dots placed over the vowel« ^ «, and M It Hhows that the vowol over which it iVnlnonT' pronounced soi,,,rat..ly from the, prcccdinl' vowel h sK.' ihK, m r..;ility, a distinct syllahh' as- ' '""'*'''«t- Niiivcto, i)ronounce(l Na ivete c Jnt/wisrail" " ^'"^ '^"='^"*''^ -ark/which is used to BelleH-lettres, Oh.i.ci, Demi-kilon,6tre. Tho Ai.(,sTRo..»K (•) i,s like a conin.!., and is used to show :^th !r;3'r So!*;;!! ---' ^^^- -^'^^ ---^ L'ami instead of Le ana. L'honinie, instead of Lo Iiomme n JfiL rf""'"''"' 7 '' ^'^^^ '='*"*^'l «" account of its peculiar A-t-ellc': Tarle-t-on? A-t-il? NAME AND S )UNU oP THE VOWELS. A, a— name, «A—ha3 two distinct sounds, viz •— A short sound, as in the English word/«^. * ' A long sound, as in the English word mark. yl has the short sound represented hy the English word fr,, when It begins or ends a French word. ^"&"«'^ word/a< Sme ^TS"'- V'^' I ^'•^"^'^- ^'or^uru^ed. English. 7r xx. ; '■'"• ' ^^"^ ^-^ra Mmried Woman. ^ has the long sound represented by a in the Enelish worrl aSj^'"^*'f P'°e'""'='^^ ^« tJ^'^ fir«t letter of the Frlnct alphabet, and also when under the circumflex accent +>,? V r^l!^' ^o^e^e'-. 'lot to pronounce A a like the sound of m the tollowing examples, namely :— p^oioufeea, Age Ah-zh Affe. | GrAce Grah-s /'a.o^r. 1 his vowel IS sometimes under a grave accent thn<. a n voila ; but its sound is not mate "y ! Jcted tSr^by -^' ^^' wo7d'l;j: ™'' "^'' ''''^^' ^^^^ '^^ ^^"^^« "^' i'^ t^e English diffpJnf"'^'* more than any other btter, namely :-in five different ways, and hence it has five different names viz -I ^silent, e mute or unaccented, d acute, ^ grave, ^circumflex. E, e, Silent.— When final, and in the middle of words be tween two consonants, . is silent, as in the following word^ !^ Abaque A-bak ^6a,«+ of . m Lr, when final of monosyllables, as in J.^^^^- when "^\ b.'for« ,;,,, 1 ''' " consonant, also hofor w , / ' *^"^ "^ "•'/ "' Ex.!.pfe.s.."-^^-^'"-.^^'/ -.nd, like t ho En,l,, ,.,.,;, Arrive Ar-eev-f.)i a ■ , ^"/f -■" '"* S.1 iiir-""' '*» «'« '«".- .. tale , ihis vowel leeeivos >,„♦ , • " t English word /.Sr^ufd 'prolong'' f ^ ^^^ ^««ers .. Abime Ab-eem Abyss , ^T ^^'"^Plos: 9, O.— The has in Fr«r.,T, ^^ ^^^®* ^^^nng-tAace -•EXAMPLES OP THP Ru^. T, ^ ^^'P- Mot "::-- °';- -"|-» r«oo».r- ^Ya-^oSri"'- »-^--;.,fir,ette.tl; t^e KxAMI'LEs : Bucho liush Zof;o/ «W.!Fiate Flute i^/„t, of Latlr tSh'f .1'r' ^^^'"/«"«^'"^' ^. ^'-^''opt in a few M;,rds i IS also pronounced like the letters ce in ih^. 1?^ r i. Af^. when it icjiu, or .«,/, a word n ml ..1.. / ^"^^''^ '"''''^ Hystdme SecHs-tahn ^s>t^ere,t8 ^ G. g.-Before the vowe^ " T""! ^'■"'' "» ''««^*. 00%??^^ P~-"nced o!ZtT' '""^ '^'•^' ^« •• Jiamberg " Ko-boor, etc P.*„ .. Nurembero " ^amber, etc. "OH, -and^:!"" '" P™unci.Hon, as'f f, M™°:*^ ^» i.y th.. two ],.,■,„,; ,//. ,^;;„T:jy'!"^^ '""^ " •*"♦' -"""i «vi....s,,,t..d T ,,. , W"''it •» pronounced Abeo. In th.« word there is no Hound wl.at,.ver of the /.. Jamais Zha-n.ay i;.,,, , j,,^^, ,,^^ ^^^^ ^ ..vS^.^r^'^'" ^^■""" ^"'« "'« ^^""'i '>f the E„,.h-«h .I- t all In a few wordn. ^ fillall So^T "'^^ '^'^' ^^-'^ ' "« ''^ ^iq-cJ^ ing viz^ :-«., ..;; • ;:l;';,:"-^ combmations like the follow! En.iLi^:r^]?-„S'i/::-^^^^ aOf en j« ' ^ • A** o '"' on, un usuau/iT'vilt''" ^"'^ «^ --d«. final con^on^lnts arc Prends as if printed Pren. and pronounced Prahn. or We! U "irelTeS^^^^^^^^^ '^^''^"'"^ ^^^ a vowel sound, that another ; Kid be iHH P,''?"^"^^'^^ ^'^th a nasal beginning of the next h^^ LmcjJ :!'" P^^^^^^^^tion to the Mon ami as if printed Mon-namee. soxfn'do57aShen1f fchVso^,^^^ '^ "^^'^«' ^^ - -'-»>' «nal, it i's geneiSy silent PfoZt ^h f T .^"fe'^^«^- ^^'^en followed by «, which is then almost H -s sUen f ^'"'™"^ It is often ioppef or ^earlvT-' TT'' ^^^^»o>meur words dissever and £ an^fiT ?.^ '""".'^ °* * ^" *he English word -o'" 'n Wv 1 ^1' ^"'^i.he soft sound of a in fb« WpSii!}, ; , ;■ ' ^quiviiunt to the Eneiish Jetfpr <. t+ i, "liT^ «^/c^ Am*«^ sound whenever itH initial^ "*' *^^ ^'^'"^ I '.cr.:,-:-:"' --■— foll,.vvin» Z, . *'"' ''"«l'«fi -. and s "'""■'•' "••^'"".to JWt.Ml^ „ ■'^"Mi^^h ,v .n thu <«'mti. II /"r-Hooftl . CiiitiuH /V(>-s.„„|, ''/"Ijtinfii,. '■ "'-'V"" ^"-f'^k '«-i. Kfs,"' •»i,'i;'Sy'"r: E.xc^s ,,, ' " ^'^^ following woi'd •— ^ ' ,;'''' '^"^ ^'"^^'^h letters ^., in tho toll ■ ^""'"'^ Ex..rinier -^^ ' ^^° following word •— 4 Like English .,, in the Ll ^'''"^ ^"'•'•'^^^- ""*^**V' .r,T,...«ciy:-- ^ '" P^'0"«nciation, has 2, 2.-zt'l!!!nv''! "^^^'""^^^ Auzommes. ^g with a consonant, is silent. t 1 1„> 11 Hr. 10 9 letter. r^^u^"-l^zrZu:^::iv '' 'T'" "^ "'-^^ COMl'Ol'NI) VOWELM. "». <"''.• <«,»«,».,<.„,;•,„,,. „„'"!'■"•'.''.". '--...'..v.r.; UII'lITUONGS. There are six diphthongs, namely :-(«, u- ,0 «« «/ „; >/ i-cfS'th"' ''r.'^'"'^ the letter Hu the English \vord hiatus between^trrFia""? lt-akr"S '^""'^ ^■^^^"^"* "">' */.?>^fZ;;;"'' ^""°'^' ^^-^'' •• ^™t-'. ritie. Lie, /'.V.rf. of ^•EaJlniS;,^^^- :'" "" ^^"'^^•^ - - th^ 1-t syllahle Vl.lon veo-lonh rw»,. latter is £ ttSe^s LT ?S E^li^tt^d ^^ ^ •' ^'^^^^ Condmte Konh-d'weet Conduct. | Puissance P-nee-sahns Pov^a-. Iho ^j^/<< diphthongal combinations of th... ..,...„:.. ,. m th^same word, are thus divided, to show' th^ir pi^inua^ I' ' iai iau itni OllJl 10 iai i-au i-eii oil -a ou-6 oii-i II ai u-eii oo-eh. ooe 01' wee nay. mih. ouai «»eu ou-eii "°-'^y- °"^- oi-le ZT "o-eh. Tie «ound of , *^T ™"' 'o™™- The soimd of.;,;" "Z'- ' ' """ " "™ '""' "' "•' '^ i f '«KrSr ^r?°^'™ "". and IS iike the sound of fh,. iM" '^^^esented bvtho »«-eci with an effUt is r ^''^ 't ^^^^^ ..,;J n ^'''.""fJ'of «o^, .«« S , .'""^^ ^^'^^ nose " ,f « to .po.i» Z " *« J-J .sh WO.J pies Concemin" ti,r "" "fW 'o «peat S ' ™,Enfflish word «mon,be-°'d%S « "»'»"• ">« S«*r°£ at °T nasals. ^ '" * and «'« followp,?!. dejtroyod. "^ "» «' »-i/i, and 'I'd conquer^ the letters iglish word nose, to be weli ' are not isality is th exam- 3ry few 11 and «« ire sounded likf;.' ^'' ^^'"^^""dis, in which urn ^'ASAL UIl'HTHOXOAL (SOUNDS. lari ien ion uan uin ouan oin ouin divided into i-an )> i-cn )) i-on )) u-an ), u-in )> ou-an t> ou-in >) ou-in and pronounced eahn. » eanh. » eonh. » uahn. » uanh. )) ooahn. ti oo-anh. >> oo-anh. LIQtlUs. from that wUch they mnJ^lH- w,™ " T"?? T>' '"*""' 4SS, wlrdrrn™'!";/!!''' ' **'« '■' «"1 « "» "i- in tho Digmt€ Dee-gnee-teh /),v,,„-^. The exceptions to this method of pronouncino-To i.t. tho.ei„„hfch,:sSi.t„rc^4;Ter' ""•■ """ - Section II. lino. fo™ZtS,7eniit ^^e" f " """' '" ""> ™^"'". « «»■ Le fils, hune, iic, must be "ned by two hey dancing f eat, you have ''Ve the water, ythechildhus e tlie pepper. It. t, only. u.hle. a. meat, 'nt. Q. vinegar. A-t-il la i-nous lit .lo pHin. ■no et lo ^Hdemoi- jer a la '• Avez- 13 vous I'eau et le sel P U Oni Ar^„oV «e], et I'avoino. 15 Avm,« nous 1? t^T' "^"V^'«"« I'oau, lo la mo a lo the, lo WmJgi^erie sel 17' a/^"?' ^'^°"'^'^'"^' Non Madame vous ave. seulemert le vL trTet' h". • ','' 19. Avez-vous la table:- 20. Oui, Madame; ;^Tlataby.''''^'• KxEltCIHE 2. TO KE THANSL.VTED INTO FKE.VCH. ^\tZlZ ^J^t Tl^ iS:^^^ ^ ,^- the wheat. «Hlt. o. Has he the oats* 6 Vo V ^"^l^^\'"«-"'it ''md the oats. 7. Have we the wiiea^V l' Yon )!'' "■^M^^'^'l has tho the flour. 9. Who has tbo «,if •. ,n t ^''''^ ^^^ ^^'^^''t and meat. 11. Pla e we ho v^ ol; ,, ^^{ ^}"'-^ ^he salt and the 12. No, 8ir, the brother hVsf'- ^'''' '"'^ ^^"^ "^^^^'^'^ horsor 14. ThobSLsfT, r''"^^^^^^^ ^^- ^^'^o has the and the penh IG nJ "iliss .)'''••, ^•^- ^^'''^ ^^^ the book niiUorhas the hook 17 laVrvo.f '.l ^f i^' J-^^' ""^ ^he yir, I have only the book \vl }.^ ^1^^'"'' '^'^' '^ ^^- ^o, have the table, 'the pen^and tie bl'ot? '■'" *'^ *'''^^^^ -^'^- ^^^ .Skctio.v Tir. Una singular. co,L nciuL wi?h a .on '' \''°''^ ^^ ^he ..r«.«. [§ 1^ («) (9)]. "°^ '''th ^ consonant or an h aspirated mo^ein^wU&l'owerertr' ^''^ "---^^"0 words com- with th? piposition ' ™"^'' ^^'^ ^^'t^^^*^ ^« '^"t blended con„«led by'tho i^i'Sion dS H°7t,n') ^ '"■" ™'''' '°'°« L.m„„t.oclV. fJj^Kr, Miscellaneous Exajim.es. V«.zlaIettrodoIas.urdu^v£t..^ A-t-il le livre de la dame 2 iJ^l^at'S''^'"'"^' Argent, «,., sihrr /,^0's, in. n-ooct. <^oton, m. co«o«. 14 EXEUCISE 3. },"»•, ni. /eatha-. J^o'n. m. W. ^Hbit, ,n. cort^ Inline, f. woof. Montre, f. «,«^^,/,_ •rortecriivon m I'^iir f. »,-^^p, %l''\'^^>rn. shoe. railleur, m. tai/or monlrod'onll,, 1. "°"'"' "■'or? 2 O,,,- ., , i«» 'to ^u t t-„ tX" *"? '!■« t'oM Sch ■■■ / 4r, tto fto tailor', shoo:- r 1, ° i''™'' IWcil-cam / ,?'°!«' «'''nemlly bo them [^ 14 (11), ,s 78 (i)J. '^ °' ''^'^ ^« «^- ™'^y ^o prefixed to Du pain. „ , De la viands. "vr""' °'' ^""'^ 'j'-cat/. De I'argent. -'J/mi, or j ' M,j brothers have un-ived; arc yours (jonci Is tmt true / Hnre ,iou bread ? You have bread, cheese. Has your bi-othcr butter ? Docs thatbehmj to your brother t Js theirs here I '''^Jlllfl^^icia.;s sister r^pcr butter, and a pound of U soeur du mifdecin a-t-eJle du papier etdel-encre? ' ''\ „„, ^„, , artidJ^; t S.^^SSSrf eJirvt^-^' ^^T^'-' ^^«t the sense. ^ "^^^'^ ^'■^^i noun used in a partitive Acajou, ni. mahotiany Acier, m. steel. " " ' Aujourd'hui, to-day Exercise 6. Beurre, ni. butlc-. Biere, f. beer. Boeuf, m. 6ec/. < 'afc, ni. coffee. Cuiller, f. spoon. D6, m. thimble. 16 Kncre, f. in^ ' , ^ils, m. SO)!. i^J^e, m. hook i^""io. f-p^. Giint, m. i//yi,e. ^'^P'^r. m. paper Th- ' ^"^^^ ^"^> m. tea. «;t-ello uno Iconic' dt '"r^^,*, '^^ P'^Pi^r! "^J ''tZ, «-*-« d argent. 9. Le boulanger . f if ," ""'^ '"ontre dS e? uHj I;e boulanger a du the et du. 5' " '''" «» ^^ ^^ bi^eP ,n a-t-elle uno 3tte d'argent 7-^' t , '^"•''"c a H. Votre frero a-t-il du- aujourd'huiv ifi n • \r^'^- ^^o bouchor a f ,-i !i , "^^ ''t ello a un livre 2-; \ . ?, S'lnt h 24. Non Mnn^" ^'^- ^'^ erayon d« medecin. P^"'"' ^ «r. 27. Vous a;e. l-pj^^o-' Exercise 6 Pioce of cloth. ,"S,*« Mor cloth? " Th.7f-f ';"<»■. table." IS Vr.c u- 1 . ^'' "as vour firiinr,^^ ^es, bir gster a gioveV\;^-' ^0 has a maho^Tn/af ^ J "jJ^W Has the bookse]If.;\,' . ^' ^"'' "7 sister has a sill, , "^^ ^^^^ .to^f-tcP^Y-T»-^^^^^ ■ Skctiox V. ••'»i pL° Snt" "°"'™'° "-^««-. «. .-.phccd Wc the vcPb T t . ' J? n'ai paslechev.il VousnWzpa^la'i.i^,^ ■ { Plume, f. p,n. »ucre, m. awjar. I'm, m. wine. *;ptre, your. ^'^u, m. tea. 'i'%"r. i'ai une » de pain ^ 4, librairo a-t-ii • Votro soeur ' ti or et un de ibiere? lo frcVo a-t-il dii' ^ 3. La dame 'no cuiUer et «e la viando «« do b(x)uf. ronsieur, il a deein f 20. ^I- Qui a dii ere. 23. La nsieur, mais 152 le porte- I pound of ad, butter, iilor has a 'S, Sir, the 'er watch? gold pen. iG cotton, knife and Yes, Sir, ttahogany Has your 'Ve. 21. s, Sir, he iias your ^ and the 5 6). be verb, 17 2. When the verb is in a compound tense [§ 46 (7) ] the first negative ne is placed before the auxiliary, and the second between iho auxiliary and the participle. Je n'ai pas eu le cheval. / have not had the horse. Vous naveii pas eu ia maison. You have not had the home. 3. It will be seen in the above examples that the e of ne is cbded, when the verb begins with a vowel [§143]. 4. When the words ni, neither ; rien, nothing ; jamais, never ■ personne, no one, nobodij ; occur, the word ne only is used, and those words take the place of pas [§42 (6)]. Je n'ai ni le livre ni le papier. / fuive neither the book nor the mner. Avez-vous quelque chose ? Have you amjthimi ? Ppr"'°°". f-. Ssii, J'fti (luelquo clioso, II a chaud, Elle a faini, Nous avons honte, Vous avez peur, lis out tort, Aveii-vous raison ? J'ai sonjnieil, SomcthinO in the viatter with inc. He IS tear III, She is huiifffi/. We are ashamed. Yoa are afraid. They are uyrong. Are yoiirifjhti I am sleepy. .J: A "?""' whether taken in a generator in a particular Bread is necessary. He has the bread. US diflerent forms [§77 (1) (2)1. Le pain est ndcessau-e. II a le pain, o A , , -""^ ""* f''« oreaa. 6. A noun, preceded by the article le, retains that irfiVl^ fi^'i' TlT'^'Z' ^"t ^ "oun taken irapartUhV fen e (Sect. 4, 1), takes after ni neither article nor preposition Je n ai vu ni I'arbre ni le jardin, / have seen neither the tree nov Nous n'avons vu ni arbre ni m'fip'Zi neither tree nor V A l/arden. .A- f^ ^^^' *^^^" ™ ^ partitive sense, and preceded bv «n adjectivo, takes merely the preposition de [§ 78 (3)1 ^ noun^^" following adjectives are generally placed before the Cher, rfmr. Jeune, youruj. Meilleur, ie««.. Grand^rea<, larffe. Joli, pirtty. Petit, smafL Gros, large Mauvais, bad. Vieux, old. Vilam, ugly. Miscellaneous Examples. Beau, handsome Bon, good. Brave, worthy. Avez-vous quelque chose ? Je n'ai rien (litei-ally, I have no- thing). Voire frere a-t-il chaud ? II n'a ni froid ni chaud. Votre sojur a-t-elle faim ou soif ? Mien a pas faim, mais elle a honte. V otre ami a-t-il sommeil ? Mon ami n'a ni sommeil ni peur. Avez-vous raison ou tort ? Avez-vous du lait ou du vin ? Je n'ai ni lait ni vin [R. 3]. Avez-vous le lait ou le vin ? Je n'ai ni le lait ni le vin [R. 3]. — vs.", vous de beau drap ec de bon cafe ? Is anything the matter' roith von -> Nothing is the matter with me. Is your brother warn ? He is mithei' cold nor warm. Is your sister hungry or thirstii ? She ts not hungry, but ashamed. Is your friend sleepy/ My friend is neithn' sleepy nor afraid. Are you right or wrong ? Have you milk or wine I I have neither milk nor wine. Have you the milk or the wine? I have neither the milk nor th e vtine. Have you handsome cloth and good coffee f 20 Mma, hut. "■"SI: '■ -«-: *i5'' ■■'■ **. moil tori h yon cousin. lo/Avrin '"'"'i ''^^^-vous F " is^" y°"? "^vez n Exercise lo. nil tutton. ^y_ ^^ j:i^!£:!-unsi,,.rrrr^ -", >iot/ii,i!i. ■tf Jii. w)-ott(/, '". Kdft. "»t'il, J.i. */,,.. '■'V>.'/. '' ? '^ n''i j)a« so,n. ,, f ^cn'ni ni ' "' '" honto ni V^o'isn'avezni Jailolivrodo °" io inarteau )i io in..rttau -^- Avex i,i„j, ' ^0 gros xivrc '*''% ni le petit ^^eepy, but I »ave neither 3r thirsty or *f »■>:• 7. Is '^« '« right, •'•^'^•cl, but 'ivo neither "fine cloth *" nor the "».v good good Sir. ood bread, ■r sleepy." ' -^"ngry." «ave not '? 24. I 'th coat? ailor the % gold 0. Some brforc the verb.* The«e pronouns assumo the gender of the nouns which they rPj)r(iNf'nt. .TcT v.7h!" '" """**■'"" ■ ^"', """ "'<^ '*'^ 't'"/^ •' Voyoi.H iioiiH la fourchette ? /Vo'rr W //,f /;,/.^ ' >ouH la voyoriH. IKrm//. 'J. The vowol of tin: pronouuH le and la is clidea bd'orc a verb commencing with a vowel or an // mute [§ U;{] WvouH le bAton ? //„,,, ,,„„ ^/,, ,^ ..^.^ Avon:s.uoUH la uaiiiie ? Horv we the cam'/ { i;v «nrr'""V'?'''''V'"' °*°°' '"• "»»• ^- "'■" •■ too. '•'• ta. I. r////; son, m. sa, f. /us, /in; atnco in L'cndcr wifi, «v,.. i ; . possessed, that i« with the noun'folh.win'^'hl^i [§ i^ a\'f' l"' 3Ion imj.itre, m. M>, de,L ^^^" IlaHa '" ^""n- 20. sonnonol'a. 22 0.iW. , ^r ^'- ^on, Monsieur ner "ayon. •* ^^- -^ "1 son joli mipoii' ot son bon 1 tr ExEHC'ISK 12 i I V.3 you my knife and myiovk^\ f^^' «'"°^ '''^^- ^' Jviuto nor your fork. 9 Who iu,« fi '}''" ""^^^r your 10 Thobakorhasit anil r T *'^' -"^^ • P If ThJ,l "' '^"^ I hfivo mine. jkop 12. 1 bt;:;^^^;;: ;ou;^';;^x^- ,^^; ii-voy^^m^n; 14. I am not hun-n-v T ,ui lu- \ . ^^- ^o you hun<>-rv'^ not ashamed ? iYn^ T f^'^y 'V^d sleepy. U. Aro"?ou 17. Is your relation z^^htt'ir^" ^ l^T^' ,^? ^ '- -l" °"'- 19. Has he mv ?hini rlT«h ^ 1^- My relation is right has neither your eh L 5 «h '"" ""^ "'^^•'^ J^'^ife ? "0 Ho china plate. ^ 2 . h"; anv on? J'*^"^,^'!^''^^ ^^nife ; he hasyour o"o has it, but your brotLr'haTvou?'' FT' ^^^ ? 22.^No you mmo or his? 24 T V^n, ^ ^ ^^^^^ ^oat. 23. Have -ahogany chest of drawer. p'T He y.''-'!"'' ^^^ ^^^- 'he " ♦ Thp ,.. • - J''- -^^^ ^e It not, he has the pn.,„f«^r.!«f«"vo adjective mu,t, ii F"re^ch^p-: ~^~~1^^ 1, -. it}]. -^i, lu J! reacu, be repeated before every at mahogany Bofa. 27. Has the tinman my plato P 28. ilo has not your plate, ho has mine. 2!). Wliith Hofa havo you P ao. I havo my niulhoi's Hoia. 31. I havo noithof his nor yours, I havo mine. Section VIII. 1. Tho (lomonHtrativo adjoctivo ce, m. cette, f. t/iin or ffiaf, IH always placud bot'mc a noun, or hct'oio an adjeitivo folU)wod by ita noun; it agreos in gondor with this noun [§ 21 (1)]. Avez-vouH ce i)arai)hiie ? m. Jfaie i/ua thin (or that) umbnlla » ^'avoz-vous pas cette boutoille? f.Hair you ml this (or titiit) bottle / 2. Before a word masculino singular, commonoing with a vowel, or an /i muto, cet takes tho i)laco of ce [§ 21 (1)]. N'avez-voug pas cct argent ? Jfair ynu not thi» (or that) money f Vous avez eu cet honneur. Yon have had thin (or that) homnir. 3. Whon it is doomed nocossjiry to express in French tho difforonco existing in Englisli between tho words thts and thai, the ad\.'rb.s ci and \k may bo placed aft(.'r the nouns [§ 'iJ '-')]. .le niii pus ce parasolct, j'ai ce / hare not this j^ntmsul, I hare that parasol la. p<(i-asol. i. Tho demonstrativo pronouns, celui, ni. celle, f. thin or that, lire used to rejiresent nouns, but are never joined with thi'ui like adjectives [§ ;i7, § .'18 (1)]. .I'ai mon parupluie et celui de / have mi/ umbrella and i/oiir votre frere. hrotherV, i.e., that of your brother, Vous avez ma robe et cello de You hare mu dress and my sister's ma 8(Bur. i.e., that of my sister. 6. Tho pronouns celui, celle, with the addition of the words ci and Ik, are used in the sense of thin one, that one, the latter, the former [§ 38 (1)]. They agree in gender with tho word which they represent. Vous avez celui-ci. mais vous You have this one (the latter), but n'avez pas celui-lll. you futve not that one {the former). 6. Tho jironouus ceci and cela are used absolutely, that is, without a noun, in pointing out objects; they have no plural- Nous n'avons pas ceci, nous We have not this, we have Huit, avons cela. Ceci ou cela. This or that. MiSCELLANEOrS EXAMPLES. Have you that man's book? I have not his book, I have mine. Has t/ic cook tliat umbrella ? He has not this umbrella, he Ims that umbrella. Avez-vous le livre de cet homme? Je n'ai pas son livre, j'ai le mien. Le cuisinier a-t-il ce parapluie ? II n'a pas ce parapliue-ci, il a ce parapluie-la (R. 3). Avez-vous celui de votre frfere ? Je n'ai pas celui de mon frfere, j'ai ceiui de ma soeur (R. 4). Have you your brother's? Le., that of your brother. I have not my brother's, I have my sisters; i.e., t/iat of my brother, that of my sister. L._l Avez-you8oelui-ciouceIiiiI;N9 24 §,"f"erobeavez.vous?f J ai celle-ci. . * Avez-vousceciouceIa(R6)' EXEKCISE 13 Ardoiae, f. sUtc. «alai, m. broom. BouteiUe, f. fo«fe Dame, f. /arf„ {have this {one). ^ ' ^a^eyoxUhisoi'tlm? stranger, m. s^ra/if^er, ^ait, m. wi7X'. " omuie, f. poultry. Malle, f. trunk. Parasol, m. jo,,,v«(,^. Fromage, m. cheese. Plus l"?' '"'^• Jardmier, m. aar ^irl' ^^ linger. I. Votro frerp n * ,"i « a un encrier dp n7<^ T" ^°"'^^^ •i'argent P 9 n ,. n ai pa, votre bouloillf ,-ai 'l. ^;^°"? ™ Iwuteille" n r ^. Avez-vous quelque chose P 25 " No^n at '''°?'^^ "'^ foim. J^on, Monsieur, je n'ai 1 TTnc. 1. Exercise 14 you the 8ti,ni:i"!,\^^«^- tWs (one) nor th«wL'!n«r.that I'e -AntSVjf^^^^^^^^ iO Th7e-r.^ ^-*^-'«- or that T'lo\t t"^^ dish. ] i. Ha"' i^lTZ\}^^^ « «"^er bread or ttt /^^^:^^r this norlh f.'^ Tg'^ ^^ Po^Jtry baker's good bread. S fe' °^^*^»«r this nor that ^ ., *^^' have not vm,r. -fll ^^- ^^^e vou mv rrvffL ' ^^ has the Wo„*i y°"*^ cotton Darasni V u ^ ^°"0" Parasol ^ ifi t ■ttas the ffardennr <. i parasol, I have voursiiL-^ , "• ^ leather t?unk,Q^\l^^^tr"nkP 18 Thp 'i^^""^'^^- 17. bas your Ste. but s!Sl' o'^^ ^ ^^^-^ ^bl'^ f 20" No\". '^ you mine or hs? 22 T T' ^'^. y«"r brother's 21 w'*^ the stranger's 9i w \bave neither yours Tn^ », -V ^^^^^ 24. Hehaftw;bnVo*\^««kthis bittrn^isLbave - «• ^- Have you a lead ini^t'andTTe!' rthat one? Matter nw the mi t? tni-stmul. 1. stranger, 1- umbrella, oultry, 'e I'a plus, I'etran- rer [R. 4J. ifipojiu do "• II n'a ^VOZ-VOUS e soie et n. Je .12. Le iliere-ei, poulet h 'Z-V0U8 y il de la volaille, nage ou elui du a faim, je n'ai •rother '1- that Have iter's, iher's, silver )ultrv > thia 3 the 16. I 17. as a body lave lave jm? 26. 26 No, Sir, I have a china inkstand f?7 Wiio ♦!,« i. and yours is wrong, nor her velvet hat. •izi V -'x ,-" ^^y t'other is right, 6\. Your sister has neither her satin hat TJie stocking, the stockings. The voice, the roicen. The nose, the nonen. Xouns ending with au, eu. and ceu, Section IX. PLUKAL OF nouns (§ 9). lea horaraes, les femme,. 3.,,, ,„„_ «, ,„„.„, Le bas, les has. La voix, les voix. Le nez, les nez. 3. 2nd ExcKPTioN. take X for the plural. Le ituT's Hex,?''"'- ^i' ^'< ^^'^ ^««<*- •*«c tow, the voics. X for /hi ^xcEi'TioN The following nouns ending in ou take Jinn / P"'u V ^y°". >'^'^'^; caillou. pebble; chou °"'W Lesbijou.x,le8cailloux,leschoux. The^^jewds, the pebbles, the L€8hiboux,lesgenoux,le8Joujoux. Thfowls%he knees, the play. things. " ^^S^^'^S^.^S^J^^ ■- ail sous-baux ' ""''' ^^' ^'^'^ ^ur-holes, the labours, the under-leases. J^ Sth Exception. Nouns ending in al form their plural in P 1 A 77 , — o-n......... The general, ihv generals. f ni 26 ;«^ fom fheir'pS irSSllarw" ' ""' '^' ' ""^ «*«"^ ««"«' Les cieux, les yeux, lea aieux. Theheavcm th.. „ i. or tuither rules see § 9, S 10 nnrl s 1 1 ^t ^v. c s » b iu, ana § 11, of the Second Part. Miscellaneous Examples. I^s Anglais out-ils les chevaux till general ? Lesgeneraux n'ontpas les bijoux. Lesenfantsont-ilslescailloux' Les yeux de I'enfant. ' Les tableaux de cette &lise Avez-vous des oiseaux "> Avez-vous les encriers' d'argent •lemasoBur? , 'lle'tSf'^l-'-I-J-! 5%e i/«iemfe hare not the jeioels fn-e the children the pebble f Ihc child's eyes. The pictures of that church. Maie you. any birds / Bftril, m. trt/v£7. Bas, in. stock i 11^1. Chocolat, m.ch'ocolate. Bijou, m. jewel. Chou, ni. cabbage. Dans, in. Enfant, ni. child. Fer, m. iron. Fils, m. son. General, m. genei-al. EXEUCISE 15. Gilet, ni. waistcocit. triand, adj. laruc, lireat. .Tiirdin, m. garden. v.iseau, m bird Joujou, m. plaything. Petit, a.ff".w/ J-^nie, m. veyetable. Paire f Uv Marchand, .. .«.- Poivr^, nff^,, *'«''^- Rien. ,w* r? a-t-il uno paire de bas de laine P i n t A® niarechal paires de bas de laine. 11 w2lLr ,^° "^a^-^chal a deux 12. Non, Monsieur, fai cLud n A " '"''''•^^V^ ?»» ^oid P a un morceau do pain et dmx h«rL^ * • ^"- ■'^^ meunier a-t-U du cafe, du the du chornlnf f a^ *'*"'''' ^l. L'epicier the et du caf6, et le chocolat eft 1^" ^r'' ' '^'- ^^ * d" 23. Qui a deVargentr94 Jen-arn«'fH^' '''\'' °^'"-^"hand. pap er. 26. Avez-vous d^ U Aier^^ o^'^v^'- "^^'' ^'""^ ^u aYeul, ancetm the ancestors. Second Part. ■he yeneraVs t thejeicels. '2icbblesi hurch. silver ink- ifver Jcwfh the murhlc !, had. II. miner, n. piece, bird, sviall, lir, pepper, t-ce qne, ng, us avons ils deux 5. Les iurs. 7. 8. Les .'ont pas larechal a deux I froid? e ou du ez-vous imes de fils n'a leimier 'epicier II a du chand. j'ai du Auvaijs 27 Exercise 16, 1, Have you my brother's horses? brother's horses, I have 2. I have not your your cousin's hiils. 3. Have the bliicksmiths good iron ? 4. The blacksmith has two pieces of iron. 5. Have you two pairs of stockings ? 6. I have one pair of stockings and two pairs of gloves. 7. Has your sister the gold jewels ? 8. My sister has the gold jewels and the paper plaj-tliings. 9. Have you the cabbages in your garden ? 10. We have two cabbages in our garden. 11. Have you the silk hats? 12. The generals have the silk hats. 13. Have you coffee or sugar ? 14. We have neither coffee nor sugar. 15. Are your brothers ashamed ? 16. My brothers are neither ashamed nor afraid. , 1 7. Who has two barrels of flour ? 18. The miller has two barrels of flour, 19. Have the birds bread ? 20. The birds have no bread, 21. Has the merchant tea, chocolate, sugar, and pepper ? 22. He has sugar and pepper, but he has neither tea nor chocolate, 23. What has your sister ? 24. She has nothing. 25. WTiat is the matter with your brother? 26. Nothing is the matter with him? 27. Is he not cold? 28. He is not cold, he is warm. 29. Is he wrong ? 30. He is not wrong, he is right. 31. Have you two cloth coats ? 32. I have only one cloth coat, but I have two satm waistcoats. 33. Who has my brother's letter ? 34. Your sister has it. 35. Your sister has it not. Section- X. 1, The plural form of the pronoun le, him or it ; la, her or it, IS les, them, for both genders. Its place is also before the verb : Vous les avez. Les avez-vous ? You have them. Have you them l Nous ue les avons pas. We have tliem not. 2. The plural of the article, preceded by the preposition de, of ox from, is des for both genders. Des livres, des plumes. Des fr^res, des soeurs. Of ov from the hooks, oftliepens. Of or fi'om the brothers, of the sisters. 3. The same form of the article is placed before plural nouns used in a partitive sense [Sect. 4, R. IJ. J'ai des habits. / luive clothes. Vous avez des maisons. You have houses. 4. Rule 5 of Sect. 5, and Rule 4 of Sect. 6, apply also to plural nouns used partitively. Nous n'avons pas de livi-es. We hare no books. Vous avez de bons crayons. You have f/ood pencils. a. The plural form of the possessive adjectives, mon, ton, Bon, notre, votre, leur, is mes, my ; tea, thi/ ; ses, his, her, its; noB, our; voB, your; lours, their, for both genders. I I ! t J ■& m m 'ill m Mes frdres, mes soeurs. Nos hvres, nos plumes. 2S ^fJ>l'others,m,>/ sister,. Ourbook^, our pern. ■^"■'- Fern {*8 miens, Les niiennes min^ r ^^' ^''"'- Vos maisons et les miennea ™"rs, Les leurs, theirs. Les siens, les v6tres, et les n6tres J?"''-^^^. anrf his. Ces hommes, ces femmes. n... usre rrere a-t-il mes chevanv ' i u- II n'a ni 1p« va..„„ _. ,cneyaux . ( ^a^ .yo«,. tro«^«. np horse. ? II n'n rX\ ./ " '"^^ chevauj nt'^'f^'l^nosvoisins? ^i ne les a pas. v-eues ae ma cousine ? ^"r'mr* l'^ "?^^""^« '^i oelles Avons-nousclesmarteaux' Avez-yous les habits dig enf.n+« ^ Avee.vom oeux-oi on ceux-la? Shchas neither mine nor my cou »in's,shehmher(ncn. ^ Have we hummers ? ^OM Aai.e «o hammers. 19'^ have prett}, pencils. Have you the children's clothes t I have not the children's" lotkJ You have the ladies' hats I Hnve you these or those i . . EXEKCISE 17. ^a^:"^^^:s^te- few. ChanddL ^L^'*- ,, Ferblanc, m. «,•„ X,f l?"'e, adj. f. 6,«e,.. -i^-^dell., .. ca;wfe. Fusil, m. «»,«,^. '»,V sistert, '■ pen«. &c. [Scot. 7, nes, ^Atrec. es, ours. 9> theirs, mine, is, urs, ave ces for omen. ^«^, makes rely tnkos ose of your ^' his, 'hbours ? ns or my ''■n'Vcou- ' my cou- 'otkes f clothes. rhk. ttress, hetteii; kman. travel- 29 ^ 1. Avez-vous les marteaux des marechaux? 2, Oui Mon- sieur, jo les ai. 3. Ne les avez-vous pas? 4. Non, Monsieur. nous ne les avons pas. o. L'ouvrier les a. 6. L'auberffiste a-t-il vos chovaux? 7. L'aubergiste n'a ni mes chevaux ni les votres, il a les sicns. 8. Le mcdccin a-t-il des livres P 9 Oui Monsieur, il a de bons livres. 10. N' avez-vous pas mes meilleures plumes? 11. Si, Monsieur, j'ai vos meiUeures plumes, les miennes, et celles de votre cousine, 12. Le voya- geur a-t-il do bons fusils? 13. II n'a pas do bons fusils, il a des fusils defer 14. Le matelot n'a-t-il pas mes matelas de ^"? • ^^- V .w ^?^ ^ P^'- 16- Qii'a-t-il ? 17. II a les matelas de Lome do 1 obemste. 18. L'ebeniste a-t-il des tables d'acaiouP 19. Uui, JMadamo, il a des tables d'acajou ot dos tables de marbro Wane. 20. Avez-vous mes chaises ou les votres ? 21 „n ^rf "^ ^^^ ""'^^^^^ "^ ^^^ miennes, j'ai celles do r6beniste'. 22. N avez-vous pas sommeil P 23. Non, Monsieur, ie n'ai ni sonuneil ni fami 24. Le ferblantier a-t-il vos chandeliers de tar P 25. Non, Monsieur, il a ccux du marechal. EXEUCISE 18. 1. Have you my tables or yours ? 2. I have neither vours nor mine, I have the innkeeper's. 3. Have you them'p 4 No, teir, I have them not. 5. Has y^tir sister my horses ? 6. Yes, bir, she has your two horses, and vour brother's 7 Are you right or wrong P 8. I am right, I am not wrong. 9, Has the tinman my silver candlesticks or yours? 10 He has neither j-our silver candlesticks nor mine. 11. What has he ? 12. He has the cabinet-maker's wooden tables. 13. Has he your mahogany chairs P 14. No, Sir, ho has my white marble tables, lo. Have you these tables or those? 16. I have neither these nor those ; I have the cabinet-maker's. 17. Have ?'r§'*°'lx.P''!'"^ ""^^^^ • '^- ^'°' S^^' ^"<^ I Jiave good pencils. 19. Has the traveller iron guns? 20. Yes, Sir, he has mine. yours, and his. 21. Has he not your brother's P 22 He has not my brother's 23. Has the workman my iron hammers? 2i. ies, Sir, ho has them. 25. Has my brother your pens or niy cousin's? 26. Ho has mine and yours. 27. Have you the children s clothes? 28. Yes, Madam, I have thom. 29. Have you your sister's hat ? 30. I have my cousin's, f, 31. Is any- thing the matter with your brother? 32. He is cold and hungry. 33. Have you horses? 34. Yes, Sir, I have two ftorsos. 3o. I have two horse-hair mattresses and one wool mattress. Section XI. AGKEEMENT OF ADJECTIVES— FEMININE OF ADJECTIVES. 1. The adjective in French, whatever may be its place,* agrees in gender and number with thn nnnn «rh5r>li if n,,<.i,-fio<. i. ^ Is ♦ For the place of a.^jective3 see Sect. 13, and Eu]e 5, Sect, 6. '''V^ 30 Adjecti ffn/arjjon aimable. ° lemmine. ■j>^ (miinble ho,, ■^n amiable girl. •Jne fiUe aimablo. „„^„, --.. ^v,,ti,i,jif, 001/, -^ diligent boy. A diligent girl. 4. ExcEPTiovfi I, A' ^. ^ ^digent girl. S"' 3-- ss. I? ?:. ... Chretien, chrS^' ''?«'^««- Baa' ^"''®- -Wo^. 5. Adjectives endina- in f .k ^°''°- *'««^. 6'// ' tr::r '- « «°^^^^^^^^^^^ '""^ --- ^ «€?o coat. Une robe neuve ^n homme heureux 4 "*'" «^''fs«. ^ happy ,,um, yne femme heureuse 6- The adfectivps h„ , ^ ^''t>m woman. A mute ; tt,"C? "^-Itao coie„'in°l,?5 """"l "-J 8. Conjugation op the Pu,, THE J:'KE8E.\T op thp T., .^. ^TH«,TOBB. '"" ^^^°^^^™ OP I am. Thou art. He is. Je suis. Til es, II est, EUe est, Nous somines, v^ous #tes, «« sont, ni. ■«i"es sont, f. She is. We are. You are. ^hey are. ■Phcy are. MismMNEocs Examples. Es-tu?" ^"J// Est-il ' r ' ''^'^* ^ Est-eUe? i'"''/' §™es-„oa,? J,S.;, Jites-vous' ^'t ?ie/ Sout-ils' ■ ^'•'^ .'/««/ Sont-elles' ^rethcyi "-^'^^ • ^»-e they i Avez-vous ,m .« — -"^« J^xampxes. «ecoutuinen'e8tnai.«n.i "„:• ' 4-*^^^ <^'^fom ann^.^, ? 31 Votre plume/, est-elle bonne ou mauvaiso ? Ma sceur est tres vive [R. 5], Votre niaisou est-elle meilleure que la niienne ? La maison de nia soeur n'est pas si bonne que la v6tre. /a pmir pen yood or bad f Ml/ mter is very lively. la your house better Hum mind My sister's house is not so good aa yours. Beau, bel, belle, lumd- sonie. Bon, m. f/ood. Content, -e, pleased. Cravate, f. cravat. Dame, f. lady. Encrier, m. inkstand. Excellent,-e, excellent. Exercise 19. Fille, f. damjhter. Habit, m. coat. Heureux, -se, happy. Ici, here. Meilleur, -e, hettei\ Neuf, -ve, new. Parai)luie, m. um- brella. Parasol, m. parasol. Petit, -e, small. Paresseux, -se, idle. Porcelaine, f, china. Que, than. Vjeux, vieille, old. Vif, vive, quick, lively. 1. Cetto (lamo ost-dlo contente ? 2. Non, Monsieur, cette cW n'ost pas contento. 3. Votre fille est-elle vivo ? 4. Mon his est tres vuf, mais ma fillo est paressense. 6. N'a-t-il pas tort.-' G. tile n'a pas raison. 7. Votre cousine est-Pllo heureusoP 8 Oui, Madame, elle e.t honne. belle et hourly 9 .\.t.cllo dcs amis.^ 10. Qui, Monsieur, ellc a des parents ct dt^ amis. 11. A-t-elle une robe neuve et de vieux souliers P 12. Elle a de vicux souhers ct une vieille robe. 13. Votre frerc n a-t-il pas un bcl habit [R. 6] ? 14. II a un bel habit 1"°^ ^fJ'^^Vf^- 15. Avez-vous de bonne viande. Mon- sieur P 16 Jai de la viande cxcellentc. 17. Cette viande-ci OS -el le mcilh^ure que celle-la V 18. Cellc-ei est meilirure que cellc-la. 19. Voti-o ami a-t-i! le bcl encrier de porcelaine P 20. bon encner est boau, mais il n'est pas de porcelaine. 21. Quelquun a-t-il faimP 22. Personnc n'a faim. 23. Les gencraux sont-ils ici ? 24. Los gcncraux et les marechaux enfants '^^ ^'^^ parasols et vos parapluies, et ceux de vos EXEKOISE 20. 1. Is your little sistev pleased? 2. Yes, Madam, she is pleased 3. Is that little girl handsome ? 4. That little girl 13 not handsome, but she is good. 5. Have you good cloth and good Bilk ? 6. My cloth and* silk are here. 7. Is vour sister happy P 8 My sister is good and happy. 9. Has that physician s sister friends P 1 0. No, Madam, she has no friends. jVV .V°"'",'?^'U^''°'^ ^ '2. My meat is good, but my cheese 18 oettei-. 13. Has tne bookseller a handsome china inkstand? i4. He has a fine silver inkstand, and a pair of leather shoes. „^v> /r® ^'i'i "^^ ^"^^ parasols P 16. I have your cotton umbrellas. 17. Is your brother's coat handsome P 18. My Brother has a handsome coat and an old silk cravat. 19. Have iinnfl^^S.^***'^' *'^® possessive and the demonstrative adjectives, are re- peated before every noun. Mon frfere et ma scBur, «iy brother and mtw. fl ?*i* B» 82 you relations and friends ? 20 t i. have friends. 21 Is thnf hn 1 ^ ^^^® "» relations, but t handsome lady is'noIVrtV'lfg;,^^^^^ 22. & '«4. Our china is },or,^o — J' _ f*^' "?^o you handsomn r.h;.,„ o „„„, 23 ifovrviV"?^ 22. That 24. Our chma is handsome and^onr 5?"^^andsomo china ? yours 26. Is not that little r^ir^v, ^"\^^ '^ better than some little girl is nofther wj^'^nor^^^^^^ ^^- That hand? the matter with hor? 90 «TT?^ ".^^ ^'^"■sty- 28 Whit ia 30. Is this gouZktof? tr °Thif "^^^^''"^ "- SSd one IS better. 32. Have you it ? ?s t"^"' '' •^'"'^ ^"* ^^a not your sister's. 34. I have noift ^ ^*''° ^*' ^"^ I have your mother's. ^""^ "°^*her youri; nor mine, I have Section XII «ingufar nt^'TtXSfe^^^ "--' or two or more ^oun or nouns, and SpTLTe ;iu?aT™^^ *^^ ^^^^^er oAhe La'^Inte eTsa^flSrrn^bt^^^^ ^f ^^ ''"^ ''^>«^'^ «'-^ fin. V08 jardins sent tr^s beaux rJ^fZ!/ "^ '*«-^'>^"- «^?^. I-canifetlaplumesontbons T,STf ., "" 3- The plural of th f • • "^'^ ^'^'''"■^^ «»^ ^^« «-« i'oorf. formed by^theadditionVrs'"' '' '^J^^"^^« - ^■«---% Vous avez de jolies maisons v. j. Ces demoiselles sont attenfciVes Thi^''^f^ ^'"'^^*- 4. The pluml of fh« V ^'"'*'^°"'^^^«^*"^^«'-«««e««... fomedbySldtiiS^.^^^^ «* ^'^J-tives is generally Ces &oliers sent attentifs Th . , ™tS"„l"™-'-"' ' ""^ - - .ot changed for ihepW Nos fruits sent mauvais. Ov«. a v Vos oiseaux sent hideux. ?" // • '^ '*''" '^'^• G TothAf. • .. ^'^^^ ''"•'^ are hideous. ■i- *' '™™'- -"• = ■•« »<■« for ao p,„^ „„„„. 7 °'itr ""!•"'' '""• ^""•■** «- -*/- plumlnJSrKTs'e,)].^'-™™"*-"''""^-'! into .wfette I*s hommes sont egaux j^ o. J? or more explicit r"'— ' - Second Part. ^ '^ "^^"^ '^^^ ^o^" exceptions, see § 18, 33 0. FUESEN Nerjati Je nc aula pas, Tu n'es pas, II n'eat pas, Elle n'est pas. Nous ne sommes pas, Vous n'etes pas, Il8ne8ontpas,m. Elle8nesoiitpa8,f. V OP THE Indicative of firuE, to Be. vebj. Neyntivdij and Iiitcrroijativefi/. I am not. Ne suis-jo pus ? Thou art not. N'ea-tu pas ? JTe is twt. N'est-il pas ? She is not. N'est-elle pas ? We are not. No sommes-nous pas? You are not. Netes-vous pas ? A7r vou not f TJuy arc not. Ne8ont-ilsi)as? m. Arc thci/ not t They are not. Nesont-elle8pas?f.^j-e they noti A m I not f Art tl'ou not ? Is he not ! Is she not ? Arc wc not f SIlSCELLANEOl'S ExAMl>LE8. Ave-'-vous des ^coliers attentifs ? Mes ^coliers et mes ^coheres sont tres attentifs et trfes studieiix. Ces demoiselles sont-elles stu- dieuses ? EUes ne sont pas tr^s studieuses. Ces rfegles sont-elles gent5rales ? Ces pj incipes sont generaux. Leurs habillements sont superbes. Avez-vous peur de ces chevaux retifs? Vos mon tres d'or sont excellentes, Lesmiennes sont-elles meilleures que les vdtres ? , Les \ 6tres sont meilleures que • les mienues. i : Hare you attentive scholars ? My scholars (male and female) arc very attentive and rei-y studious. Are those youny ladies studious I They are not very studious. Are those rules yentral ? Those 2>rinciples are (jencral. Their clothes are superb. Are you afraid of those restivi. horses ? Your (jold watches are excellent. Are mine better than yours ? Yours are better than mine. Exercise 21. Agi-^able, a/jreeablc. Laine, f. vmol, tco^llen. Aine, -e, elde>'. Mai-oquin, m. morocco. Allemande, f. Oer- Mauvais, -e, bad. •nmn. Muie, f. mule. Indulgent, -e, indul- Oisif, -ve, idle. aent. Pantoufles, f. slipixrs. Jamais, never. Personne, m. nobody. Retif, -ve, restive. Souvent, often. Travail, m. labour, Tr^s, vei'y. Utile, useful. Velours, m. velvet. Vif,-ve, quick, lively. 1. Les chevaux de notre ami sont-ils retifs ? 2. Ses chevaux no sont pas retifs, mais ses mules sont tres retives. 3. Les chevaux et les mules de voire frere sont excellonts. 4. Vos soeurs sont-elles tr^s vivos P 6. Mes freres et mes soeurs sont trfesvifs. 6. Sont-ils souvent oisif s? 7. Non, Monsieur, mes Bceurs ne sont jamais oisives. 8. Avez-vous peur de votre frere? 9. Non, Monsieur, je n'ai peur de personne 10. Ne sommes-nous pas indulgents? 11. Vous ctes indulgents, et vous avez raison. 12. Ai-je vos livres P 13, Vous ne les avez pas, vous avez ceux de mon frere aine. 14. Ne les avez-vous pasP^ 15. Je ne les ai pas. 16. Avez-vous une bonne paire de bus uo laine P 17. J'ai une belie paire de has do soie. 18. Avez-vous les bonnes maisons ou les mauvaises P 19. Je n'ai m les bonnes ni lea mauvaises, j'ai ceUes de ma cousine. 20. I V 84 Lo travail ost-il a.rroahl.. '- oi i . not two restive horses P 4 No h.ff t V'^"'"''- 3. Have yoj •>• Have you not two good pairs 'of !n I ,"''" "■ ^^^^^''^ '""lo. good pair of cotton gloves and fl ^ ^^"^'^"^ «• I have a Aro you not afraid of^ou; frS ndsT TT\^'^^ ^'^"^'^'«- 7 'ifraid ef my friends. 9. I am afmi.l J' ■?"','^"' ^ '"» "i-'vor "ghtorwrongP 11. I an/rS 12 „""''"'^^- '»• Are you eather f^^'"'' T "^^ "''^ «atin slippLt'J/"rV"" ^•^'*"*"^^"1 leather shoes and your velvr^f Ji!}. '*'• ^ ^avo your < 'd pWdF 15. Thosl ladies ar^^^^^^^^^^ ^^-/f those ladies I J- Has the Gorman lady your fatheri' T'^ ^^"^y ^^'^ "ght. 'She has neither his norVms !« ^ " '" ^"''^ ^7. better than yours and than mine * >o k J^'^ ^""««« '""c •il. His houses are old h../ +1! ' '^^^ his houses old}- Have j'ou my brother's or mv sTstorv/ f-''\".° ^°"«««- 24. hers and mv mother's. 26. Tro yo' s,-h i'" "^"^ "'"'^^^ ^''' My scholars are very attentiVo J scholars attentive ? 27 those German ladies stSsVoOTr^'"^^^^^^ 28. Ai^ very attentive. 30. Are ou often ^n7 T T'^'J' «*"^'«»« and otten wrong. 32. Is labour aSeeaWe?^ \-^^V''' ^'r, I am 8 agreeable and useful. 34 We hav« f>f ^'"j^^"^^^' ^^''""r them not. "*• ^« "a^e them, and you have •Section XIII fre,«e„X°.terpi'e??48M«].*» "°-» -«» -:. Vous avez des amis fideles v^ i . Ma soeur a des livres inst^ctifs ST.S^'-f''^^^-^'''^'^- 2 HM ,. . "^^ ^'^^ fMs instructive books. been mSSgeTt! f 1?^?"^" ^iP^/^ *^^ "-- ^ L o, K. 5J, and wiU be found [§ 84 (11) 1 ^se. nueeststu. r^^ur pretti, little (/irlis studmc^. lS««tI7.it.l]. '-^^""^ Wfore every noun; pronoiliir^rverb Yon have nweet apphn. There in ttcft ivau: That Sjxtiiinh liv8 do la ExEiicisE 23. Rijou, m. Jewff. lilanc, -he, white. t'liAIe, m. uluiwl, - C'outeau, m. knife. I-rangais, -e, Freneh. Gu^re, little, but fiU/e, Guitare, f. i/uitar. I'm, ihe has wk. ^o, the hm none, yyhnhaaonej Who hnn none! Hcu, mi the butcher frt»h meatt ^f flan smne ; he has none, tic h(u miirh {of it) He has hut little (<,f it). He has two poll nils (of it) f. Lainc, f. wool. l^Iadenioiselle, Miss. Alonsieur, m. Sir, Mr., tjentleman. Parent, m. relation. •Soldat, m. solUivi' Terre, f. land. AnKiricain, -e, Ameri- can. Anuisant, -e, nmusimi. Anglais, -e, En;/lish.' Arabo, Arabian. Aubergiste, ni. inn- Kee/HT. I3eaucoui),wuf/<,maH«. Beige, lielyian. 1. Avoz-vous uno bonne iruitaro i* 9 n.,; i»r • uno guitaro exeellcnto. 3 AvpI , ?, i i ^" ' ^^onmeur, j'ai Madame, i'ai do bons hawV« ^^ "?^''°, ^""« ^'"'^•ts ^ 4. Oui 5. Votroieron'nl iKs r^^^^^^ blanche! dpmoisollo, ello en a nn^do soio of „n '/T'^ " ^- <^'"' ^a- chovaux anglais, franvai«, ot arS ^;,^'"'''^'^,«:'«t« " 'les 10. L'ami de votro Wo a Til ^i k-- '"/* ^° superbcs. Monsieur, il en a 12 A inf ^""a ^^P"^ ^'""^'^ ^ Oui II en a ^ussi 14 Fn „ "f " V^"'"' ^^^ ^'J^"^ d'argent h l"' iln'onagulre. liYot^ltn^ruU^I 1'^- Non^Monsioir; Monsieur? il en a 18 r^ ^^ ^ '^ '^^^ parents P 17. (.ui d'acicr ou unT b"ue piumo d'o^/'^Io'^- ]" ""^ ^«n-e P'ume nous en avons uno d'or 20 i ..- - , '''? * une d'ac or et soldats P 21. II en Tde Ss brafer't 'i*''^ T ^'^ '^°"« n ont-ils pas do bonne terro P 23 lis on ott ,1- ' ,f ^^"cains Le marehand a-t-il dos rnntpn,,^ , • °°* " excellento. 24 couteaux du marehand ne sont n?t''l '" ^•T'''^'« ' 2.5. Le, beiges. "^ ®°"' "» '^nglais m fran^ais, ils sent Exercise 24 some ones. 5. Are the o^on^ a • ' ^^^' ^^^> be has hand- they are not \vtngXr ar^ThT' 7^??^ " *^- N«' ^^^^^ «haw ? 8. Yes, Sir I haveSie f L ^' ^^ave you a French shawl. 9. Has vo.ir I'nTi, ' ^*^^^ * hatidsome French 10. He basnStiryors^Z"mfnrho"^^v^^^ '^ ^-^' some steel knife. H. Has thrB^k; a .o^n/'' r^'^'^ ^''^^ has an excellent French gnitl^ M ^Fhf ^"'*^' '„ ^'^- ^^ 14. Has the ffentl«isa" qI"-^- - t - ^^^ *° excellent one. 87 haa noithor French nor AniLian liorsos, ho haa English horRM. 18. Who huH Ariihiiin hoiHCH I- 19. Tho Ariibiun hiis Honio. '20. Hum tho Englishniiin any ;• 21. Tho EngliHhman haH Home. •22. Has your friond'H wiHtcr a j?ood Htool pun h 23. My fi'iond'ii Histor has ono, hut iriy relations have none, 24. Aro you not wronfif, Sir h 20, \ oh, Madam, 1 am wronff. 20. Aro those knivcH Kn^^li.sh ': 11. No, Sir, thoy aro Uolpian. 2H. Have you rolationsh 29. \ havo two, anil thoy aro hero (iVi). 30. JIa.s tho Knglisli liutchor moat'f' 31. \ or, Sir, ho han miioh. 32. llaH ho much money h 33. Ho haa hut littlo. 31. llaH tho Holgiun general bravo soldiers P 35. Yes, Sir, ho has good oncb. Section XIV. PLAN or THE EXEllCISES IN COMTOSINO I'llENCH. Ilitherto tho student has boon occupied exclusively in ac- quiring facts, forms, and princii)loH, and in ivdmhiliuij, by the aid of tlu'so, Froncli into Knglisli, and again EngliHli into Fronch. Following still tlio plan of tho work, let liim now undertake the liighor Ijusiness of endeavouring to compose in French. With this intent, let him take some of tho words given for this purpose in the following li^is ;ind seek to in- corporate them in sentences entirely - Ls own. The words taken from tho lists are to be used nicreiy as things suggestive of thouglit. The/o>v« which, in any given case, the sentence may assume, should bo determined by tho models found in tho Sections jn-eceding; for, e\ery sentence which the pupil has once mastered in tho regular course of the Sections, is or should be to him a model on which he may at pleasure build other constructions of his own. Indeed, this constructing sentences according to models, that is, shaping one's thoughts according to the form- and idioms peculiar to a foreign tongue, is the true and only sen ret of speaking and ivriting that language well. The pupil, therefore, as ho passes along in the ordinary course of the Sections, should frequently bo found applying his knowledge in the way of actually composing independent sentences. In this way he will soon acquire a facility and ac- curacy in the langu Wonvonr tertc TS S„r^r,x°r": '°'^ ->• -> - I.— Pkofessions ET M^TIPH« /P,.^f ■ I Iniprimeur, m. jmnter Joailher, m. javcUer Eouv if''^"' '"/ «-^'»«/'«««<«' i^Iarchaiul de chevau.x, muqui- gnpn, jn. hor.sc.deahr ^ Marechal fenant, i„. /«,,^;,.. Moissonneur, ni. ,-«y3«. ) Musicien, m. w(/«,W«/i Naturahste, m. naturalist I ,^«. Fnuti^re, f. frnit-woman, ie greengrocer ' ' Gantier, m. glover urayeur, m. engraver Instituteur, m. Institutrice f schwliimter, mistress ' . II— L'HOMME {M(„A , - -•"'-» , f- fiauohtei'-in-htw step-davr/hter ' Belle-m^re, f. mothei'-in-law step-mother ' BeUe-sreur, f. sister-in-law Bm f !; '^•f!'''t.'Jrandfather ■oni, f. daughter-in-law 39 II' I! fi Descendants, m. pi. descendants Enfance, f. childhood fipoux, m. ) ^ Lpouse, I. ) Famille, f. family Femme, f. looman, wife Fian^ailles, f.p. betrothing Fiance, m., fiancee, f. betrothed Futur, m. Imdefiroom Future, f. bride Gendre, m. son-'^i-Iato Grand-pere, m. tirandfather Grand'niere, f. . eyelashes G(Bur, m. heart Gorps, m. body G6te, f. rib GAte, m. side Gou, m. neck Goude, m. elbo^o Grtoe, m. skull Cuisse, f. thigh Doigt, m. finger -:;^os, m. back f-paule, f. shoulder Epine du dos, f. spine Favoris, m.p. whiskers Foie, m. liver Front, m. forehead Gencives, f.p. gums >Genou, m. knee Gorge, f. throat Handle, f. hip y Jambe, f. leg Joiie, f. cheek Langue, f. tongue Levre, f. lip , Membre, m. limb ftlenton, m. chin Moelle, f. marrow Moustache, f. mustache, mus- I tachio Muscle, m. muscle ! Nerf, m. nerve ; Nez, m. nose Ongle, m. oiail Orteil, m. toe Os, ni. bone Palais, m. palate Paupicre, f. eyelid , » Peau. f. skin ,. )r wuc5rmn!M^i& Poumon, m. lung Prunelle, f . pupil of the eye Bate, f. spleen Reins, m.p. loins Sang, m. blood Sein, m. bosoin Sourcils, m.p. eyebrows Squelette, m. skeleton Talon, m, heel Teint, m. complexion Tempes, f.p. temples Trait, m. feature Veine, f. vein Visage, m. face 5 I' if. IV. — Maladies, Infirmit^s, &c. (Maladies, Injirmities, ^•c.). Attaque, f. attack, fit Baume, m. balsam Bcgaicmcnt, m. siammeriiiy Blessure, f. wound C6cit6, f. blindness Chancre, m. cancer Gicatrice, f. scar Coliquu, f. colic Contusion, f. bruise Grampe, f. a'amp 40 Pislocation , f . ' dislocation Em6tique, m. emetic Enflure, f. sivelling Enrouement, m. hoarseness iiiitorse, f. sprain Epilepsie, f. epilepsy ijvanouissement, m. faintiv{} Fievre, f. fever Fievre nerveuse, f. nen-ous feve7' tieyre scarlatine, f. scarlet fever truerison, f. cure Goiitte, f. ffout Hydropisie, f. dropsy Indisijosition, f, indisposition Louche, adj. squinting Walaise, m. indisposition Mutisme, m. dumbness Onguent, m., pommade, f. salve Urdonnance, f. presa-iption 1 etite vcrole, f. smill-pox 1 ulmonie, f. consumption Kemede, m. rernedi/ KJuime, m. cold Kougeolo, f. mrasles burdite, f. deafness ■Toux, f. couf/h Ulcere, m. idcer Vertige, m. dizziness v.— Haku-lements {Articles of Dress). Agrafe, f. clasp , ^.. „ „ Aiguille, f. needle F V^i needle-case Bague, f. rim Eventail, m. fan -Bas, m. storkhu, l^''''' m- smell irif/.bottle Basin, m. dimiL I ourrure, f. fur Batiste, f. r& fer^'/r"'"^ Bijouterie, f. jewci.ru oT^?' ^- -^1"^"^ Bonnet, m. cap^ Garniture, f. trimming Boucle, f. ftMr/^e ^ *' .'"■ *'^*^' 'Waistcoat Boucle, f. /of/t oZ/tair rw,-; Grenat, m. garnet .*v,u„o, 1. toot,, J^alefon, m.s. draivers Cemture, f. sash, belt, band Cliaussons, m.p. socks tjirage, m. blacking Ciseaux, m.p. sdssors Coiffure, f . head-dress t^ollet, m. collar Collier, m. necklace Coton, m. cotton Cravate, f. ci'avat Crfipe, m. crape Diamant, m. diamond Dentelle, f. lace Doublure, f. lining Ecrin, m. casket, jewel-box m^ee, f. stvord Eperons, m.p. spurs / Epingle, f. pin Epingle h cheveux, f. hair-pin m.p. ear- ^antalon, m. s. trousers Parapluie, m. umbrella Parasol, m. parasol Peigne, m. comb Pendants d'oreilles, penjlants Perle, f . pearl Poche, f. 2Mcket Pommade, f. pomatum Rednigote, f. frock-coat Kobe, f. dress, robe Robedechambre, t.dressing-govm Satin, m. satin Soie, f. silk Tablier, m. apron Taffetas, m. taffeta., sarcenet Velours, m. velvet Veste, f. jacket Voile, m. veil Antichambrfi f ^w^ -.i~„i— i * , ' ^ ^ Ardoise. f. «iate ""^•^■^'^"'^'- ^^eual, m. ar^em^ I Banc, m. 6ewcA» «ea« 'i.il 41 Barrifere. f. gate Bibliotheque, f. library Bourg, m. boi'ounh, market-town Bourse, f. exchange Brique, f. brick Capitale, f. cajtital city, metro- jxAis Carillon, m. chime of bells Caserne, f. barrack Cave, f. cellar ^ Chambre, f . chamber, room Chambre ^ couclier, f. bedroom Chapelle, f. chapel Chateau, m. country home, villa Chaumiere, f. hut, cottage Chaux, f. lime Chemin^e, f. chimney Cimetifere, m. cemeter:: '"' -rck- yard Cloche, f. bell (la) ., '''jrch bell, Ac. Clocher, m. church steeple Clochette, f. small bdl Cloitre, m. cloister ^ Cour, f. yard, court Convent, m. convent ^ Cuisine, f. kitchen Douane, f. custom-house ^ ficurie, f. stable Environs, m.p. environs, neigh- bourhood ^ Escalier, m. stairs I- fitage, m. stmy, floor Faubourg, m. suburb Ferme, f . farm Fontaine, f . fountain, tvell Four, m. oven Goutti^re, f. gutter gSndvJ^tTf "• h'-^*-^ Grange, f. barn. Grenier, m. gar-et Haie, f. hedge. Hameau, m. hamlet H6pital, m. hospital H6tel de ville, to^vn-house, city- house, guildhall, city-liall,tovm- hall I Meuble, m. piece of furniture '- I Meubles, m.p. furniture Monnaie, f. mint \ Mortier, m. mortar ■ Palais, m. palace ! Paroisse, f. parish ! Pave, m. pavement '■ Pepiui^re, f. nursei'y of trees Persienne, f. blind, open shutters Plafond, m. ceiling c~ ■ Planche, f. board j Plancher, m. flooi'^ I Poele, m. stove I Pompe, f. pump I Pont, m. bridge I Porte, f. doo7', gate ^ ( Poste, f . jiost, post-office i Poutre, f. beam Prairie, f. \ ^ Pre, m. ) Prison, f. prison Puits, m. well Quartier, m. qttarter Rampe (d'escalier), balustrade of a staircase. Rez-de-chaussee, m. ground ^. floor Sacristie, f. vestry Salle, f. parlour, sitting-room Salon, m. drawing-room, hall Serre, f. conservatwy Serre chaude, f . hot-house Serrure, f. lock t. Sonnette, f. bell L Theatre, m. theatre Toit, m. roof^ Tour, f. tower Tuile, f. tile Verger, m. orchard Verrou, m. bolt L Vestibule, m. hall, entry Vigne, f., vignoble, m. vine- yard k , Village, m. village *» ; Volet, ni. loindow-shutter ' Voftte, f. vault VII. — Meubles {Furniture). Allumette, f . match Allumette chimique, f. friction- match Amadou, m. tinder Armoire, f. cupboard Baril, m. cask, barrel Bassin, m. bowl, wash-bowl Bassinoire, f. warming-pan Berceau, m. cradle Boite h, amadou, f. tinder-box Bougie, f. taper Bouilloire, f. kettle Briquet, m. fire-steel Cadre, m. frame 15 l i 42 : NaiJpe, f. tablecloth Oreiller, m, pilloio Canddlabre, m. chandelier Casserole, f. saucepan Cassette, f. box, casket Chandelle, f. candle Uiarbon de terre, conl Chaudiere, f. boiler Cotfre, m. chest CorbeiUe, f. basket. cnble, m, sjrce Cruche, f pitchei- Ciivier, m. <«/> ^rap, m. s/l-f«/e I P"Pitre, m. inclon, m. turkci, i;ai8an, m. phcmctnt J:»eai, m. jay Grive, f. tlirush H«ron, m. heron Linotte, f. linnet Merle, m. blackbird JJie, f. groose Oiseaudeproie,m.iM.rfo/p,.c^ 44 I Taon, m. pmcocA I assereau, m. spairow ^erdnx, f. partridr/e rerroquet, m. ^,to« :i ;e, f. mnypie Pjgeon, m. p?V/eo?i Poule, f. km ^'oulet, m. fA/r^e» Koitelet, m. loren Kossignul, m. nightimmle. Kouge-gorge, m. jWirea*^ Senn m canary-bird Tourterelle, f. ««,..... glais que de livres italiens? n\ fZaf Ti''' .^'"^^''^ ^°"*» J'en ai tout autant tT ^^"'"'* *wX» .^ J'ai autant de ceux-ci (uio ,1p / 7*''V«»< nu- mhJ^J" ^"^'[^ ' scrits. ^ "^-'^"- ^Ij^^f^'^er books thun vmnu- ;d?»- ^« -- -e Atso^^nyoftheseasof Bn a-t-d ™o.s que votre fr.re? ^ £|^ ,,.,.„, ,^, ^^^ II en a tout autant. brother ? ^ "'^ Me has quae as many. Exercise 25. «Ieu, -e, blue. Fe,, „ • Courage, m. course. Fromage T' cA.... ^an"8crit, m. mnnu- Verre, m. r/Iass. 47 1. fites-vous auKsi content quo mon frerc ? 2. .Te suis nussi content quo votre hviv. 8. Votre i)eie a-t-il antant do couragt! quo do modostio ? 4. II a moins do modcstio que do f^ouragc. 5. Lo librairo a-t-il iiutant do nianuscrits quo d'cstam^jcs 'r G. II a plus do cellcs-ci quo do ceux-lu. 7. A-t-ii autant d'amia quo d'ennemis r 8. 11 a plus do ceux-ci que do ccux-li. 9. A-t-il autant do pain quo do fromage P 10. II a tout autant do celui-ci que do celui-l^ 11. Le marcchal a-t-il plus do chevaux quo votre fierei' 12. II en a plus que mon p^re et plus que mon frore. 13. N'avcz-vous i^as froid? 14. Non, Monsieur, jo n'ai pas froid, j'ai tres chaud. 16. Avcz-vous deux manteaux do drap h IG. J'on ai un do drap ot un de velours bleu. 17. N'avez-vous pas plus de verres que d'as- siottesP 18. Nous en avons davantage.* 15). Lo marechal a-t-il plus de fer que d'acier ? 20. II n'a pas autant de celui-ci que do cehu-la. 21. II a moins do celui-ci que de cclui-la. 22. Les HoUandais ont-ils do beaux jardins P 23. Lours jardins sent tres beaux. 24. Les jardins des Italicns sont plus beaux que ceux des Espagnols. ^, Exercise 26. 1. Are you more attentive than your sister ? 2. I am not BO attentive as your brother. 3. Have you more courage than my brother P 4. I have quite as much. 5. Has the black- smith as much money as iron P 6. He has more of the latter than of the former [Sect. 8, R. 5]. 7. Has ho more modesty than the Spaniard P 8. Ho has more. 9. Ho has more than your friend's sister. 10. Are you not cold, Sir? 11. No, Sir, but I am afraid and sleepy. 12. Has the Dutchman more cheese than the Italian P 13. He has more cheese and more money. 14. Have you as much English silk as Italian silk P 15. I have more of this than of that. 16. Who has more friends than the Spaniard P 17. Your friend has more. 18. Has the Spaniard as much of your money as of his P 19. He has less of mine than of his. 20. Have wo more silk cloaks than cloth cloaks P 21. We have more of these than of those. 22. Have you good cloaks ? 23. Yes, Sir, I have good cloaks, good hats, and good leather shoes. 24. Have you more plates than dishes P 25. I have not more plates than dishes ; but I have more glasses than plates. 26. Are you not very cold P 27. No, Sir, I am neither cold nor warm. 28. Has your carpenter wood P 29. Yes, Sir, he has wood, money, cheese, and meat. 30. Wbo has more money than the carpenter P 31. The Dutch- man has more. 32. Who has more engravings than books P 33. The bookseller has more of these than of those. 34. Are you as attentive as your friend P 35. I am more attentive than my friend. I) ' • Davantage means nuire. It is not generally placed before a noun; it may be used mstead of plna at the end of a sentence. m Sectiox XVT. COMI'ARIHON— E.VCOKE, re, Je n'ai plus de livres. Je n'ai plus de chocolat. 5. Ne— guire means but little, but few. I have no mm-e hooks. I have no chocolate left. Je n'ai gu6re d'amis. Je n'en ai gufere. / have hit few friends. I have hutfexo—but little. 6. The pronouns moi, toi, lui, eux. are used instend nf +i,n nominative pronouns je. tu. il. hs. Ster que folio W a com parative, and when the verb is understo-.d ""'''^"^s a com- Vous etes plus heureux que moi. You are hapnier than I Vousavezplufi dem^rite que lui. You have SrJ^tthan k,. MiSOET.r.AXEOV Votre marchand est bien obli- ! geant. Voila le meillcur de ces gardens. Nous avons encore des amis. Vous avez encore du credit. Avez-vous encore une piastre ? Le ma9on a-t-il encore des bnques ? H n'en a plus, ll n'a plus de briques. n n en a gii^re. U n'en a plus gu^re. I Je n'ai gu6re de livres. I S EXAMI'LES. j Your nwchant is very oblitjinff. \ That is the hest of those horn. I We have some mwc (or still) I friends. I You have still (or ijet) credit. ! Have you a dollar left? Has the mason more bricks f He has no more— he has none left He has no more bricks. He hm hut fcxo. He has but few left. I have but few books. I il 49 A vez-vouB pluR de courage que lui ? II a moins de courage qwe moi. Coinbien de piastres avcz-vous encore Hare you ware rovmije than he i He fins less nnimffe than J. How many dollurs have you still, or have you left f ExEuciSE 27. Beaucoup, mueh. Nevcii, m. nei>hew. Savant, -p, learned. Uoyer, Boyer. Nioce, f. niece. Sceur, f, sister. Correct, -e, correct. Nouvelles, f. p. news. Xante, f. aunt. Credit, m. credit. Quel, tvhich, which on^. Tons, all. Dictionnaire, m. die- Salade, f. salad. Ville, f. tmm, city, tionary. 1. Votre dictionnaire est-il tr^a correct ? 2. II est plus cor- rect que celui de Boyer. 3. Votre lictionnaire eat le plus correct de tous. 4. Quel est lo plus beau de ces jardinn? 5. Celui-ci est le plus bej.u de tons les jardins do la ville. 6. Avez-vous encore de I'argent ? 7. .Te li'ai plus d'argent, mais j'ai encore du credit. 8. Avons-nous encore de la salade 'r 9. Nona n'en avons plus. 10. Nous n'avons plus de viande. 11. Qui en a encore r* 12. Mes freres et mes soeurs en ont encore. 13. En avez-vous encore beaucoup h 14. Je n'en ai plus guere. 16. Votre tante a-t-elle plus de robes quo votre niece? 16. Ello n'en a pas beaucoup. 17. Votre ncven est-il plus savant que votre niece? 18. II n'est pas aussi savant qu'elle. 19. Elle eat plus savantc que lui. 20. Avoz-voua encore froid? 21. Je n'ai plus froid, j'ai bien chaud. 22. N'avez-vous plus de nouvelles ? 23. Je n'en ai plus. 24. En avez-vous beaucoup ? 26. Je n'en ai guere. EXEKCISE 28, 1. Has your brother a very good dictionary ? 2. His dic- tionary is not very correct. 3. Has your father more courage than he ? 4. Ho has much more courage than your nephew. 0. Have your brothers credit ? 6. They have but little credit, but they have money. 7. Is your aunt obliging ? 8. My aunt is very obliging. 9. Have you still books, pens, and paper? 10. I have no more books, but 1 have still good pens and excellent English paper. 11. "Who has still paper ? 12. I have no more, but mj' brother has some more. 13. Have you any news, 8ir? 14. No, Madam, I have none to-day. 15. Have you as much wood as my brother's son r 16. I have more than you or he ? 17. Are you still wrong ? 18. No, Sir, I am no longer {plus) -WTong, I am right. 19. Are your sisters still hungry ? 20. They are neither hungr;^' nor th' sty, but they are still sleepy. 21. Is your niece as learned as he P 22. She is more learned than he and [qtte) his aunt. 23. Have you no news, Sir? 24. No, Madam, I have no more news. 25. Who has news ? 26. I have no more. 27. Have you them all ? 28. les, Sir, 1 have them all. 29. Has your aunt much of it left ? 30. She has but little more of it. 31. Has your brother any more English horses ? 32. He has no more. 33. He has two il.' !,!• f tell so Section XVII. Combien de flours avez-vous » J ai beaucoui) Jo Heurs. VouH avez trop ile loisir. Votro s«ur a .issez de temps. H n a pas d'amia. Je n'ai jamais vu de lion. How mam/ fiowcm have i/ouf IfMve imny Jloioer», FoM have too much leisure Your sister has time cmu,',h. He has no friends, I have never seen any lion. „ rp, " ""^''"■' <"="» ««y lion. with the article le. ll, les [H 4] ""■ ^^'"'^"'^ SerbTenSamit^ complaisance. You h.ur >naeh ki.lness. Ahe has mani/ friends. f^thiHff, not anything, tako de bofom an aijoctive.' ^' '**°' ^*«^'« ""^"'£/ knot anythiwj) good. Quelle serviette avez-vous ' Wh^t l ■ i Quollesboursesvotreamia:t-il? KjuSt'Sfer' 5. Que is used for ivhat before a verb. Qu'avez-vous ? wi„. . ,, *ynat IS the matter with you t ^^rylSt^iol^^it^ wor^fS'^ot&^^^r ^-' ^- ^'^ and equivalent to'u-Ai.A one, w hie horns "^ ^'^''^ """"' Lequel votre fils a-t-il ' •Lesquelles avons-nous ? J^fVA (o>i<') has your son 9 Which [ones) have we i _ "■" v^"^ai rtuve we f quIiqSes'^rX SqS^sZe's "^^^ °^"", ^^^ « >-' -- ^ the same meaning.^ pffleiS^^''^''^™ ""'f absolutely, with S- ■*'^«8ieurs means s.w«^, and is invariable. i^Danois a-t-il auelni,A«pojm.r?"-' «■ ., _ ii en a quelques-unes.' " "" ^,^''^^^'>^ a few apples} n en a plusieurs. ^e Aoa a /w. ■nc «as several. SI MiSCELLANEOl'S EXAMPLES. Combion do poires avez-vouu ? Nous avons beaucoup de poires. NoUH cii avoiiB beaucoup. NouH avoiis uHftez de cerisei. NouH n'en avoiin pas nssez. Vous n'ftvc/ gu^ie de pt^clies. Votre jardinier a bieu des p^ches. N'avez-voUH pas de neclies? J'ai beaucovip de peches et d'abri- cots. Le boucher at-il quoltiuo chose de boil ? II a quebiue chose de bon et de mauvais. II n'a rieu de bon. Quelles poires /". avez-vous? NoUH avoiiH celles de votre sd-ur. (.^uel habit w. avez-vous Y Nous avuus celui du tidlkuir. Qu'avez vous de bon? Jjeqtud avez-vous? LesqutlK votiv fiere a t il? How many pears have you t We lutve Duini/ ptarn. We have iiiani/\of them). We have rhoTica eunuyh. We have iwt enough 't\fthem). You /uive hut fei Hiic/u., Your (jurdemr as wnni/ i>, irhea. Have i/oii no p icliat 1 I have manypt >.ch andapi coti. Has the butcher m I'hinff :ot)dl He has something iiood atul ktj. He has not anjithin;/ (iiothitir/) flood. Whot or which imtrs have you t Wf have your sister'n. Which or wh/«>». Kpicier, m. tjrucer. Oncle, m. imcle. Sucre, m. suyar. Etrang-er, m. -6re, f. Poire, f. pear. Tli«', m. tea. foreiyn. I'oivre, m. pepper. 1. Combien de pommes do terre votre frfere u-t-ilP 2. II n'on a pas beaucoup. 3. L'epicior a-t-il beaucoup do sucre dau8 son magasin •' 4. II n'en u guere, niais il a beaucoup de beurre et do poivro. 6. Votre jardinier u-t-il beaucoup de cerises ? 6. II a plus de cerises que de prunes. 7. Les prunes sont-elles mcilleures quo les cerises f* 8. Los cerises sont ineilleures quo les i)rune8. 9. Avez-vous quclqucH poires mures y 10. Nous en avons quelques-unes, nous avons aussi beaucoup d' ananas et d'abricots, 11. Votre oncle a-t-il quelque chorie de bon dans son jardinr' -12. II a quelque chose do bon et de beau. 13. II a de beaux legumes et de belles fleurs. 14. Avez-vous des fleurs etrangercs i' 15. J' on ai quelques-unes. 16. Lesquelles avez-vous r' 17. J'ai coUes do votre frcre et celles de votre jardinier. 18. N'avez-vous pas aussi les miennes ? 19. Non, Monsieur, je ne les ai pas. 20. Qui on a beaucoup F ii. rersonnc n'on a beaucoup. 22. J'cu ai quel- qiies-unes. 23. Avez-vous assez de the 'i 24. J'en ai assee. 25. J'en ai plus que lui. oa 1 . ,1 Mil Exercise 30, 1. Has your gardener many vegetables P 9 v^o c- i. ,. many. 3. How many gardens has h«P I' u 'V^""' ^® ^^^ your b™thcr.»'r>?o\t:''Sd°'Sh It^^^r' "»^ of aUk, and a great deal of JL"" ffHalTS', "J^'V*""""^) tting good in (rf™.) hi, j°^, ,6 hA^"'™" ".">'■ but my brother has no more Tv wl' ^ ^'''''t '*'" ^a")'. 24. He has large C^r^Toachts W^'l^-^'^^r ^«« '^«^ you? 26. I ha've the betCches ,^7 ^«'^>,^'"''^ ^^« anythmg good in his warehouse '^ 28 Ho )f ^^^'H'^^^^^rit m his warehouse, but he has soLfJ,7n* ¥'■ "°.*^'"8^ §^°od 29. How mat^y pUatoefb %r or " f„eTv .0 if f'^^"" many. 31. Has he good A-tLS" qo u "i!' ^''^ "^* vegetables. ^33. Is he right or Sonlt " J\^? ^"? g«od you are wronff. 35 He h«a rl^i+ik *?• , , "^'^ ''^ "g^t. but the booksellcr^s. "'^ "''*^"'^ *^^« ^««k nor that! he has yECTION XA^III juncikS\"irs<''rrvrSd'i?r'' "f ' •"/ «■« ~- repeated before every verbTpTn^g Z fS\TL7" '^ 2. Ne, before the verli inri «». , j?j. sense of o«/y, i«,f, '^'^'^^' ^°^ *»'*« a^t^^r it, are used in the Je n'ai qu'un ami. /A«r. 6«< .,,/„,„^ Vous avez I'un et I'autre. You have both. r§23?0 27!r' '"" """'^'-^ ^-^'^'^-H^ AS FAK AS TWENTY . Ordinal. Premi -er, m. 6re, f. /-/rsi. I Second, m. e, f. ) ( Deu-xi^me, f Second, Tn)i^.«me, ^^^^ uuatneine. tp- •■ Oinqui^mt, JFHM^ Sixi^me, ^^^^ Un, m. une, f Deux, Trois, Quatre, Cinq, Six, Cardinal. One. Two. Three. Fo-o: Five. Six. f^ ^"\he has read the (3,2. He has oTy tl vdum''erorth;m"i3''l'^^'^ "^^'^^^ ^oth coat or myjelvei coat? 14 We have bS' ^n W^' have this and fHnV in rr r . 'lave DOtnu lo. VVrt We W two S J« "iTh"""'"'° ^^^^>'«"^ '' merchant ? 19 HeZs twenf v «,• on "^^^ ''"^™^« ^^^ th« Nn T, T l^'l'i- „ ,^2. Are you not ashamed to-dav? 23' twenty.fiWTen;i^e^^16r'2Jo"siZt1ta■ .'^ ^"^\^- ^'^^ *w. .^^o, oir, Out 1 have fifty centimea 66 26. Have we the sixth of July? 27. No, Sir, we have the fourth of March. 28. Has your uncle six childi-en ? 29. No, Sir, he has only one. 30. Have you ten kilo'^rammcs of meat ? A^ 31. I have only five kilogrammes. 32. Is the butcher's raeat^^'"'"^ good? 33. It (elle) is not very good. 34. How many kilo- gi-ammes have you (of it) ? 36. I have only two, but my brother has four. i • 1 ' t i ■j 1 i1 f Section XIX. 1. For the time of the day, the verb 6tre is used imperson- ally m French, in the same manner as the verb to be is used in English for the same object. The word heure, sing., heures, plur., represents the English expressions, o'clock, or iiiiw, and must always be expressed. Quelle heure est-il ? II est une lieiu'e. II est dix heures. What o'clock {time) is it ? It is one o'clock. It is ten, it is ten o'clock. 2. Midi is used for tivclvc o'clock in the day, and minuit, for midnifjht, or twelve at night. Douze heures is never used except in the sense of twelve hours. Est-il midi? Est-il minuit ? Is it noon? Is it midnight f 3. Un quaxt, et demi [§ 83 (2)], answer to the English expressions, a quarter, half past, after, &c. II est neuf heures un quart. It is a quarter past nine. II est midi et demi. It is half past twelve. II est une heure et demie. It is half past one. 4. Moins un quart, moins vingt minutes, answer to the Enghsh expressions, a quarter to, twenty mimites to, &c. II est dix heiu-es moins un quart. It is a quartet' to ten. II est neuf heiu-es moins dix minutes. It is ten minutes to nine. 5. The word demi, preceding the word heure, does not vary, but is joined to it by a hyphen. Placed after it, it agrees with It in gender only [§ 83 (2)]. Une demi-heure. Une heure et demie. Trois heures et demie. Half an hour. An hour and a half. Three hours and a half. 6. The verb avoir is used actively [§ 44 (2) (3)] in French in speaking of age, and the word an, year, is always expressed. Quel 4ge avez-vous ? J'ai plv.s dc vingt ans. How old are you f i.e., What age have you ? I am more than twenty. 7. Plus de, moins de, are used for more than, leas than, before a number : — G , t 86 v«„„ . , . linen) / Vous en avez moms de six aunes. You have le,8 t/mn ,u dh of it. Miscellaneous Examples. II n'est pas encore deux heures. fcst-il une heure et demie ? II est niidi un quart ou midi et demi. II est huit heures moins un quart. Quel dge votre fils a-t-il 't n n'a que dix-huit ans. Votre beau-fr^re n'a-t-il pas plus de dix-ueuf ans ? Ma belle-sceur n'a jias moins de ' ^ dixhuit ans et dein?, Est-il plus de dix heures a votre montre ? II n'est que neuf heures a ma • pendule. Votre fils est-il plus &ge ciue le ' mien? j n est plus jeune que le votre. It is not i/et two o'clock. Is it half past one f It is a quarter or half past twchc. It is a (quarter to cii/ht. How old M i/our son ? He is only eighteen years old. Is not your brother-in-hm more than nineteen years old( My sister-in-law is not less than e>{/hteen years and a half. Is it more than ten o'clock hii your watch ? It is only nine by my clock. Is your son older than mine f He is youiufe^' than yours. Exercise 33. ite'X In. ^H^i^T'' ^- ''''"- ^r'^'' y^r-' Beau-'fr6re, m. Irro- CeKt "^'•'' "• '^^' ther-in-law. Cinquante, lifty, iieau-hls, m, son-in- Cousin germain, m. ,, '""'• , , first cousin, Beau-p^re,m./a^^^^f, Passees. 7. lites-voua fl «l,^^ r u ^- '^"J' ^Jonsieur, j'en suia certain. 9. Est- 1 plus de deux heures d votre montre ? 10. II n'est que midi 12"JeT'a?'^„ /'• ^'""T^ P'"« ^^«^^^ ans,mrenfant IZ. Jo nui pas encore quatre ans. 13. Avez-vous nlus do lo, tombiendaunoado ruban votre beau-pere a-t-il? 16 II na guero do ruban, il n'en a qu'une demi-aune. 17. F,8t.il midi momajin^quartP 18. II eat plus tard, Monsieur, il est +1,13® Fi'euch initre is exactly .39.371 inches Eu"li8h measure • if ,« aS%Tfnchr *'^ ^'"'''''^ "^^ by about -ftXTor'il 57 midi un quart. 19. Quel jour du inois avona-nousf' 20. Nous avons le six octobre. 21. N'est-ce pas lo huit fevrier quo . . . 'r 22. Non, Madame, c'cst le huit mars. 23. Combiori do jardins a voire cousin germaiu ? 24, II n'en a qu'un, mais il est tres beau. 25. 11 en a plus de dix. Exercise 34. 1. How old is your brother-in-law 'r 2. He is liftv years old. 3. Is your sidter-in-law older than mine ? 4. No, Sir, uiy sister-in-law is younger than yours. ,5. Is your son' twenty-five years old ? 6. No, :Mudam, he is only sixteen. 7. What day of the month have we to-day ? 8. We luive the eleventh. 9. Have you the twentieth Volume of Chateau- briand's works ? 10. No, Madam, we have the eleventh. 1] mat o'clock is it, Sir ? 12. It is only twelve o'clock. 13. Is it not later? 14. It is a quarter to one. lo. It is a quarter past five. 16. How many yards of this hoUand {toi/e de Hoi- lande, i.) have your'. 17. I have ten ells and a luilf. 18. I have six metres of it, and sixteen yards of Italian silk. 19. Is your mother-in-law^o;mger than your father-in-law ? 20. She is younger thanlro:*' 21. Are you twenty years old ? 22. No, Sir, I am only nineteen and a half. 23.' Arc you sure (mlr) that it is ten o'clock ? 24. Yes, Madam, I am sure of it. •lo. Is it twenty minutes to ten ? 26. No, Sir, it is a quarter to twelve (micU). 27. How many houses have you :- 28. I have only one, but my sister-in-law has two. 29. Have you mine (f .) or yours P 30. I have neither yours nor mine, 'l have your son-m-law's, 31. Has your mother-in-law five yards of that prmted calico ? 32. Sho has only two yards of it. 33. What o'clock is it by (a) your watch h 34. It is half past four by my watch. 35. It is more than seven o'clock by mine (n la mknne). ;*' 1 Section" XX. THE FOrU CONJUGATIONS OF VEllBS. 1. The four classes or conjugations, into which the IVunch verbs are divided, are chiefly distinguished by the endings of the present of the infinitive [§ 45]. The first conjugation ends 111 er ; as, chanter, to sing ; donner, to i/ive ; parler, to speak : chercher, to seek. The second conjugation ends in ir ; as, ch6rir, lo cherish ; punir, to punish ; mwair, to provide ; finir, tojinish. The termination of the infinitive of the regular verbs of the third conjugation, is evoir ; as, devoir, to owe ; recevolr, to receive; that of the irregular verbs is oir, as valoir, to bo worth. Thu fourth conjugaiiuu cuds in re; as, rendre, to render ; lendre, to split ; tendre, to stretch ; vendre, to sell. 2. A verb preceded by another verb (other than the auxili. . ii { m 58 aries avoir and «tre;, or by a proposition (other than en), Js put m tliG present of the infiuitivo :— -" i' H va travailler oii lire. He is r/oing to work or to read. 3. In French, verbs are often connected uiih otherb ])v pre- positions not answering literally to thoso which accompany the same ^;orbs m English. They also often come t-?cther wif 1, ,ut proposrLio.^s. The student wiU Gnd in § 125, axid foUowing of the becoy,..! Part, lists of verbs, svith the prepositions which tliey rc|a.re after then. 4. The following i.:,:'uib art, followed by the preposition de when thoy come before , , verb : (j 128) avoir besoin, to want ; avoir coutume. to be acei>MoinH ; avoir dessein, to intend, to design ;B.yoii' Qixne, to hav, r. risk, a :km-e ; avoir honte. to be ashamed ; ^yon mteutioii, c, i'iriteu.ion, to intend; avoir le temps, to have tone or leivnr ; avoir lo courage, to have couruqe ; avoir peur. to be ^e has a wish ^o work and to read. 32. Is your son afraid of falling ? 38. He is not afraid of falling, but he is afraid of working. 34. What o'clock is it ? 35. It is twelve (noon). I If I t' Sectiox XXI. 1. The expressions avoir besoin, to tvant ; avoir soin, to take care; avoii." honte, to be ashamed; avoir peur, to be afraid,' require also the preposition de before a noun. Those idioms mean literally, to have need, to have care, &c. : — Avez-vous besoin de votre ixhrel Do i/ou tmnt your brother? J'ai soin de mes effets. / take care of my things. H a honte de sa conduite. He is ashained of his conduct. Elle a peur du ohion. She is afraid of the dog. ill 60 2. As these expressions require the preposition de before thoii- object, they will, of course, rcqiiiro the same propoHition boforo the pronoun representing that object :— J 'ai besoin de vous. / want imt. J'ai soin de lui. / take care of him. De qui avez-vous besoin ? Whom do yon ivant ? De quoi a-t-elle besoin ? What does she want 1 3. When the object is not a person, and has been inciit:o led before, the pronoun en takes the place of the preposition de, and that of the pronoun representing the object : — Avez-vous besoin de votre clieval ? Do iion want your horse ? .fen ai besoin, I want it. 4. The expressions 6tre f4ch6, to be sorry ; «tre 6toim6, to be nstonishid ; 6tre content, to be sathjiedy require the preposition de before a noun or pronoun [§ 86] : .Te suis fach^ de son malheur. I am soi-ry for his misfortune. Je 8U1S etonng de sa cojuluite. / am astonished at his conduct. Je sins content de lui. / am pleased with h im. 5. Etre f&ch6, in the sense of to be angry., requires the pre- position centre before a noun or pronoun referring to a person. Vous 6tes filch^ centre moi. You are angry with me. 6. For rules on the government of adjectives, see § 87, and toUowing sections. Miscellaneous Examples. Avez-vous besoin d'argent ? .I'ai besoin d'argent. Je n'en ai pas besoin [R. 3]. En avez-vous besoin ? J'en ai besoin, et men frere en a besoin aussi. Avez-vous besoin de votre frere ? J'ai besoin de lui.* De quoi avez-vous besoin ? J'ai besoin d'un dictionnaire. Avez-vous soin de votre livre ? J'en ai soin. Avez-vous soin de votre pfere ? J'ai soin de lui.* Votre frSre est-il i&ch6 centre moi? II est ikoh6 centre votre scbiu". Avez-vous peur de ce chien ? J'en ai peur. De qui avez-vous honte ? Je n ai honte de personne. Avez-vous besoin de quelque chose ? Je n'ai besoin de rien. Do ymi want money ? I want money. J do not want any. Do you want any ? I want some, and my brother wants some too. Do you want your brother ? I want him. What do you want? I want a dictionary. Do you take care of your book f I take care of it. Do you take care of your father f J take care of him. Is 2/our brother angrti xoith me ? He is angry with your sister. I Are you afraid of this dog f I am afraid of him. I Of vihom are you ashamed f I am ashamed of nobody. Do you want anything'! \ ' / want nothing. • The word en should be avoided as much as possible iu relatioa to pergous. »«»»iiuu 61 Besoin, m. vatd, need. i^oncluite, f. conduct. Doniestique, in. sermnt. J'Iflfets, m. thi lifts, clothes. Vjtoi\n6, -e, adonished. Facli6, -e, .toJT//, amjry. EXEUCI8E 37. -e, mart/, Fatigu^, tirctl. Giu(;on, ni. bnii. Jeune honnuti, younfj man. Lire, to read. m. Parler, to sjHak. Keposer, to re»t. Soin, 111. care. Travailler, to work. Meux, old. 1. Qui a besoin de pain? 2. Personne n'en a besoin. 3. N'avez-vous paa besoin de voire domestique P 4. Si, IMonsienr, j'ai IjLboin do lui.* 5. Voire jardinier a-t-il soin de votrt^ jardin f 6. Oui, Jilndame, ii en a soin. 7. A-l-il bicn soin do sou vienv p^re ? 8. Oui, IMonsieur, il a biou soin do lui. 9. Votre gan.on a-t il honte de sa conduite P 10. Oui, Monsieur, il en a honto. 11. Avez-vous peur de ce cheval-ci ou de celui-lk ? 12. Je n'ai peur ni de celui-ci ni do celui-l&. 13. Notre domestique a-t-il soin de vos efEetsP 14. II en a bien soin. 15. Avez-vous peur dc parler ou de lire? 16. Je n'ai peur ni de parler ni de lire. 17. fitcs-vous etonne de cetto affaire ? 18. Je n'en suis pas etonn6. 19. En etes-vous fache? 20. Oui, Monsieur, j'en suis bien fache. 21. Avez-A'ous besoin do ce garden? 22. Oui, Madame, j'ai besoin de lui. 23. N'avoz-vous pas besoin de son livre ? 24. Je n'en ai pas besoin. 25. Avez-vous envie de travailler ou de lire ? 26. Jo n'ai envie ni de travaiUer ni de lire, j'ai en vie de me reposer, car je suis fatigue. ExEucisE 38. 1. Do you want your servant ? 2. i'es, Sir, I w8T>t him. 3. Does your brother-in-law want you ? 4, He wants me and my brother.* 3. Does he not want money P >i.- ''^'^ does not want money, he has enough. 7. Is your brothe I'y for his conduct P 8. He is very sorry for his conduct, and very angry with you. ♦. Does he take good {bien) care of bis books? 10. He takes good care of them. 11. How many volumes has he? 12, He has more than you, he has more than twenty. 18. [What does the young man want? 14^^e wants lus clothes. 15. Do you want to rest {vous reposer) ? 16. Is not your brother astonished at this? §17. He is astonished at it. 18. Have you a wish to read your brother's books^. -^f9. I have a wish to read them, but I have no time. ^0. Have you time to work ? 21. I have time to work, but I have no time to read. 22. Does the young' i- 'other take care of his things? 23. He takes good care of t^^t 't: 24. Is that little boy afraid of the dog ? 26f He is not ifraid of the dog, he is afraid of the horse, 26. Do you want bread ? 27. I do not want any. 28. Are you pleased with your brother's conduct P 29. I am pleased with it. 30. Has your brother a wish to read my • Repeat t .e preposition de. i3-^(^jLj:_ci^^J:_|_j^ -4ji.xc^v\<, 4^^., '' 5 "»« /riendB. 34. your brother's. """a^y t^ dft. I want your dictior^fiT-,. . Section XXII iu«uthJ,^^:^iSf ^:^«;S7^c^^^^ the con. the part remaining - a bVir.^L'lSrvtb 2' '' ""^'^^^' which it beloC [§™. ^"'^'' *' *^« conjugation tl 3. Paiitiotple Present. Fin-Iasant Rec-evant Jftmshinu Recfiving 4. Participle Past. Finl Ro^u Rend-u Received Bendered ^ (7' s- Chant-ant Singing Chant-6 Sung Rend ant Rtnder iq Finiahcii Je Tu n >...w« jienuerea fin -la finish clier -is chei-ishest fourn -It furnishes req -ols receive aper? -ols 2>erceivest per9 -oit gathers c no -evens d -evez ojyg de? cfcr rend render vend .'Uest tend tend, ent( ' hear perd lose -B '>ivent mord bite -ons -ex -ent chant sing pari -es donn -e gvves ju,r,, W0U8 cherch -ons pun -issona ,j *^^'^' punish V0U8 port -ez sais -Issez caii'^y gQj^e Ila aim -ent un -lasent love, like tmite thetS: rSltl^tv brrenl '^^ ""^^^ *°™ ^ French. from The' SSi;i?pLSTbt''l*^^ •'"'^-*-^ -- > for. .d Ex.: chan^anrirrl'^^;?^^^^^^ az .t. a W ail t? • .^glr^e^'' '"'^' ^ ^" ^'^^ -S"^^-. ^"t in ceptiSe^^LTiStr onr^^^^^^ ^^-^ (- of a few verbB) [95 ??) S bv 11 ^ff '"^ 2^ *^*^ indicative a personal pronoin or ce or on ^IT^J^"" 'i'^J^'^*' ^^^^n it is teLes, and^ behveen th^' aSary and Z 'V"^ ^ ?'™P^« Componnd tenses. ai«"»ar} and the participle in the 6S Chantez-vous bien ? Avez-vous bien chant«5 ? N'avez-vouB pas bien chants ? [Sect. 5, R. 2.] Ne chantez-vous pas bien ? Votre p6ro parle-til bien ? [Sect. 2, H. 6-Sect. 4, R, 4.] Do you siwf well t Have you amuj well f Have you not sung well! Do you not sing well ? Doea your father speak well f 10. The verb porter moans fo carry. It means also to wear, in speaking of gann.ats; apporter means to bring, and em- porter to carry away ; aimer means to love, to HI to be fond of, and takes the preposition k before another verb Quel habit p rtez-vous ? Je porte un h ihit de fli ip noir. Qu apporte votie frere ? [Sect. 2, R. 6.] II apporte de I'argent h son ami. What coat do i/<,u wearl I wear a coat of black cloth. What does your brother bring i He bluings money to his friend. 11. A noun used in a general sense [§ 77 (1)] takes the article le, la, r, ' les. Aimez-vous ^oeuf ou ! e mouton ? Do you like beef or m utton f Je n aime m jceuf ni le mouton. J like neither beef nor mutton. Miscellaneous Examples. Chantez-vous .ae chan^ n ita- Do you sing an Italian tona 1 henne ? Nous chantons des ons We sing German songs. allemandes. Portez-vous ce livre fi I'homme ? Do you carry this book to the man ' Won, je le porte ii mon frfere. ; JVo, / carry it to my l/rother. Emportez-vous tout votre argent ? 'Z>o ywi carry away all your morusyi Jen emporte seulement vme I cai-ry away only a part of it. partie. . .7 x- ^ FiniBsez-vous votre le9on aujour- ' Do yo(. Ihmh your lesson to-daui dhiu? Noua la flnissons ce matin. N'aimez-vous 1 is les enfants at- tentifs? Je les aime beaucoup. Ne recevez-vous pas beaucoup de lettres? Nous en recevons beaucoup. Vendez-vous beaucoup de mar- chundises ? Nous en vendons beaucoup. Votre frfere aime le boeur et le mouton. We finish it this morning. Do you not like attentive children i I like them much. Do you not receive muny letters? We receive many letters. Do you sell many goods t We sell many. Your brother likes beef and mut- ton. Exercise 39. ,^^1^}"^^ hwea/ter- put a hyphen between the stem ond the UrmimHon oj '-■'■'-■•~i~--ci-.i iii -.r.e vocahidarics. Th<: number iniitcaii Aim-er, 1. to love, to Assez, enough. like, to be fond of. Autre, other. nifHuaiea ihe cmjugaiion.j Ohapeau, m, hat. Ch^r-ir, 2. to cherish. li- m 'Ii: '.1,1 • 64 III Oheroh ej- 1. to aeek, to look for. Oompttgiioii, m. com- jMinion. iJaino, f. fadt/, I)e bonnu lieiiro, earli/. J)-i;voir, ."{. to dur, iJoiin-er, 1, to i/iec. Fin-ir, 2. to finish. Fourn-ir/2. to/urn Ink. Gard-er, 1. to keep. Ou6ro, but littk. HabitH, m. p. clothes, Oarmenta. Lecture, f. readiiui. MaiH, but. Rfaison, f. /lume. Jl.iichand, m. mcr- diant, MarclmmlisoH, f. p. l/omtn, N(3veu, m. tiephetp. Non seiilernont, onlyi I'aille, f. MtraiD. Perd-rc, 4. to lose. Tort-er, 1. to cniri/, wear. Koc-evoir,3.«rt receive. Sou vent, often. ToujouiH, alwujis. Travail, in. labour. Trouv-er, 1. t«'^« '^ ««« marchands, ot ils mo dounont do 1 argont 9^ Vos compagnona aiment-ils Ics boaux habits F lu. ll.J 10. Nos compagnoiiH aimont los boaux habits ot les tons l.vros. 11. Chorohcz-vous men freroP 12;- ()ui Mon- siour, 10 lo clK rcho, mais jo no lo trouvo pas. 13. Voti-o froro pord-il son temps ? 14. II perd son temps et son argent. 15 IZmuvlT l7 T" °'''' 'T^' ■ ^^A ^°"« 1" Pardons ires souvent. 17. Devez-voua beaucoup d'argc nt ? 18 J'en dois asacz, mais jo n'en dois pas beaucoup. 19. Vendez-vous yos deux maisons k notro medt'cin ? 20. Jo n'on vonrquCe ,ie garde I'autre pour ma belle-s^ur. 21. Recevezfvous de 1 argont auiourd^u ? 1«. Nous n'on recovons guero 23 Votre monuisier finif -U son travail do bonne heuro P 2i. II le flmttard 25. A quollo houro lo finit-il P 26. II lo finit t SL% xninuS. '^- "^'"^ ^'"'^'^ ^' ""^^« ^ ^ ^''^•^^^^ ^^^' ExEJtCISE 40. I. Does your companion like reading? 2. My comnanion does not hke reading. 3 Does your ffther like ^od fool^:" [K. 11.] 4. He likes good books and good clothes.* <« Do you owe more than twenty dollars ? 6. 1 only owe ten but my brother owes more than fifteen. 7. Are^Z wroAg to finish your work early? 8. I am right to finish mSio SSlf and you are wrong not to (^.- «e i;«*) finish yours. 9 dHoiL receive much money to-day ? 10. I receive but mtle^i^ Do wo give our best books to that little child ? 12. We do not give them, we keep them because (parce gue) we want them. 13. Do you sell your two liorsesP 14. We do not seU our two horses, we keep one of them. 15. Do you finish your woTk ^s moni^ng (,««.i«)P 16 Yes. Sir, I Lish it thil morZg eaily. i7. Does your brother-in-law like fine clothes? 18 Eepeat the article. M X Yei, Madam, ho likes fine clothes. 10. Do you seek mv BophftwP 20 Y««, Hir, wo sook him. 21. Do.m h.> Ioho his time F 22. Ho loses not only his timo, hut he loses Iuh nionov. 23. How much nu.n-y has he lost to-day P 21. Ho h.is lost moro th,m ten dollars. 2.',. Doos your joiner finish y.mr House K 26. He finishes my house and my brother's. 27' Do you sel good hats ? 2^. We sell silk hats, and silk hats aro good [K. 11]. 2!). How old is your com >. anion h 30. \\v is twelve years old, and his sister is fifteen. 31. Lots vour brother like meat P 32. He likes meat and hroud. 33' Do you reeoive your goods at two o'clock 't 31. Wo receive them at halt past twolvo. 36. Wo roceivo them at ten minutes to one. Section XXIII. 1. Thoro are in French, as in other hmgungos, verbs which are called iiTegular, hecauso th(>ir stem is altered instead of being mvanablo, as in the regular verbs ; or hecauso they have not the endings i)eculiar to their conjugation [§ G4]. 2. Many irregular verbs have tenses which arc conjugated 3. The singular of the present of the indicative of the iiTo. gular verbs, is almost always irr.or.r>U .'« word Monsieur, Madanie, or^Mademoiseile, to the word repre- senting their interlocutor's relations or friends. 67 All-er, 1. ir. to i/o. Ami, m. friend. jlssoci^, m. partner. Capitaine, m.captaln. Demeur-er, 1. to lire, dwell. Gilet, m, waistcoat. Peintre, m. painter. Relieur, in. bookbinder. Rest-er, 1, to remain, lire. Russe, Russiati. Ven-ir, 2. ir. to come, Voisin, e, neighbour. Exercise 41. HoUandaiB, e, Dutch. Horloger, m. u-atch- maker. Magasin, m. ware- house. Maison, f. house. Matin, m. morninfj. 1. Oil allez-vous, mon ami ? 2. Je vais chez Monsieur votre pere, est-il a la maison ? 3. II y est eo matin. 4. D'ou venez« vous? OT- Nous venons do chez vous et de chcz votre samv. 6. Qui est chez nous ? 7. Mon voisin y est aujourd'hui. 8. Oil avez-vous I'intention de porter ces livres F 9. J'ai I'inten- tion de les porter chez le Cls du medecin. 10. Avez-vous tort de rester chez vous P 11. Je n'ai pas tort de rester a la maison. 12. L'horloger a-t-il de bonnes montres chez lui ? 13. II n'a pas de montrea chez lui, il en a dans son magasin. 14. Chcz qui portez-vous vos livres F 15. Je les porte chez le relieur. 16. Allez-vous chez lo capitaine hoUandais ? 17. Nous n'allons paB chez le capitaine hollandais, nous allons chez le major russe. 18. Est-il chez vous ou chez votre fr^re? 19. II de- meure chez nous. 20. Ne demeurons-nous pas chez votre tailleur-' 21. Vous y demeurez. 22. D'ou vinnt votre peintre F 23. II vieut do chez son associc. 24. Oil portez-vous mes souhera et mon gilet ? 25. Je porte vos souliers chez le cor- donnier et votre gilet chez le taiUeur. Exercise 42. 1. Where does your friend go? 2. He is going [Sect. 22. R. 6] to your house or to your brother's. 3. Docs he not in- tend to go to your partner' sjl^ 4. Jle intends to go there, but he has no time to-day. 6. Wlipf^o you want to-day ? 6. I want my waistcoat, which {qui) is at the tailor's. 7. Are your clothes at the painter's? 8. They are not there, they are at the tailor's. 9. Where do you live, my friend ? ^H): I live at your sister-in-law's. lik-Is your father at home? tftr-No, Sir, he is not. 13. Where does your servant carry the wood ? 14. He carries it to the Russian captain's. 15. Does the gen- tleman who {(jiti) is with your father live at his house? 10. No, Sir, he lives with me.' 17. Is he wrong to live with you ? 18. No, Sir, he is right to live with me. 19. Whence {d'ou) comes the carpenter Pr 20. Ho comes from his partner's house ? 21. Has he two partners ? 22. No, Sir, he has only one, who lives here (Jci). 23. Have you time to go to our" house this morning? 24. Wo have time to go there. ^^25. We intend to go there and to speak to your sister. 26. Is she at your honse r 27. She is at her (own) house. 28. Have yon bread, butter, >iftd cheese at homo ? 29. We have bread and butter there. 30. We have no cheese there, we do not like ciieose. 31. T.s your watch at the watchmaker's ? 32. It \elle) is there. 33. Have you tv/o gold watches ? 34. I have only one gold watch. 68 Section XXIV. tivo li^^motlTn/7''\''^ *^^ P'-'^^^^^^f theindica. have only resylhblothor''' ^'«^:^«' ^^^^^^ in that person 22. 9] is not .Xwod Tn T''/i"*°''''l8'''*^^ form [Sect, expression elce que* is proZdIo thV'ffi' intprrogativ^s the (5) (6)]. prohxed to the affirmative foi-m [§ 95, Est-ce que je vends du drap ? i)o / sell rlnfh ? Est ce quo Je joue souvent \ S f ^a/'S? ^r^';7iL7o^^'X;' /"■"'"' "^ "^'^ indicative of avoir, to oive ■ ^vn^X fni' : ''^°' Pouvoir, to be able; devoir ^o Est-ce que je vous envoie des livres ? Z)o / send imn hnni-. i Est .e que je commence .^ ,arler ? :g: f ^Sr^^^! of, que lisez-v'ou3 ?^" f^.^'fr'^S^ ' "'^ ^' '''^' ^"«*^^ 5. IVTERROGATIVE FoKM OF THE IXDICATIVE PkESEXT OF do I go, or am I goinn ? Vas-tu ? Va-t-il V Allons-nous ? Allez-vous ? Vont-ils? I send, ovani I sending/ ? Envoies-tu ? Envoie-t-il ? Envoyons-nous ? Envoyez-vous ? Envoient-ils ? do I come, or ctm I coming ? Viens-tu ? Vient-il ? Venona-nous ? Venez-vouB ? Viennent-ils? R m, ,. , , "• viennent-Us? into au b,Se a noIZttll *^° ^^^P-^*-" ^ - --t-ctod or an . aspiratot "^^^^^^^J^^ ^^ ^g^ (Sff ' 41 ez-vous au bal ou au marcho ? Do you go to tke Ml or tke InJL f Jool-^^'' "^'""'^ "' «^ ^^ ^^«'-^''.- ^ I'^oole. «. or to Nous aliens a l-dgHs^et a I'^cole. IFe go to ckurchjnd to school Est-ce que votre frere eal nrrfirf 0*1°® Rue nu-ans i, it tUt. understood) that your mI ^.^^a^^L'lf V.!?f Sl^..*".^"*^ «« ^ « ('™e i-'ioi'sa w express astonishment. "" *"'" "''"" " b-'Kcraiiy eui- «oS>..?r^'^"® ^*^' "'''''"' somewhere, anywhere; nuUe part, OA est voire neveu, or Oi voire neveu esi-il ? n est quelque pari, II n'est nulle part. Where is your nephew ? ■He is somewhere, He is nowhere. MlSCELtANEOUS EXAMPLES Vous allez a I'eglise aujourd'hui. " Esi-ce que je commence mon travail ? Est-ce que je parle anglais ? \ Est-ce que j'envoie ce livre a men frore ? Allez -vous au marche demain ? J y vais apres- domain. Enyoyez-vous vos enfants a 1 ecole ? Je les envoie chez le professeur, ' Je les y envoie cette apr^s-midi. 1 Ou vos habits soni-ils ? ) lis sont quelque pari, lis ne sont nulle pari. ' Est-ce que je demeure chez vous ? Est-ce que je mange trop ? Exercise 43 Absent, e, absent. Cuir, m. leather. Adresss, f. address. Depuis, since. Banque, f. bank. Ecole, f. school. Banqnier, m. banker. Ecolier, m. scholar. Billet, m. nofe. Eglise, f. church. Uia.peher,m. katta-. Marche, m. market. Concert, m. comcrt. Noir, e, black. Couper, 1. to cut. 1. Ou <>st-cequo jo vuis? 2. Vous allez chez le chapelier et S ;:;S:;^ ^^^"le '" ^^"^^^ ' '■ Vo.- aUoz u la Equ" cc au conceit. 5 Est-co quo jo couijo votro bois? 6 Vous ne coupoz ni mon boia ni mon habit. 7. Est-ce que jo v>oZ un chapeau vert? 8. Vous ne portez pas un chapoiu veS vous en porez un noir. 9. Votre^colier\ain Sue par^? 10. II va a reghse, a I'ecole et au marche. 11. Ne vS/ ms Chez le peiTuquier ? 12. II no va nulla part. 13 No port?; r; '?f N'TlIn'"" '^ cuir rouge P L J'en porte ^otS ^TJ\ 1 • .»^i<5z-vous pas chez le banquier ? 16. Je no vais pas choz lui, U est absent depuis hier. 1?. Vient-il k k tonm.e A-t-il enyie d'aller au concert ? 20. II a grando envio d'v Fo?/ f/o to r^Mj-cA to-da?/. Do I beyin my work ? Do I speak Erujlinh ? Do I send this book to my l/rothcr J Do you go to market to-mo^i'mo ? lyo there the day after to-morro70. Do you send your children to school ? I send them to the professor'' s. I send them thm-e this afternom. Whei'e are your clothes ? They arc somewhere. They are nmohere. Do I live at your house ? Do I eat too much / Perruquidr, m. hair- dresser. Point, not. Poste, f. post-office. Rouge, red. Vert, e, yreen. Village, m. village. 70 EXEKCISB 44. 1. Do I wear my large black hat ? 2. You wear a hand some green hat. 3. Does the banker go to the Tatr- dresser's nfld r'°^/ .i- P^^r ^^''' this morning Doe L ntend to go to the bank this morning ? 6. He does not inf^nd L^VostTffic^^S^?'^- /• ^f>'- -nd jwtttTr^to ine post-othcej' 8. I do not send them, they are not vpf written (ecntes) 9. Do I send you a note Kw. Y^u send mo a ticket, but I have no wish to go to the concert Hi Do^s your brother go to school to-morrow? 12. He goes ftWo? 0-day, and remains at home to-moiTow. 13. Do fl there ^ 14. You do not go anywhere. 1-5. Where do vou go ? 16 T am going to your brother's, is he at home ? K He s no?' at home, he has been absent since yesterda3^ 18. Does vou brother hve m this village? 19. He docs not [Sect. 23 12lhe lives at my nephew's. 20 Are you wrong \o go to school ? I? No, Sir, I am right to go to church and to school 22 D you wish to come to my house? 23. I like to go to vou J house, and to your brother's. 24. When are you^comlnl ?o Zw rl' r'- To-niorrow, if I have time. ^ 26. oTes^he comiL 40 WW^'"''"'*""''"" '^^^^- '-^9- He is not^•et coming 30. What are you sending to the scholar''^ 'U T am sending books paper, and clotl J to him. I2 Whet " is 3'r Itis th^re" '' "'°°'- ''■ '' *^^ -^-^ - ^^- X-e ? Sectiox XXV. 2. The verb venir is used idiomatically, in French to indi 3. Aller trouver, venir trouver, are used in the sense of fo Venez me trouver a dix heures. Come to me at tm o'clock 4. Aller chercher means to go for, to go and fetch .•_ ri^i.^J^Sr h ^n^'l^''"!: , ,. Oo and fetch the physkian. Je vais chercher du aucro et du cafd. / am going for coffee and sugar. 0. Envoyer chercher, means to send for lo send ami fetch :— T)"I""T'' -^~'';""' ^^" JJjarcnana. Send for the merchant J ehvoie chercher des l*^gume«. / send for vegefAbles! 71 tivo arp'xvS T^ ««<^«"d persons of the plural of the impeia- tivo aie, with few exceptions, the same tha. 'miy\ house on f V S^!!*.'i^^1Zl"«': "^^"^2: \ i inSdCo there ,n Tuesday Medi'.' " ■""""""■ ^^ "'-' . '■ ^- ,S"'''^^''^-'*'°"8 ^aire? 2. Jo vais apprendrc mcs leeons. 6. JN alloz-vons pas ccnro a vos connaissances ? 4. Jo ne vais ecnrc a personne. 5. Qui vient de vous parlcr ? 6. L'Jrlandaia viont de nous parler. 7. Quand I'ficossaiae va-t-ello vous enseigner la musique P 8. Ello va me I'r-nsoig-ncr I'anneo pro- chame. 9. Va-t-olle commencer mardi ou mercredi P 10 EUe ne va commencer ni mardi ni mercredi, olle a I'intention de commencer jeudi, si elle a le temps. 11. Votro compagne va-t-elle a 1 oglise tous les dimanches ? 12. Elle y va tous las dimanches et tous les mercredis. 13. Qui allez-vous trouver? 14. Je ne vais trouver personno. 15. N'avez-vous pas I'inten- tion de venir me trouver domain ? 16. J'ai I'intention d'aller trouver votre teinturier. 17. Envoyez-vous chercber le rnedecm ? 18. Quand je suis malade; je Tenvoie chercher. 19.^ Keste-t-il avec vous toute la journee ? 20. II ne reste chez moi que quolques minutes. 21. Allez-vous a i'ecole le matin ? . • '^J ^'^" ^e inatin et I'apr^s-midi. 23. Y allez-vous toue les jours P 24 J y vais tous les jours, excopte le lundi et le dimanche 2n. Lo samcdi je reste chez nous, et le dimanche je vais a I'eglise. ExEucisE 46. 1. What is the Irishman going to do ? 2. He is going to teach music. 3. Has he just commenc.^ his work p 4 He has just commenced it. 5. Who has just written to you ? 6 Ihe dyer has just written to me. 7. Does your little hoy "o to church every day P 8. No, Sir, he goes to church on Sun- days and he goes to school every day. 9. Do you go for the physician P 10. I send for him because {parce que) my sister IS sick. 11. Do you go to my physician or to j-ours P 12 I go to mine, yours is not at heme. 13. Where is ho? 14 He is at your father's or at your brother's. 15. Do vou intend to send tor the physician ? 16. I intend to send for him. 17 Am I nght to send for the Scotchman P 18. You are wrong to send tor him._ 19. Do you go to your father in the afternoon P ^0. 1 go to him in the morning. 21. Does your brother go to your uncle's every Jlonday P 22. He goes there every Sunday. U. Are you going to learn music ? 24. Mv niece is going to ni^"i^'*' ^* s'le has time. 25. Am I going to read or to write ? hou.so every day P 28. Ho cornea to us every Wednesday. 73 29. At what hour? 30. At a quarter to nine. 31. Does he come early or late ? 32. Ho comes at a qiiartor past nine. 33. What do you send for P 34. We send for wine, broad, butter, and cheese. 35. What do you go for ? 36. We go for vegetables, meat, and sugar. 37. Wo want sugar every morn- ing. Section XXVI. PLACE OF THE I'KONOUNM. 1. The personal pronoun used as the direct [§ 2 (2), § 43 (4)] object of the verb,* is in French placed before the verb, except in the second person singular or in the first and second persons plural of the imperative, when used affirmatively. H me voifc, il I'aime. He sees me, he loves him. n nous aime, il vous aime. He loves us, he loves you. 2. The personal pronoun representing the indirect object of the verb [§ 2 (3), § 43 (5)] answering to the dative 'of the Latin, and to the indirect object of the English with the pre- position to expressed or understood, is also in French placed before the verb : — II me parte, il lui parle. He speaks to me, he speaks to him. n nous donne une fleur. He gives us a flower, f H vous parle, il leur parle. He speaks to you, he speaks to them. 3. The personal pronoun is placed after the verb in the im- perative affirmative : — Aimez-les, parlez-leur. Love them, speak to them. 4. The words en and y follow the a'jovo rules : — J'en parle, j'y pense. / spmk of it, J think of it. 6. The pronoun used as the indiicct object of a verb, answering to the genitive or ablative of the Latin, and to the indirect object, which in English is separated from the verb by a preposition other than to {k), which, of course, it follows, is in French always placed after the verb : — I speak of him, of her, of them. I remain with you and with them. objects of verbs, must be re- Je parle de lui, d'elle, d'eux. Je reste avec vo^z et avec eux 6. All pronours used as peated : — Je les aime, je les r; specie, je / lom, respect, and honour them les honore. MlSCELLAKEOUS EXAMPLES. M'entendez-vous ? Je ne vous entends pas. Les entendez-vous ? Je les vols et je les entends. II nous aime et il nous honore. Do you hear or understand me ? I do not understand or heofr you. Do you hear them ? I see thrm, and understand them. He loves and honours us. * The young student will easily distinprnish the personal prononn used as the direct object of u verb, by the fiict that there is in English no preposition between the verb and this i)ronoun. t The preposition to is understood. He gives afiovier lo ut. m 74 AFo i)arlez-vou8 do votre ami ? •Jo V0U8 parle de lui [R. 61. Xous parlez-vous de ces tlames ? Je voiis parle d'ellos. Ne leur parlez-vous pas ? Je n'ai pas envie de leur parler. Parlez-lui— ne lui parlez pas. AUez k lui, courez a lui. Parlez -leur— ne leur parlez pas. Bo you njKuk to mc of your friend f I speak to you of him. Do you KjKak to uh about those ladies / I speak to you of them. Bo you not speak to them >■ I have no wish to speak to them. Speak to him or her— do not speak to him. Go to him— run to him. Speak to them— do not sjKak to t/iem. Exercise 47. Arbrrm" ?S^^' ^ompagnon, m. com- Pens-er, 1. to think. AVIS, m. advice. Deji, already. Pommier, ni annle- OenBieT,m.cherry.tree. Ecri-re, 4. ir to ^oritc. hoo ^m.VN •,,«„ 6 If; ov- i--i_-- j t'« T fK- TT-w^^ "?"; ^7- ^0 y°'^ think of this affair? 18. 1 think of It the whole day. 19. Do you speak of it with 78 {aveo) your brother? 20. We apeak of it often. 21. Do you Bend your companion to my house? 22. I send him every day. 23. Are you at homo every day ? 24. I am there every morning at ten o'clock. 25. Do you like to go to church h 26. I like to go there every Sunday Avith a companion. 27. Do you speak of your houses? 28. I speak of them (««). 29. Does your brother speak of his friends ? 30. Yes, Sir, he speaks of them (d'eux). 31. Does ho think of them? 32. Yes, Sir, he thinks of them (a eux). 33. Does ho think of this news? 34. Yes, Sir, he thinks of it (y). 36. I love and honour them. Section XXVII. RESPECTIVE PLACE OF THE PK0N0VN8. § 98. 1. When two pronouns occm-, one used as a direct object of the verb (accusative), and the other as the indirect object (dative), the indirect object, if not in the third person siiigiilai* or plural, must precede the direct object [§ 98 (1)]. Je V0U8 le donnc. / (jive it to you. 11 me le donne. He yivea it to me. II nous le donne. He gives it to us. 2. When the pronoun used as an indirect object [dative. Rule 2, Sect. 26], is in the third person singular or plurai, it must be placed after the direct object [§ 98 (2)]. Nous le lui donnons. We give it to him. Nous le leiu donnons. Wc give it to them. 3. The above rules of precedence apply also to the impera- tive used negatively : — Ne nous le donnez pas [R. 1]. Do not give it to us. Ne le lui donnez pas [R. 2]. Do not give it to him. 4. With the imperative used affirmatively, the direct object precedes in all cases the indirect object [§ 98 (5)]. Donnez-le-nou8. Oive it to us. Montrez-le-leur. Skoio it to them. 5. En and y always follow the pronouns ; en follows y when both are used in the same sentence : — Je lui en donne. I (five him somi: II nous y envoie. He ^endf us thithei: II nous y en a envoy«5. Envoyez-leur-y-en. 6. Present of the Indicative or the Irregular Yeuks. Voir, to see. Vouloir, to wiU, to PouvoiE, to be able, be willing. Je vois, I see, do see, Je veux, / toill or am Je puis, / can, I may, or am seeing ; willing ; I am able ; Tu vois, Tu veux, Tu peux,* * After the verba pouvoir, to l« oble ; oser, to dare ; savolr, to fcnoui; the negative pas may be omitted. He has sent some to us there. Send some to them there. J m' '-trmrnmrBSmP^i n volt, Nous voyons, V0118 voyoz, Us voiont. 76 II veut, Nous voulons, Voim voulez, lit veulent. n peut, Noil- pouvone, Vous i)ouvez, lis peuvent. 7. The lihovo verbs take no pi-cposition boforo another verb. to, when tho latt(.T means in ordn- to. Miscellaneous Examples. Voulez -vous nous le tlonner ? Je veux vous le prcter. Pouvez-vous me les doiiner ? Je ne puis vous les tlonner. Votrefr6ropeut-illeluienvoyer? II ne veut pas le lui envoyer Qui veut le leur preter ? Personnc ne veut le leur pr^tc . Euvoyez los-nous. Ne nous les envoyez i^s. Donnez-nous-en. Ne leur en envoyez piia. Envoy ez-le -leur, pour les con- tenter. Je vous y en enverrai. Je puis vous I'y envoyer. I Will you (live it to us ? I tmll lend it to you. Can you (jive them to me ? I cannot (jive them to yon. Can your brother send it to him .? He will not send it to him. ^'Hio luill lend it to them ? " one will lend it to them. •Nr.tZ them to ns. i'v not send them to ::„. '' ije us some. : >o rwt send them any. '■'end it to them to satisfy them. I will send you some there. I can send it to you there. EXEKCISE 49. Commis, m. clei-k. GuiNre, hut little. Poisson m m ^s^;::^' '• '''- ^'T'''^ ''' "°'^^^' ''^"^^: "■>^"^- (luanuante. t. milliiwr. Pret-irl /n //-..// Croi-re 4. ,r^ote^,-m'.Montr-er, 1. to show. Semah ^ f S Dette, f. debt. Oubli-er, 1. to fonjet. Souvent often D-evoir, 3. to owe. Pay-er, 1. to Jayf Yoy:S:Amey. In/; Jr^^^'"'-'"'- ^*'°''^'" '^^ ^i^™ ^ mon frere ? 2. Je puis le es lnvov.Tr t ^ ^'^'^ I' ^T ^T""''- '■ Voulez-vou^ous vover Ties i/h rnnT'^'^'^'^'o^" modes peut vous les en- montre 7 ll ^^^t^'^^^-^T ? 6. Je les vois et je les lui fTl A ^^^t^'ous peur de nous les preter? 8 Je n'ai rpSnrTo'j7n"'"-' '• Nepouvez^ousnousenvoye; n vf,?n 1 '^ "° P"'^ "'^"^ <^^ envoyer, je n'en ai ffu^re II. Voulez-vous leur en parler ? 12. Je veux leur en mrlfir Je^^iens lef'^^ T f V--" «- -^ent les voirr\l' Je viens les voir tous les matins, ct tous les soirs 15 Ne 1 ur erisr"' -pt' ^' "°*r "'''^^ - ^°i«^-> 16.! leur en parle, mais ils ne veulent pas me croire 17 Est en que je vois mes connaissances le lundi P 18. Tous les vovez tous les jours de la somaine. 19. Von« en-o'l^ /"L ^H~ aargent que le commis de notre marchand P ' 2o7Elie» m'en I n onvoiont plus quo lir" 21. En cnvoycz-vous au libralre P Ti. Je lui (11 onvoio >, laiul jo lui on dois. '23. N'avcz-vous pas tort do lui cu onvoyor i' 24. Jo ne \\\m avoir tort do payor nie.s dettes. 25. Ila vous en donii.-ut, ot ils vutis en protont quaiid vous en avoz bosoin. EXKUCISE 50. 1. Will yon send us that letter P 2. I will send it to you, if you V ill road it. " 1 will road it if [ni) I can. 4. Can you leudmo your pou P 6. I can lend it f., you, if you will take caro of it [Sect. 21 (3)1 6. May I speak to your father P 7. Vou may speak to him, he is her. 8. Arc you afraid of forg'etting it P [Sect. 20 (4; ] 9. I ani not afraid of forgettins it. 10. Will you send tli i to him P 11. I intend to send them to him, it I have tiim . 12. Do you si^uak to him of your joum-v? 13. I speak to him of my journey. 14. I speak to thena oi it. 16. Can you communii ate it to him P 16. I have a wish I ' communicato it to him. 17. Do you see your ac- quaintanccH every Monday? 18. I see thorn every Monday and every Thursday 19. Where do you intend to see them ? 20. I intend to see them at your brother* t and at your sister's. 21. Can you send him there every day '^ 22. 1 can Kind him there evory Monday, if he wishes {/il '•> veut). 23. ( m you give them to mo ^ 24. 1 can gi^' thtim to you. 25. Who will lend them books P 26. No one llcnd them any. 27. Your bookseller ia willing- to sell tliuni good books and t>ood paper. 28. Is he at home P 29. Ho ih at bit brother's. 30. Are you wrong to pay your debts P 31.1 u right to pay them. 32, Will you send it to us P 33. T am willing to send" it to you, if you want it. 34. Are you vvilling to give them to usP 35. We are willing to give theiu to your acquaintances. 36. Have you sent some to them there P 37. Yes, I have sent some to them there. v\ Section XXVIII. EXCEPTIONS TO THE RULES SET FORTH IN THE TWO FOREGOING SECTIONS. 1. The personal pronouns, when used as direct objects, are placed after the verb in a simple tense, after the past participle in a compound tense, and expressed as follows, viz. : — me by moi, thee by toi, him by lui, her by elle, us by nous, you by vous, them (m.) by eux, them (f.) by elles, 1st, when the verb has several direct objects, whether they are all pronouns, or nouns and pronouns : — Je connais elle et eux, J'ai vu elle et sa soeur. II regardait tantot vous, tantAfc moi. Je blftme vous et non lui. I know her and them. I have seen her and her sister. He looked vjjvj at '"qu thai at tns. I blame you, not him. m IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I Ug ^^ nil ^^ §21 lU , ■u I u 11:25 1 1.4 I 2.0 1^ 1.6 Phntnoranbir' ScMices Corporalion 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 143M (716)873-4S03 'V ^ -%^ b A ^,v ^ z 4^ ^A ^ n I i^ 2ndly, when the verb is accompanied by n» . . . que referring to the pronoun : — • Je ne crains que lui. I fear him onli/. lis n ont vu que moi. They saw me only. 2. The porsonal pronouns iu the dative case are expressed as above, and placed after the preposition k, which jf course is put after the verb in a simple tense, and after the past parti- ciple iu a compound tense, 1st, when the verb has several objects in the dative case, whether they are all pronouns, or nouns and pronouns :— Je parle k vous et A, lui. / apeak to you and to him. J'ai 6crit d, elles et a leur frere. / lorote to them and to their brother, 2ndly, when the pronoun direct object, and the pronoun in the dative case are of the first and second person : — II te confiera ^ nous. He will entrust thee to ua. Le roi m a envoy^ A vous. The king has sent vie to you. 3rdly, when the direct object is a pronoun of the first or second person, and the dative one of the third :— Votre frfere vous presentera il Your brother will introduce you ^"^' to them. \ otre oncle nous a envoy^s h elle. Yotir uncle has sent vs to her. 4thly, with the following verbs : aller, to yo .■ courir, to run ,- accourir, to run up ; boire k, to drink to ; penser, songer, to think ; venir, to come ; revenir, to come back, to come again ; 6tre, m the sense of to belong ; appeler, to call ; rappeler to call again, to call back ; attirer, to attract ;— f She ran up to him. This horse belongs to me. 5thly, with idiomatic verbal expressions, such as, avoir affaire to have to do or to deal with ; avoir rapport, to concern, to bear upon; avoir ^gard, to consider, to show regard; avoir recours to have recourse; prendre garde, > beware, to fake care t'o mind; prendre int^rfit, to take interest in; fpire attention to pay attention, to notice, &c. ; — ' Nous aurons recours a toi. We will have recourse to thee. II faut prendre garde a soi. One must take care of one's s^lf. Je n ai pas fait attention a elle. / did not notice her. 6thly, for the sake of emphasis, in elevated stylo :— Sa«hez-le bien, je parle k vous ! Know it well, T s^mk to you ! 7thly, with all reflective verbs :— Le ministre s'adressait i^eux. The min ister used to apply to them. Le tailleur ne s'^tait pas fi^ jl eux. The tailor had not trusted them. Elle courut k lui. Ce cheval est k moi. • Ne . . . que has no influence on the position of the pronoun ^ Lllrnlir* "^^"^ *° "=- J® °® I'ai vu que deux fols, I Zc twice onl when him ^--Ff ^ flguratiyely, attirer is preceded by its pronoun object :-Sa conttaivtly brought reproachm upon him. 1} 79 8thly, when the verb is accompanied bj' ne . . . oue. Teferrinff to the pronoun :— • '^ Je ne parle qu'd voiis IIb n'avoient ^crifc qu'il elle. / speak to you on! if. They had uritten to her only. Miscellaneous Examfles, J'ai charg^ elle et hii H niiiis, IcH si, leh car nirt't«'nt Jiut's, iff, for's »tnnil in the vaji tout. of fveriith inrt. 4. Thi' niticli' JH used iH'foro the immfs of couiitrii'S, pro- vinecs, rivers, winds, and mountains [77 (3) (4)] : — La France est plus grande que Fi'anre is larffei' than Itali/, ritalie. I^v Normapdie est tres fertile. Normandij is reri/ fertilf. fi. The nrticlo is used lioforo titles : — Le general Cavaignac. (kncral ('uraiijnui'. Le jnar^chal Key. Marshal Ney. G. In respectful nddveps or discourse, the words, Monsieur, Madamo, Mademoiselle an? iilaeed before titles and designntinns of relationship : — Monsieur le president. (Mr.) Presideivt. Madamo la comte-sse. (Madam) Countess. IMadcmoiselle votre 8(«ur. (Miss) pour sister. 7. The plural of Monsieur, Madame, and Mademoiselle, is Messieurs, Mesdames, and Mesdemoiselles. 8. The student should ho careful to distinguish a noun taken in a generrtl or in a i)articular sense from one taken in a parti- tive sense [§ 78]. Partitive sense. Nous avons dea livres, We hare books, i. e. some books. Vous avez 6cnt des lettres, You have im'itten letters, i. e. some letters. General or particular sense. Nous aimons les livres, We like books. Nous avons lea li^Te8, We have the books. Misf. LiANEOUK Examples, Till niodestie est aimable. I, 12. Jo n'y vais pas tous lea jours. 13. Votro seour apporto-t-oUo los flours ? 14. EUe los apporto. 1.5. Madame votro m6ro apporte-t-ollo des flours? 16. Ello en apporto tous les lundis. 17. Voyez-vous lo general Bertrand? 18. Jo no lo vois pas, jo vois lo caporal Ducheno. 19. Jlesdomoisolles vos aciours sont-ellos fatiguees ? 20. Mes soours sont fatiguees d'etudier. 21, Monsieur lo president est- u Chez lui ? 22. Non, Monsieur, il estchoz Monsieur le colonel Dumont. 23. Demenrc-t-il loin d'ici ? 24. 11 no demeure pjis loin d'ici. 25. Od demoure-t-il ? 26. II demeure chez Mon- sieur lo capitaino Lobrun. Exercise 54. 1. Does your sister like flowers ? 2. My sister likes flowers, and my brother is fond of books. 3. Is ho wrong to like books ? 4. No, Sir, he is right to like books and flowers. 6. Have you many flowers in your garden ? 6. Wo have many flowers and much fruit. 7. Is your cousin fond of raspberries ? 8. My cousin is fond of raspberries and * strawberries. 9, Is the captain fond of praises ? 10. He is not fond of praises. 11. Has the gardener brought you vegetables? 12. He has brought mo vegetables and fruit.* 13. Is ho ashamed to bring you vegetables ? 14. He is neither ashamed nor afraid to sell vegetables. 15. Is your mother tired ? 16. My mother is not tired. 17. Is your brother at colonel D.'s? 18. He lives at colonel D.'s, but he is not at home at present (« present). 19. How many peaches have you ? 20. I have not many peaches, but I have many plums. 21. Docs Capt. B. like peaches? 22. He likes peaches,* plums, raspberries, and strawberries. 23. Are you going into {dam) your brother's wood ? 24. I go there every morning. 25. Is general L. here ? 26. No, Sir, ho is not here, he is at your cousin's. 27. Does your friend General H. live far from here ? 28. He does not live far from here, he lives at his brothev's. 29. Have you fine flowers in your garden ? 30. We have very fine flowers ; we are fond of flowers. 31. Do you give Ihem to him ? 32. I give them to you. 33. I give you some. 34. I give them some. 35. Give us some. 30. Do not give us my. The stndsnt miist not forjfet ihat tbc article is repeated before every noun. b& H apnrcntl Ic francjais, ranglais, rallemaiid ct ritalieu. Section XXX. USE OP THE AKTICLE CONTINUED. 1. Adjectives expressing nationality will, according to R. 3 of the last lesson, lo preceded by the article :— lie learm Frimh, EnuUsk, Ger- man, and Italian. 2. After the verb parler, tlio article must bo omitted before an adjective of nationality used substantively : — Votre frure park esijagnol et por- Your brother sjKuks Spatmh tugtiis- and Pvrtwjacsc. 3. The article is not used in French before the number which follows the name of a sovereign. This number (unless it be Jirst) must be the cardinal, and not the ordinal [§ 27 (2)] '• — VouB avez I'liistoire do Henri You have the hiatwy of Henry quatrc. the Fourth. 4. A noun placed in apposition with a noun or pronoun is not in French preceded by un, une, « or mi, unless it be quali- fied by an adjective or determined by the following part of tho sentence. Votre ami est mt^decin. Your friend is a physieian. Notre frcre est avocat. Our brother is a barrister. Votre ami est un bon medecin. Ycttr friend is a r/ood physician. Notre frere est mi avocat celebrc. Our brother is a celebrated bar ristiT. 6. Present of the Indicative of the Iuueol lau Veubs, A?TREm)UE, to Icai'n. Conna!tke, ioiHow. Savoir, to Avioiy. J'apprends, / learn, do Je connais, / knoto Je sals, / know or learn, or am learniny; or do kn Do you find ivhat you seek! C. Que answers to the English pronoun ivhat, used absolutely before a verb : — Que pensezvous do cela ? What do you think of that f 7. Quoi is generally preceded or followed by a prejwsition, and relates only to things : — De (luoi voulez-vous parler ? Of what do una wish to snenJc i A quoi pensez-vous ? Of what do you think f Quoi de plus aimable que lavertu? What is more amiable than virtati i' ill U: iii 86 8. Lequel, m. laquelle, f. lesquels. m.p. lesquellea. f.p. which, or which om [Soct. 17. «], or which omn, roliito to nur- Bona or thmga. Thoy may bo proceiiod by ii proposition : — Leciuol avez-voiiH apporto ? }VhUh viu huic you broayht i UiKiuol i.arluz-voiiB ? Of which one do you »pmk t 9. Dont, «/ which, or uf whom, whose, iiKiy rolato to porsons or things, ui tho niasculino or foniinino, Mingular or plural. It Clin novcr bo used absolutoly, and must always bo procodod bv an imtccodont. ■> r j Lcs fieui-s (lont vous mo parlcz. The.liowcrs ofwh irk yuii gimtk to me. liCS iloinoisullos doat votro sujur The noaiujludica of whom ijour sinter vous park'. apiaks to you. 10. PllESENT OP THE INDICATIVE OF THE IllUEOULAK VeKKS. Di-KE, 4. to my. Fai-ue, 4. to mikc, to do. Mett-he, 4. to put. Jo falH, / m<(ke or do, I am iiuikiinj or doiinj; Tu fais, II fait, Nous faiHons, Vou8 fiiitcs, lis font. ■Jo dis, / say, do say, or am sayini/; Tu dis, II dit. Nous disons, Vous ditos, lis disunt. Je mets, / put, do pid,ovamputtin(j; Tu mots, 11 mot, Nous inottons, Vous mottez, lis mettent. MiSCELLANEOL' Connaissoz-vous lo monsieur (^ui l)arle il notro cousin ? Je connais celui qui lid parle. Comi)renez-vous co que je vous dis? Qui vous a parlti do cctte affaire ? L' Anglais dont vous parlez est ici. L'Espagnol dont la scour est ioi. Que faites-vous ce matin ? Que dites-vous a notro ami ? Nous faisons cc que vous nous dites. Pour (pii faites-vous cet habit ? Do quoi parlez-vous i voire fr6re? 8 ExAMl'LES. Do you kiww the i/c)Ukman who sfieaks to our cousin '( I know the one ivho sjieaks to him. Do you understand what I say to you ? Who has spoken to you of this affair I The Enijlishnumof whom yousi^ak is here. The Sjxmiurd whose sister is here. What do you do this morniw/ / What do you say to ourfriuuif We do that which you say to ua. Nous faisons ce (jue nous pouvons. Nous parlons do ce dont vous parlez. For whom do you niake this coat ? Of what do you speak to your brother ? We do what we can. We siwak of t/uit of which you, speak. ExEUCISE 67. Arriv-er, 1. to amve. Habillement, m. dress, Plaisu-, m. pleasure. Avec, with clothes. Presque, almost. Coffre, m. trunk. Hcllandais, e, Dutch. Rien, nothinff. gommand-er.l. to ordc?-. Linge, m. linen. SouUer, m. shoe. Ecossais, e, Scotch. Monaievir,m.(jentleman. Vrai, e, true. Enfant, m. child. Nom, m. name. 1. Qui counaiBHez-vous f 2. Nous connaissons lea Hollandais dont vous nous parlez. 3. Quelles le9on8 apprenez-vpus P i ' 1 ,' 87 4. Noun apprr>non« hn \oqnr\n qiio votiH noun ircomniftndez. ft. Co qu'il voiiM (lit cHt-il vnii h 0. C.i (jiic vouh noiiH ditos est vrai. 7. I)roHquo rion a fiiiro. V,i. Quo niottoz- vouH dans votro ooflVo 'r 14. Nous y mottons oo quo nouH avons, noH habillomontH ot notro linKC !*>. N'y mottoz-vous pas vos soiiliors h 16. Nous y niottons Ics souliors dont nous avons bosoin. 17. Do quoiavoz-voushosoin P 18. Nousavons besom do to quo nous avons. 19. Cot enfant sait-il oo qu'il fait P 20. II sail oo qu'il fait ot oo (pi'll dit. '21. No voulez- vous pas lo lour diro p 22. Avoc bcauooup do plaisir. 23. *aitc8-vous vi) que lo inarohand vous commando p 24. Noub faisons ce (lu'il nous dit. 25. 11 parlo do co dont vous parlez. E.xEUcisE 68. 1. Have you what (re i/oitt) you want ? 2. Wo have what we want. 3. Is tho gontUiman whom you know lioro P 4. Tho lady of whom you speak is hero, 5. Is sho jtist arrived P [Sect. 25. 2.] (j. Sho is just arrived. 7. Do you know that gentleman P 8, I know tho gentleman who is speaking with vour father. 9. Do you kr,ow his name ? 10. I do not know his name, but I know whe;e ho lives (demenre). 11. What do you do every morning P 1 2. We do almodt nothing ; wo havo very little to do. 13. Does the tailor make your clothes P 14. IIo makes my clothes, my brother's, and my cousin's. 15. Do you know what you «iy P 16. I know what I say, and what I do. 17. Do you know tho Scotchman of whom your brother speaks P. 18. I know him well. 19. What does ho put into his trunk P 20. Ho puts his clothes. 21. Is that which you say true P 22. ^Vhat I siiy is true. 23. Dc you understand that which I say to youP 24. I understand all that you say. 25. Of whom docs your brother apeak P 26. He speaks of tho gentleman \' ' ^se sister is here. 27. Is your brother wrong to do what h< u ^s ? 28. Ho cannot bo wrong to do it. 29. What aro you doing P 30, I am doing that which you do. 31. Where do you put my books? 32. Into [daus) your brother's trunk. 33. Is your brother here ? 34. He is not here. 35. He is at my brother's, or at my father's. Section XXXII. I. The verb mettre is used in tho same sense as the English to put OM, in speaking of garments. Mettre le couvert, means to lay the cloth, or set the table : — Quel cbapeau mettoz-vous ? V otre frcfe iiict son habit noir. Le domestique va mettre le couvert. Whnt hat do ijou put an ? Your Moihttpulavuhia blarkcoai. The servant w yoirvj to lay the cloth. I i\ • » j5 .1;: 88 [ 2. our moftns tn tnkr off, to tak>- turnif, to tulsr ont : - M1um eiir de leu gi\ter. Xe iH)rte7,-viiiiH janiairt votre habit noir ? .Te le metn tons lea mmiediH. Pounjuoi n'litoz-vous |iaH votre inanteau ? J'ai tropfroid, j'ai pour de I'liter. Faites-VQi's raccoininoder voh soiiliers .' Je fais raccoinmoder mes habits. Jo fais faire une paire de bottes. Je fais crcuscr uii puits. Que veut dire votre f rere ? Que veut dire cela ? ("ela ne veut rien dire. Otez-vous vos souliers et vos bas? Je n'6te ni les una ni les autros. I* diner est nret ; le doniestiijuo va niettre le convert. ^'ouleE•voub oter lo couvert ? Jp vais niettre le couvert. Je vais 6ter le couvert. s I'iX.VMI'I.KH. ■I)o lion not lint on iionr (iotht» < I II III II f milt of n/xiiliini them. Do lion nettf nrnr imnr l,lii,k I'lHlt ! f pnt it on evet'ji Sntuvitaii. Why do lion not take off noni r/iHtk f I mil too cold, f am n/riiid A> take it off. Do you have yonr n/toe.- mended I I have my clothen mended. I have a jxiir of hoota made. I have a ivell diuj. What doe.1 yonr brother mean 1 What does that mean > That meam I take off' neither these nor those. Dinner is ready ; the senant is fioiny to lay the cloth. Will yon take aicay the things from the table ' J am i/ninfl to lay the cloth. I am ijoinij totokcaicaythe things KxKUcisE 59. Apothicaire, m druff- Cave, f. cellar. Diner, m. dinner, !>'f- Oreus-er, 1. to diy. Fadie', s,soiry,angr!/. Auros, after. Dimanche, m. Sunday. GAt-er, 1. to tpoil. m (•rand, .■, fniyn. Afantoiiii, 111. rtiiiiH: Noir, c, Utiik. KhccoiiiiiioiI or, I. ntnul. Tout. A riiciirf. I'mm'' liiatrti/. t" I 'iiifoniic, III. innfiivm VuloiiiH, (II. nhxt. .1. r-., gcm-ral N. niot-il mm unifonnoh 2. II „.■ I., ni. I lK..nl. .{. 1 ourquoi i,« poi-tuz-v.mB r"int v..tio nmnt..,,!. noir - ouH I,.H mat,n« V 0. I,, no I.-h m.U qu- Iph .linnuull 7 11 o taitc's vouH pas creuHor uno civo P 18. .In f..i« ccuHnr un,' K|andn cavo. IS). Q,,,, vout dim r«pothinairn :- 20. 11 v" no qu . a .oHom d'argont. 21. Havnz-vouH nn qun cnla nu duo r 22. Cela vnu d.ro quo votro frero nst ianho nontrc vouh. \Lt7'"''T'\ "'"W" ^° '"''"'•" ^"t'-^' "'"ntnauP 21. J'a i^r j'i;[Xud " "' """ ^ ^'■""'^ *'"''**• '^'''- '^' '''''' '''''««•' EXEUCISE GO. 1. Do yoii tako off your coat P 2. I do not tak.; oil' ir.v littlo boy take oft his shoes and stockings ? fS 21 U) 1 (j 71,. 7 Do sThaf 'lif ^vfr"\t» p"t thc^i oi.^.gaiV(i.!:;. ;. /. Does that httio girl l,»y th.! cloth P 8. She lays tho doth every day a noon (mufi). 9. Does she take away the ting after dinner P 10 She takes away the things ovry daV. U Do you intend to have a coat made P 12. I int. rd to have a coat made. 13 I am going to have a coat and a vest male 14. Dons your brother have his boots mended P 15 II,. has tlum mended. 16. What does your son mean P 17. I do not Whnr?"* fo T"'- ^?L ^' ^' ""^y ^''th 'no or with mv WW -m r ^ >« neither angry with you nor with your bi-othcr 20. Is ho afraid to spoil his coatP 21. He is not Htmd to spoil it 22. Does the"^ druggist want m^ne^P "5 frn Jr Tl,"^""* ;."''^?y- . 2*- ^^^ y«"r «i«ter taken mv hook mnV l? i-"^ ^°";^' '^T 'J^' ^ ^^"^ t^^'" »« ^^^^n^e the^• hurt me K- >«^ >„an. 28. Do you intend to have a house built P coat V 1?"'\;" ^^"^ '^r ^"^'*^ ^^- ^°^'« the tailor spoil vour coat/ 31 JIo docs not spoil it. 32. Who «pn,-la y— -lutho^ ■■' waai^at&r? *^"'"- " ''• ''^'* ^-t doVou wear ^ ' 35."t ■ i * > t Mil 1; 1 t f - •: i i I-? . 1 ! li> f ^ • s i t [ 1 90 Section XXXIII. IMPEIISONAL VEUMH.* 1. The impersonal verb is conjugated only in tho third person singular. Its nominative pronoun il, it, is used abso- lutely, i.e. it represents no noun previously expressed. II pleufc aujourd'hui. It rains to-day. 2. The impersonal verb assumes the termination of the class or conjugation to which it belongs. Some verbs are always impersonal, and will be found in § 64. Others are only occa- sionally so, and if irregular, will be found in the personal form in the same § 64. 3. Present of the Indicative of the Impeksonal Verbs. Y AVOIR, to he there. Pleuvoie, to rain. Neiger, to snow. II y a, there is, thei'e II pleut, it raim, it II neige, it snows, it ia are. is raining. sno^oing. Greler, to hail. Geler, to freeze. Degeler, to thaw. II grdle (§ 50), it hails, T].%k\e(%m),itfreezes, l\A^Qh\6(%m),itt1iaivs, it is hailing. it is freezing. it is thawing, 4. II y a means there is, or there are, and may be followed by a singular or by a plural noun [§ 61]. II y a du gibier au ma ch^. There is game in the market. II y a des pommes dans votre There are apples in your garden. jardin. 5. In relation to the weather, the verb faire is used imper- sonally in the same manner as the English verb to be. II fait beau temps aujourd'hui. It is fine weather to-day, II fait chaud, il fait froid. It is warm, it is cold. MiSCELLANEOtrS EXAMPLES. Does it rain this m/yrning ? It does not rain, it snows. It is going to rain this morning Does it not freeze this morning ? It does not freeze, it is foggy. Is there any sugar at your house ? There is a great deal at my bro- ther's. Arc there several persons at my house? There are more than one hundred persons. Is there nobody at church f Pleut-il ce matin ? n ne pleut pas, il ncige. n va pleuvoir ce matin. Ne gfele-t-il pas ce matin ? II ne g^le pas, il fait du brouil- lard. Y a-t-il du Sucre chez vous ? II y en a beaucoup chez men fr^re. Y a-t-il plusieurs personnes chez moi? II y a plus de cent personnes. N'y a-t-il personne i I'^glise ? * By impersonal verbs is simply meant those verbs which are used only iii the thiiil person 3iuj|iuar, as they have, properly spcuking-, no wersonal subject ; for though il is used, it is neuter, being derived from tiatin illud, and it should not be confounded with the maBCuline pro< uouu li, which is derived from ille. 91 n n'y a encore personne. Est-il trop t6t ? Au contraire, il est trop tard. Fait-il froid ou chaud auiour- d'hui? II fait chaud et humide. Fait-il du vent ou du brouillard ? II fait un temps bien dtJsagr^a- ble. There is as yet nu one there. Is it too soon f On the rontrar]/, it is too late. Is it cold or warm to-day ? It is wann and damp. Is it windy or foggy i It is very disagreeable weather. EXEKCISE 61. Assemble, f. assem- Couvert, e, cloudii. -D&'^y^^' . ^<=urie, f. stable. Bibhoth6nue,f.iJ6»-a7'?/. Epais, ae, thick. Brouillard, m. fog. Foin, m. huy. Chambre, f. room. Gibier, m. gan Cinquante,X/i?^. Humide, da»ii.. Manuscrit, m. vianu- script. Veau, m. veal. Vent, m. wind. Volaille, f. poultry. .nLS''VT^-f -w "^^ aujourd'hui? 2. II fait un temps superoe. 6. J?ait-il tres beau tempa auiourd'hui P 4 II f^nt un tempB couvort et humide. 6. Pleut-il beaucoup ce' matin ? b. 11 ne pleut pas encore, mais 11 va pleuvoir. 7. Fait-il du vent oudu brouillard? 8. II ne fait pas de vent. 9. Le brouillard est tres epais. 10. Combien de personnes y a-t-il a lassemblee^ II. n y a plus de deux cents [Sect. 19, 71 per- ll^v^^.l^ .^,^o^T,'" ?^^ teaucoup de manuscrits dans votre bibhotheque .-> 13. II n'y en a pas beaucoup, il n'y en a que cmquante-cinq. 14 Fa t-U trop froid pour vous dans cette chambre ? 15. II n'y fait ni trop froid ni trop chaud. 16 Y a-t-il beaucoup de foin dans votre ecurie ? 17. II y en a assez pour mon cheval. 18. Restez-vous k la maison quand il pleut ? 19. Quand il pleut je reste a la maison, mais quand il fait beau temps jevais Chez mon cousin. 20. Y a-t-il de la viande au marche.P 21. II y en a beaucoup, il y a aussi du gibier. 22 U y a du veau, du mouton et de la volaille. 23. N'y a-t-il pas aussides legumes etdes fruits P 24. II n'y en a pas. 25 II v en a aussi. ^ ' Exercise 62. 1. Are you cold this morning P 2. I am not cold, it is warm this morning. 3. Is it foggy or windy ? 4. It is neither fogi?v nor windy, it rains in torrents (a verse). 5. Is it going to rain or to snow P 6. It is going to freeze, it is very cold. 7. It is windy and foggy 8. Is there anybody at your brother's to- Tn^T J' ^ brother is at home, and my sister is at church 10. Is there any meat in the market ? 11. There is meat and poultry. 12. Is it too warm or too cold for your sister in this room 1^ 13. It is not so warm in this room as in your brother's library 14 Are there good English books in your sister's noraryr' 15. Ihere are some good ones. 16. Are there peaches and plums in yov.r garden? 17. Thoro aro many. tV;V, -Z^" ^^°^^^° ** y^"'^ brother's when it snows? 19 When It snows we remain at home. 20. Aro there ladies at your mother's? 21. Your two sisters are there to-day. 22. t i *\ li J- : P; ; :* i: ."'■" \ !: li 92 Have you time to go and fetch them P 23. I have no time this morning. 24. Is your horso in the stable P 25. It is not there, it is at my brother's. 26. Does it hail this morning? 27. It does not hail, it freezes. 28. What weather is it this morning ? 29. It is very fine weather. 30. Is it too warm ? 31. It is neither too warm nor too cold. 32. Is it going to freeze? 33. It is going to snow. 34. Does it snow every day ? 35. It does not snow every day, but it snows very often {soHvent). Section XXXIV. I'LACE OF THE ADVEKB (§ 132). 1. In simple tenses, the adverb generally toUovvs the verb, and ia placed as near it as possible : — Your clerk writes verii weU. That i/oungladif reads veri/badlii. 2. When a verb is in the infinitive, the negatives ne and pas, ne and rien, &c., may be placed before it : — A'otre commis (Scrit tres bien. Cette demoiselle lit tr^s mal. Ne pas parler, ne pas lire. Ne jamais mentir ; ne rien voir. Not to speak, not to read. Neve^' to tell a lie; to nothing. see 3. The adverb assez, enough, tolerably, precedes generally the other adverbs. It precedes also adjectives and nouns : — Vous ^crivez assez correctement. Vous avez assez de livres. Cet enfant est assez attentif. You xorite pretty correctly. You have books enough. That child is attentive enough. 4. Voici means, here is ; yoUk, there is : — Voici le liwe que vous aimez. Here is the book which you, like. Voiia le monsieur dout vous There is the gentleman of whom parlez. you speak. 6. Dans is used for in or into, when the noun which follows it is preceded by an article, or by a possessive, demonstrative, or numeral adjective [§ 138 (2)] : — Le ' layon est dans le pupitre. The pencil is in the desk. Mettez cette lettre dans votre Put this Utter into your trunk. malle. 6. En is used for to, in, or into, coming after the verbs to be, to go, to reside, followed by the name of a part of the earth, a country, or province : — Notre ami est en France. Vous allez en Italie. Our friend is in France. You go to Italy. 7. The preposition k is used for the words at or to, in or into, before the name oi a town, city, or village, preceded by the verbs mentioned above : — II va a Pari* le mois prochain. He u going to Paris next riumth. 9S 8. The fame preposition is used in the expressions, k la campagne, k la ville, k la chasse, k la pfiche, &c. Nous allons a la campagne. We 8. He likes to go fishing and hunting. 9. When does he like to go fishing l-- 10. When I am in thp country. 11. What do you do when you are in the city? 12. When I am in the city, 1 read and learn my lesson. 13. Do you intend to go to France this yearP 14. I intend to go to Germany 15. Will you go to the city if it {a'il) lainsH 16. When it rains I always remain.at home [R. 1], 17. How many friends have you in the city ? 18. I have many friends there. 19 Are there many English in France? 20. There are many- English in Fiunce a nd in Italy (Italie). 21. Are there moi4 English in Germany than in Italy? 22. There are more English in Italy than in Germany. 23. Is it fine weather in Italy ? 24. It is very fine weather there. 25. Does it often freeze there ? 26. It freezes sometimes there, but not often. 27. Does that young lady read as well as her sister P 28. She reads better than her sister, but her sister reads better than I. 29. Is there any one at your house? 30. My father is at home. 31. Is your brother-in-law absent ? 32. My brother-in-law is at your house. 33. There is no one at home to-day. Section XXXV. 1. The indefinite pronoun on has no exact equivalent in Enghsh. It may be rendered by one, we, you, they, people, &c accordmg to the idea to be expressed. On * has, of course, no - antecedent, and sometimes refers to a particular person [§ 42 On doit honorer la vertu. We should honour virtue. On nous apporte de I'argent. Money is brought to us. 2. As may be seen in the last example, on is often the nomi- native of an active verb, which is best rendered in English by the passive voice [§ 109 {!}] :— • • Although generally expressing plurality, yet on, which is only used ftp Bubjeot, alviays governs its verb in the third person singular. 95 Un raconte des histoires smgulieres. Simjidar historic^ are related. On r^colte beaucoup be bl^ en Muck wheat is harvested dp-own) i^ ranee. j,j Fraiice. 3. Avoir lieu, answers to the English expression, to take ffvttCO .' — Cela a lieu tous les jours. That takes place every day. 4. Au lieu de, answers to the English, iustcad of. The verb which lollov.s it must, according to Rule 2, Sect/L'O, h« nut in tlie infinitive : — Au lieu d etudier, il joue. Instead of study, mj, he plays. 5. Devoir, to owe, is used before an infinitive, like the English verb to be, to express obligation : — Je dois lui ecrire demain. / am to write to him to-inorrow. JVous devons y aller demain. We are to r/o there to-morrmo. C. Recevoir des nouvelles, means, to hear from .•— Devez-vous recevoir des nouvelles Are you to hear from your sister 1 de votre soeur ? j j < . 7. Entendre parler answers to th<,> English phi-asc, to hear of or about : — -^ Do you often hear of your friends? Entendez-vous souvcnt parler de vos amis ? MiSCELLANKOlS ExAMl'LES. Que dit-on de nous dans la ville ? What do they say ofns in the eitii ' On ne parle pas de vous. People do not speak of you. " ' ^e mange-ton pas tous les jours ? Do not people eat every day '» On mange quand on a faim. People cat when they are humjru. On trouve beaucoup d or en Cali- Much gold is found in California. forme. ■' Dit-on quelque chose de nouveau ? Do they (people) say anything new ? On ne dit rien de nouveau. Nothing new is said. A-t-on re^u des nouvelles de Has anything been heard from George? | Gewgei On n a pointentendu parlerdelui. ' Nothing has been heard of him. On n a pomt re^u de ses nouvelles. They have not heard frmn him. ^evez-vous 6crire a notre ami ? i Are you to ivrite to our friend ? Je dois lui ecrire demain. ' ' Le concert doit-il avoir lieu soir .' j / am to write to him to-morrow. ce Is the concert to take place this evening ? It is to take place this mwning. \ I come instead of my bi'other. ' He dances instead of walking. 11 doit avoir lieu ce matin. Je viens au lieu de mon frere. 11 danse au lieu de marcher. Exercise 65. Afrique, f. ^/noa. Fourn-ir,2.to/MrnMA. Part-ir, 2. to depart, Alger, Algiers. Habits, m.p. clothes. to set out, to leave. Apport-er 1. to h'lng. Malade, ill. Prochain, e, next. Uemam^ to-morrow. Mois, m. month. Sav-oir, 3 ir. to know. s-iRman<.,m.ttiam(;rta. Or, m. gold. Voyage, m. journey. 1. Vous apporte-t-on de I'argent tous les jours? 2. On ne m'en apporte pas tous les jours. D* 3. Vous fournit-on dei habits W^i li , ' 'I 51 I :!j 96 quand vous en avez. besoin ? [Sect. 21.] 4. On m'en foumit toutes les foia {every tinie) que j'en ai besoin. 5. A-t-on besoin d 'argent quand on est malade ? 6. Quand on est malade, on en a grand besoin. 7. Avez-vous rc(,'u des nouvelles de mon fils? 8. Je n'ai point rc(;u de sea nouvoUea. 9. Ne dit-on pas qu'il est en Afriquiji^ 10. On dit qu'il doit pavtir pour Alger. 11. Quand doit-il commencer son voyage? 12. On dit qu'il doit lo commenccr le mois prochain. 13. Ce mariago a-t-il lieu aujourd'hui on domain ? 14. On nous dit qu'il doit avoir lieu cotte aprea-midi. 1.5. II aura lieu a cinq beures et demie. 16. Avez-vous envie de vonir an lieu do votro frere ? 17. Mon fr^ro doit venir au lieu de notre cousin. 18. Avcz- voua r intention de lui dire ce qu'il doit faire? 19. II sait co qu'il doit faire. 20. Savez-voua ce qu'on dit de nouveau ? 21. On ne dit rien de nouveau. 22. Trouve-t-on beaucoup d'or en Californie ? 23. On y en trouve beaucoup. 24. Y trouve-t-on aussi dea diamants ? 25. On n'y en trouve point, on n'y trouve que de I'or. EXEKCISB 66. 1. What do people say of me ? 2. People say that you are not very attentive to your lessons. 3. Is it said that much gold is found in Africa ? 4. It is said that much gold is found in California. 5. Do they bring you books every day ? 6. Books are brought to me [R. 2] every day, but I have no time to read them. 7. What should one do {doit-on faire) when one is in ? 8. One should send for a physician. 9. Do you ser for my brother ? 10. I am to send for him this morning. 1 1. Do you hear from your son every day ? 12. I hear from him every time that your brother comes. 13. Does the sale (venfe, f.) take place to-day ? 14. It takea place thia afternoon. 15, At what time {heure) does it take place ? 16. It takes place at half paat three. 17. I have a wish to go there, but my brother is ill. 18. What am I to do ? 19. You are to write to your brother, who, it is said {dit-on), is very ill. 20. Is he to leave for Africa? 21. He is to leave for Algiers. 22. Do you come instead of your father ? 23. I am to write instead of him. 24. Does the concert take place this morning ? 26. It ia to take place this afternoon. 26. Do you know at what hour ? 27. At a quarter to five. 28. Is your brother coming ? 29. My brother ia not coming, he has no time. 30. Are you angry with your brother? 31. I am not angry with him. 32. Is anything new said ? (Is there anything new P) 33. There is nothing new. 34. What is said of hira ? 35. Nothing is said of him. Section XXXVI. PRONOMINAL VERBS (§ 44 (6), § 57). 1. A verb is called pronominal when it ia conjr,gs.tod with two pronouns of the same person, i.e. the usual nominative pronoun and the pronouns me, te, se, &c. [§ 67.] 97 In these verbs, the second pronoun is in fact only the obiec- o^irT^ direct or indirect, which, according to Rules 1 and i, beet. 26, 18 placed before the verl T.,.^;v,^^^r- T^^ cxpress-lst, an acti.xi performed and suffered bj the subject, and are then called promminal reflective verbs. n se flatte. Us se louent. Heflattcru himself. They praise tkcmselrcs. 2nd, an action reciprocated between two or more subiocts in which case they are only used in the plural, and are called l-o" nominal reciprocal verbs, as :— ^ '^n' tuuea p) o- fW^n°fTf«f'^^^°"'-^'""i'''''*™' We shall help each othei-. Ces enfants s entr'aiment. These children love one another. Jl^' *? *';?''" '*"''"y confined to the subject; these are caUed naturally pronominal verbs, and are expressed in EnkUsh by transitive or intransitive verbs as the case may be •— Je me souviens de cela. Son oiseau s'envolera. / remember that. Her bird will fly away. 3. The reflective form of the verb, which is much more fre- quently used m .^rench than in English, often answers to the passive form qo common in the latter language :— Cela se voit tous les jours. i ^^^^ '" ^^'^'^ ^^'^m t^i/— literally, ^ .. I. J. , \ That sees itself every daii. Cette marchandise se vend fa- ( That merchandise isea^^ih, sold cuement. \ That merchandise sells itself easily. Cela se fait ainsi, i ^^'^'^^ '^ *>«« thus. \ That does itself so. \^tJl^ i?''^ *®. P?'^®'"' literally, to carry one's self, is used idiomaticaUy for to do or to be m speaking of health :— Comment vous poi tez-vous ? Je me porte tr^s bien. How do you do ? I am very well. 5. S'aaaeoir [4 ir. see § 64], to sit down, is also a reflective verb : — Votre fr^re s'assied. 6. Se promener mi . health : — Je me prom^ne tous les jours. Je me prom^ne d, cheval. Your brother sits down, to walk, to ride, &c., for pleasure, or / take a iwilk every day. I take a ride. 7. Marcher, aller ^cheval, aller en voiture, signify to walk or to ride, when we wish to express simply the manner of pro- gressing : — '■ r j •■ f^" ^0^8'"''°"^ ''eaucoup tous les Do ymi wnJk mvM every day ? I ride on horseback and in a carriage. Je vais & cheval et en voiture. fill f . ? ^H i ;■ ''■ 'fl 1 ^^^^1 ; 1 > ^'1 f / ffl ■ >;^^H ! ''^H i 91 8. CoNJfOATlON OP THE PRESENT OF THE InDICATITE OV THE Pronominal Vemhb. Se promen-eb, 1. to S'asse-oib, 3. ir. to8it walk or ridv. down. Se port-ek, 1. to be or do. Je me porte, /a»i or Je me promfene, I take Je m'assiedsj/stYrfoivH do; Tu te portes, II se porte, Nous nous portons, Vous vous portez, lis se portent. a walk or ride ; or am »ittii¥j down; Tu te promenes [§ 30], T\i t'assieds, II se promene, II s'assied, Nous nous promenons, Nous nous asseyons, Vous vous promenez, Vous vous asseyez, lis se prominent. lis s'asseieut. also § 9. The reflective pronouns in the imperative of pronominal verbs follow Rule 4 of Sect. 26, and Rules 3, 4, of Sect. 27, and 97 (2) (3) :- Asseyons-nouM asseyez-vous. Let ua sit doion, sit dovm, Ne nous asseyons pas. Lit us not sit down. Miscellaneous Examples. A quoi vous appliquez-vous ? .Te m'occupe tie mes affaires. .Te m'adresse ii mes amis. Vous adressez-vous k voire pere ? Je m'adresse si lui [§ 97 (4)], Comment se porte Monsieur votre pfere ? II se porte passablement bien. Pourquoi ne vous asseyez-vous pas? Jem'assieds(iuand je suis fatigue. Je n'ai pas le temps de m'asseoir. Vous promenez- vous tous le^. jours'. I Je me promene en voiture au- jourd hui. Nos amis se promfenent-ils a cheval ? N'aimez-vous pas A marcher ? J'aime beaucoup a aller d cheval. Aimez-vous a vous promener ? Asseyons-nous, s'il vous plait. Ne nous asseyons-nous pas ? Ne nous asseyons pas, il est trop tard. Combien ce drap se vend-il le * m^tre ? II se vend vingt-cinq francs le m6tre. Comment cela s'appelle-t-il ? Comment vous appelez-[§ .50 (4)] vous ? To what do yon apply yourself? I occupy myself with my affair.^. I apply to my friends. Do you apply to your father ! 1 apply to him. Hoio is your father ? He is tolerably well. Why do you not sit doion f I sit doivn when I am weary. I have no time to sit down. Do you take a xvalk every day ? I take a ride today (in a car- riage). Do your friends take a ride to- day? Do you not like walking '!■ I like riding much. Do youlikewalking( for pleasure)? Let u^ sit down, if you please. Do we not sit down ? Let us not sit dovm, it is too late. How much is that cloth sold a yard ? It is sold twenty-Jive francs the metre. Hmo is that called ? What is the name of that '!■ What is your name ? Hoxo do you call yourself? * The English indefinite article a or an before a noun expressing measure is rendered into French by the definite article le, ISf when mentioning a price. Banquier, m. banker (^heval, m. horse. Comment, how. Drap, m. doth. Fatigii(<, e, wcari/, tired. 09 Exercise 67. Magnifique, magniji- Pied, m. foot. cent. J'orter, I. to mrri/,wear Watm, m. morning. Quelquefois, mne- Alieux, better. times. Oblige, e, ohlir/ed. Quitter, 1. to leave. i'art-ir, 2. to set out. Voiture, f. can-iage. 1. Comment ce monsieur s'appeUe-t-il 'f 2. Je no sais com. Tin mT^^'' 1?- ^^"« T^' °« B'appelle-t-ell pas L ' i;il ?'•! V ^"'''' ^"f: '^PP'^"" ^^- •^- Monsieur voire p^re se porte-t.a bien ce matm? 6 II se porto beaucoup mieux. 7. finni ^ iT ^'""P' aujourd'hui? 8. II fait un temps magni. lique, nallez-vous pas vous promener? 9. Nous n'avoni ni troTfiHl''?'*"'- ^0-Nepouvez-vous marcher? H Josuk 1C8 matms ? 13. Je me prom&ne tous lea matins. 14. Com- ment vous prom enez- vous P 16. Quelquefois a pied ot quel- quefois en voiture. 16. A qui vous adressez-vous quand vous avez besom d'argent P 1 7. Je madresse i mon banquier. 18 We ^oulez.vous pas vous asseoir? 19. Nous vous sommes bien obliges. 20. Ce drap se vend-il fort bienT 21 Tso vend fort Cher. 22 Xe devez-vous pas aUer T a canpagne aujourd hui ? 24. II doit partir demain matin. 25. Ma smur 80 prom^ne tous les matins ^"^ Exercise 68. n J;,.'^°^^ ^'''"'' 'i'*^JT^\^ ^''^'^J* ^^y ^ 2- She takes a walk every moi-ning 3 She hkes riding on horseback and in a carriage 4. What is that little girl caUed ? 5. She is caUed „ .J^^ "°* *'^^* gentleman called L. P 7. No Sir hn ia r^Iv^'broTht^i' ^'^"'^ " if^vf^l^- «•• How is your SothVp 9. My brother is very weU, but my sister is net well. 10 to dlv^^'lf W^r ^^"&?*Ti ^^- ^^^y ^^« t°^«^"Wy well to-day. 12. Will you not sit down, gentlemen ? 13. We are much obhged to you. Madam, we have not time. 14. Does that .nl^A ^'^ ^. n^- ^^ ''^ ""'^y ^^"- 16. How much 7s that ;« T« ?f V'"'^ ^^'T^*'1 ^ 1^- ^* ^« ««ld six francs a vard. 18. Is It fine weather to-day? 19. It is very fine weather will 5-ou not take a walk? 20. I have no timJ to walk If banW°°'9f Tyv"''i,^'.^*^''.*?P^>'^ 22. He applies to his vTl 0? •JA,^'^^'"''*^^''.^* ^°'"^- 24. No, Sir, he is at f^i^^ri f • T^l? '^°^'.^*^ intend to go to France? 26. Ho mtends to go to France m one month. 27. Is your sister to eaye to-morrow morning P 28. She is to leave to-day if (,'i/) It 18 fine weather 29. What do people say of this? 30 w2J^ t? waxk; o2. I am not too much fatigued, but I 5r T HlT'^-^*'' ''^^'l- ^T^\^« i'^'^ ^^^ walking%r riding? like lalkfuK *^ '^ "°°'^ ^°"'- ^^- ^ ^'^ ^°* I « ( 'I i ^ '.'( l» % 100 Section XXXVII. 1. The reflective pronoun is often used to express possession, instead of the possessive adjective. In such casus the article takes the place of this adjective, before the noun» [§ 77 (99)]. Vous chauflFez-vous les pieds? Do you wmnn your feet '! Je me chauff o les mains et les i)ied8. / tvarm my hands and feet. 2. Se souvenir [2 ir. See § 62], b6 rappeler [§ 49 (4)], cor- respond to the English verb to remeinbcr. Se rappeler takes a direct object, besides its reflective pronoun, wactliur the former is a noun or a pronoun :— Vous rappelez-vous ces demoiselles? Do you remember those young ladies I Je ne me les rappclle pas. / do not remember thcin. 3. Custom seems, however, to sanction the use of the prepo- sition de between the verb se rappeler and an infinitive : — Nous ne nous rappelons pas d'en We do not remember havinfj been avoir m prives (Condillac). deprived of it, 4. Se souvenir takes the preposition de before a noun or pronoun as well as before an infinite : — Voussouvenez-vousdecetteaffaire? Do you rcmetnher that affair ? Je ne m'en souviens pas. I do not remember it. Je me souviens de lui avoir dcrit. I rememberhavingtm'ittentohim. •"5. Se coucher, corresponds to the English verbs to retire, to go to bed : — Je me couche de bonne heure. / retire early. 6. Se lever [§ 50 (6)] means to rise, to get up : — Je.me 16ve au point du jour. I rise at the break of dav. Miscellaneous Examples. Vous coupez-vous les ongles ? Je me coupe les ongles et les che- veux. Vous coupez-vous les doigts ? Je me coupe souvent les doigts, quand je taille ma plume. Vous rappelez-[§ 50 (4)] vous les malheurs du frferode votre ami? Je me rappelle ses malheiu-s. Je me les rappelle distinctement. Je me rappelle de I'avoir vu. Vour souvenez-vouB de cela ? Je ne m'en bouviens pas du tout. A (][uelle heure vous couchez-vous? Do you cut pour naih f I cut my nails and hair. Do you cut your fingers f I often cut my finger's, when I ■mend my pen. Do you remember the misforttinea of your friend's brother ? I remember his viisfortunes. I recollect them distinctly. I remember having seen him. Do you remember that ? / do not remember it at all. At what hour do you retire ? * This form is only used with nouns referring to the Tarious parts of toe human body. 101 Nous nous coHchons tous leu jours (lu coucher du soleil. Nous nous levons do meilleure heure quo vou», — au lever du soleil. II so Ihve h cinq heures du matin, et il se couche ^ dix heures et demie du soir. Wc yo to bed every day at auntct. We rise earl'er than you,— at tun- rite. He rises at five o'elork in the mom- imi, and goes to bed at half past ten in the evening . Associ^, m. partner. Hois, m. wood. Boucher, m. butrhei: Chari)entier, m. car- penter. De meilleure lieure, earlier. Doigt, m. finger, Fer, m. iron. EXERCIHK 69. Feu, m. fire. Main, f. hand, Parfaiteint'ut, pei'- fectly. Terruquier, m. hair dresse : I'oele, n.. stove. Pouce, m. thumb. Promesse, f. promise. Se brftl-or, 1. rcf. to burn one's self. Se chauff-er, 1. ruf. to iraiin oiw's self. Se souvenir, to remem- ber {see Venir, § 62). S'occup-er, 1. to occupy one's self. Travaill-er, 1. toworh: 1. Le pprruquier se coupe-t-il le pouce ? 2. Non, Monsieur, il se coupe lea cheveux. 3. Lo charpentier ne se coupe-t-il pas la main h 4. II no se coupe pas la main, il coupe le bois. 5. Ne vous rappelez-yous pas cetto dame f 6. Je me rappelle cette dame et ces messieurs. 7. Do quoi vous occupez-vous Y 8. Nous nous occupons de nos affau-es. 9. Vous souvenez-vous des fusils de votre p^re P 10. Je ne m'en souviens point du. tout. 11. Cette petite fille ne se brule-t-elle pas P 12. Ellene se briile pas, il n'y a pas de feu dans le poele. 13. Pourquoi le boucher ne so chauffe-t-il pas? 14. Parcoqu'il n'a pas froid. 15. Ces enfants se levent-ils de meilleure heure que moi P 16. lis se couchent de bonne heure, et lis se levent tons les matins a six heures. 17. Votre associe ne vout-il pas s'asseoirp 18. II n'a pas le temps de s'asseoir, 19. Vous souvenez-vous de vos promesses P 20. Je m'en souviens parfaitement. 21. Ne vous chai;ffez-vou8 pas quand vous avez froid P 22. Je ne me chatiff e presque jamais. 23. Ne so couche-t-on pas quand on a som- meil ? 24. On se couche quand on a sommeil, et on mange quand on a faiui. 25. Quand on so porte bien, se Ifeve-t-on de bonne heure P 26. Quand on se porte bien, on doit {should) se lever de bonne heure. EXEKCISE 70. 1. Do you rise earlywhen you are well? 2. When I am well, I rise every morning at five o'clock. 3. Do you remember your cousin L. P 4. I remember him perfectly well. 5. Do you go to bed early ? 6. We go to bed at ten o'clock. 7. Does not the tailor bum his fingers P 8. He does not bum his fingers, his iron is not warm. 9. Does the carpenter cut his thumb P 10. He cuts neither his thumb nor his hand. 11. Why do you not warm yourself P 12. I do not warm myself, because I am not cold. 13. Is it not very cold to-day P ' 14. It is not cold to-iay, it rains. 15. Does your hair-dresser rise at sunrise? 10. The carpenter rises at sunrise and goes to bed at sunset. 1 ' ■ ii i i n : . (,. I-" 1 '.6 " i :n| Mm 13 ■{ 102 fT. Uo you rise earlier than I 18. Wo hho every inorninj? at Uiin break of day. 19. Do you lut your Imir often"':' 20. I cut my hair and my nails every month. 21. Do you remember that gentleman ? 22, I remember him very wfll. 23. I do not remember him. 24. Do you cut your finn^ers when you mond a pen P 2.5. I cut my hand when t work. 20. Do you remem- ber what you learn ? 27. I do not remember all that {tout ee que) I learn. 28, Do you know if your father is well P 29. He ia very well to-day. 30. Is not your mother well P 31. She is not very well. 32. Do you rtJinembor your friend's misfor- tunes P 33. I remember them. 34. I romember that. Section XXXVIII. 1. The verb tromper, used in the active voice, corresponds to the English verb to deceive : — n trompe tout le monde. He deceives everybody. 2. Used reflectively, se tromper means to be mistaken, literally, to deceive oiw't self : — On 86 trompe bien gouvent. One ia often mistaken. 3. Ennuyer [§ 50 (2)], used actively, means to weary the mind, to tease, to bore : — Cet homme ennuie ses auditeurs. That man wearies his hearers. Vous nous ennuyez par vos de- You tease, or weary ua by your mandes. questions. 4. S'ennuyer has no exact correspondent in English. It signifies generally, to be, or to become mentally weary of a thinq or place. To be dull {weary) : — Nous nous ennuyons ici. You are weary of being here. Vous ennuyez-vous a la cam- Are you weary of being in the pagne? country? 5. Je m'eimuie means in fact, / am mentally weary, I want change, amusement, occupation, &c. : — Je m'ennuie partout. I, find no anmsement aPfihferc. 6. S'amuser answers to the F.nglish expressions, to '•/. vc one's self, to take pleasure in, to spend one's time in, to ;v ■' ■ „ s, ment in, to enjoy one's self : — Nous nous amusons a la cam- Wc enjoy oiirselvts in the countru. pagne. Vous vousamusez a des bagatelles. Y' ■. ".J aui;, 11 se trompe bien rai-ement. Ne vous trompez-vouB pas fr«5- quemment P J ■ ipe savvent soi-meme uci.ihaii a tromper les »n\Kjis ne se t^( -.ipc-t-il We often deceive ourselves lohilc seeking to deceive others. Is not your clerk mistaken f He is very rarely mittaJcfin. Are you not frequency mistaken / 103 Tout le monde est tiomper. C*! marclinnd trompe tout le monde. Sn conveiBatlon nous cnnuie. Vo iH cnnuyez vos amis par vos I'lainteo. Est-ce quo je ne vous ennuio piiH ? V'ous ennuyez-vous cliez nous ? je Je rn'ennuie a la ville et m'anuise ft la cnmpagne. A quoi voiis amusczvous ? Je m'amuse iX lire do I'allemand •ujet A 80 Every one iittpttohenmhiKtn. That mrirhant deceiret evei'pfHxip. His cnnvei'Mttion wearies us. You weary iiour frienils by your eompfaints. Do I tint weary you f Are you weary of rciiiainitii, with val I herome weary of the ctti/ and find amusement in the country. In what do you amuse yonrsefff J amuse myself in reading Ger- man, Quand, when. Quelquefois.oomrtime*. Recev-oir, 3. to receive. Kevenir, 2. ir. to come bark: Exercise 71. Apprentl-ro, 4. ir. to Knnuy-er, 1. to tire. learn. Eutend-re, 4. to hear Ban(iuier, m. Itankei: Ijingue, f. lam/uai/e. Client, m. client, cus- Malade, ill. toixer. Memoire, m. bill. „,„ „ Demeur-er,l. todu-rll. Pr^f^r-er, 1. to prefer. Tromp-er, 1. to deceive 1. Aimez-vous ii domeurer ii la campiignc :•' 2. Je prefero la campagno a la villc. 3. Vous eixnuyez-vous souvoiit a la cam- pagno Y 4. Quand jo rn'ennuie k la campagne, je reviens h la ville. 0. Ko(;oit-on dcs nouvelles du General Ti. ? 6. On n cntend pas parler do lui. 7. Vous trompoz-vous quolquofois P 8. lout lo mondo so trompo quelquefois. 9. Lo banquier trompo-t-il 80S clients? 10. II no trompe ni ses clients ni ees amis, il no trompo personno. 11. Ne vous trompez-vous pas dans ce inemoiro l" 12. Jo no mo trompe pas. 13. Vous amusez-vous a lire ou a ecriro ? 14. Je m'amuse & apprendre lallemandet lo frari^ais. 16. Avez-vous tort d'apprendre lea languesi' 16. J'ai raison do les apprendre. 17. Vous ennuyez- vous souvcrit ? 18. Je rn'ennuie quand je n'ai rien a faire. 19. A quoi vous amuscz-vous quand vous etes k la campagne .'' '20.* Nous nous promenons le matin, et nous travaillons le reste do lajournee. 21. Vous portcz-vous toujours hkn? 22. Nous sommes quelquefois malades. 23. Envoyez-vous chercher le medecin P 24. Nous I'envoyons chercher. 25. Je vais le chercher. Exercise 72. 1. Are you not mistaken P 2. I am not mistaken. 3. Is not the banker n utaken? 4. He is not mistaken, but his clerk IS certainly {certaincment) mistaken. 5. Does he not de- ceive you P 6. Ho does not deceive me, he deceives nobody. 7. Are you not wrong to deceive your father ? 8. I do not intend to deceive him. 9. Does not the merchant make a mis- take? 10. He makes a mistake in the bill which ho writes. 11 Mn vou lil.*p fV»rt pj-.. ,«*-... «« *i- _ _^i — n m .^ -r t. . . 11. _„ ^t.ii i!..f. , cotriv vt inc Liiy .- 12. 1 proicr tno city ; 1 soon become weary of the country. 13. Does not that child weary you by his questions P 14. Does not that long II. i r "I ; 1 i^^H 1 *^ m ' m 104 story (recit, m ) weary you? 15. It does not weary me, it amuses me. 16. Do you amuse yourself when you are in the country P 17. I amuse myself, I learn French and Italian. IS. Are you not weary of remaining at your uncle's? 19 I am never wearj'of remaining there. 20. Is your brother often mistaken.'' 21. Everybody is sometimes mistaken. 22 Does his conversation weary you ? 23. On the contrary, it amuses bLrt.J%^.Tt'*^T""^'''''^>™- '^•'- Nothing is heard of h m Sect 34]. 26. Is your sister well ? 27. No! Sir, she is 111. 28 Do 1 weary you ? 29. You do not weary me. 30. Am t« w' .V T?^- ^*." ^'' pot mistaken. 32. Is he often mis- oT V i- T^ " °^''" mistaken. 34. Do you not rise late ? 35. No, bir, I rise early. Section XXXIX. 1. The pronominal verb, se passer, is used idiomatically in the sense ot to do without. It is followed by the preposition ae when it comes before a noun or a verb : Vous passez-yous de ce livre ? Do you do mtkout that hook ? Je ne puis m en passer. / canyiot do witlwut it. 2. Se servir, [2. ix see § 64], to make use of, also requires the preposition de before its object :— ^ Je me sers de votre canif . I use vour penknife. Je ne m en sers pas. I do mt me it. x.tJ'J^'' ^T^f example of the two rules above, shows that, when the object of those verbs is a thing, it is represented in the sentence by the pronoun en :— " Je m'en sers, je m'en passe. / use it, I do without it. 4. The pronoun * used as indirect object of a reflective verb It representing a person, follows the verb [§ 97 (4)] ;_ * Je puis me passer de lui. / can do mthout him. Je m adresse a vous et a elle. I apply to you and to her. 5. S'endonnir [2. ir. see § 64], to fall asleep, and s'iveiUer We cannot do idthout it. Do you do icithout your teachei' ? We do without him. Do you ajyply to those gentlemen ? We apply to them and to you. You yo to sleep easily, 1 awake very early. Why do you come near the fire ? I come Tiear it became I am cold. We go from the fire. We go from it. We go near our father. We go near him. Aussi, aUo. Au8sit6t que, as soon as. Canif, m. penknife. Demoiselle, young lady. Domestique, m. ser vant. Exercise 73. Encre, f. ink. Fenetre, f. ivindow. Feu, m. fire. Fourchette, f. fork. Heure, f . hour, o'clock. Moins, less, before. Oblige, e, obliged. Ordinairement, gene- rally. Plume, f. pen. Pourquoi, why. Pret-er, 1. to lend. Quart, m qua/rter. Taill-er, 1. to mend. 1. Pouvez-vous vous passer d'encre ? 2. Nous pouvons nous en passer, nous n'avons rien a ecriro. 3. Vous servez-vous de votre plume ? 4. Je ne m'en sers pas ; on avoz-vous besoin ? 5. Ne_ voulez-vous pas vous approcher du feu f 6. Je vous suis bien oblige, je n'ai pas froid. 7. Pourquoi ccs demoiselles s'eloignent-elles de la fenetre ? 8. Ellcs s'on eloignent par- ce qu'il y fait trop froid. 9. Cos enfants ne s'adrcssont-ils pas u vous ? 10. lis s'adressent a moi et a mon frerc. 11. A quelle heure vous eveillez-vous lo matin? 12. Je m'eveille ordinaire- ment ^a six heures moins un ^uart. 13. Vous levcz-vous aussitot que vous vous eveillez ? 14. Jo me leve aussitot quo je m'eveille, 15. De quels livrea vnup, .sorv.??;-voun ? 16. Je me sers des miens et des votres. 17. Ne vous servez-vous pas de ceux de votre frere? 18. Je m'en sers aussi. 19. Les plumes dont [Sect. 31, E. 9] vous vous servez sont-elles bonnes P i ! , 1 lU 106 20 Pourquoi voti:e ami a'eloigne-t-il du feuv 91 ti - Exercise 74 it/i'^ntTtftndZ?er'f'^ 2. I cannot do without book ? 4. I want to us^ff ^l°ii ?"* 7*^" ^^'^^ *« "se my knife does your brother u^eT /Tri'"'^ ^* *" "?^^ ^' ^hat and my brother's fork 7 Wiu'v^^f ^T, '"^^ ^"^'^'^'^ ^""^^ 17. He .pp,ie.-to t SdtZSht* ^ff^" ."n' not apply to mpP 10 u«„ "'.> orotner. 18. Why does he you. V. DoTpLwake^S;:;e'r;iSte^ eai-ly when I go to bed earlv 99 wl™."^^^ ^^- ^ *^ake 23. i go to sfeep became JL tired^2^4 '^a/'" ^'° *5 '^-^P^ go near your father? 25 I nm w' * •^^x^*' 5'°" '^^''^^^ *» 26. Can you do without us? 5? W ^^''^"^ *« approach him. butwe cfn do without ;our brothT^ Tg^^* ^^ -^^hout you, brother's horse? 29 Nn^L l,,^' , ^^-.^^ you want my ^r4S,fAj -"--"« E^in„i'= Section XL. expressions to go Ja^^to'kZ ^^' ^''''''^^P^^ds to the English 2. Inb:cative Pkesent op the Vbhh s'ex Al.er, xo Go , AWAY. ' Je m en vais, / ao mnon • xt Tut'envas,' AT^oin^ ^alLT'^ '" We rjo awa, ; ""*'"" ^°"*' The'i!'go'away. S. The same Tensk Cox,uoatku Lvtekkooative.v ^tSZi^ ^^/^oa-./ Nous en aliens. Z>o «. ,0 «,«,, . T'envas-tu? Art thou going VoTen alle. n aenvat-xl? /-Ae^ro^n^a.^.^, s'envont-ils? ^,. ,Ae^ ^o.>v arvayt lor 4. Be f&oher, to be or become angry, requires the preposition centre or de before the noun or pronoun following it : Se fftche-t-il centre voire frere ? Does he become angry against your brother ? II 86 fache centre lui. He is angry with him. Vous vous fftchez d'un rien. You get angry at nothing. 5. Se r^jouir, to rejoice, is followed by the preposition de :— Je me rejouis de votre bonheur. / r^oice at your happiness. 6. Se plaire [4 ir. see § 64], to take pleasure, to delight in any- thing, to like to be in a place, takes k before its object : Je me plais 4 la campagne. I like to be in the country. Je me plais a ^tudier, k lire. I take pleasxire in st udying, in reading. 7. Se d6pdcher, se hater, to make haste, take de before their object : — D^p6chez-vou8 de finir vos lemons. Make haste to finish your lessons lourquoi ne vous d^p6chez-vous Why do you not make haste? pas i Miscellaneous Examples. Le marchand s'en va-t-il aujotu-- Does the nurchant no awau to- d'luu? (lay I Nous nous en aliens demain. Wc a re goimi a way to-moirow. Je m en vais quand je suis fatigue. / go away when I am tired. Peurquoi vous fachez-voiis centre Why do you get angry with him '! II se plait a jouer, il n'etudie He takes pleasure in plainm/, he jamais. , never studies. ' ' Veus plaisez-vous chez ves pa- Do you like to be at your relations ' rents ? De quel veus r^jouissez-vous ? At what do you rejoice ? Nous nous r^jeuissens de vetre ' We rejoice at your success. succ^s. ' Nous nous en r^jouissous. Peurquoi veus d^pechez-vous ? Nous nous ddpechons d'ecrire. Nous nous plaisens en Angleterre. Nous ne nous plaisens pas d Paris. Nous ne nous y plaisens pas. Veus plaisez-veus & New York ? Nous nous y plaisens. We rejoice at it. Why do you make haste ? We make haste to lorite. We like to be in England. We do not like to be in Paris. We do not like to be there. Do you like to be in New York f We like to be there. Exercise 75. Ambassadeur, m. am- Jou-er, 1. to play. Prochain, e, nfxt. bassador. Malheur,m.nnVw-^(o?<'.Retourn-er,l.toj-e.5 \ous avous mis nos souliors et nos has ce matin. ^ Exercise 78. 1. Have you studied to-day ? 2. We have no time to study we have read a page. 3. Have you not written to my brother "^ 4. I have not yet written to him. o. Has not the German written to my mother ? 6. He has not yet written to hei'T SoiVT jti''^ «iy mother that I have taken (pris) thi book? 8. I have not yet seen your mother. 9. What have i7jT l^l' "r^"^- ^«- ^^'« h^^« done nothing 11 Have you taken off your coat ? 12. I have not talcen off mv bro hot/' ? K^^- \\\^^ ^^% ^°°'^«^"^'^- written to vo7r brother.-' 14. Ho wrote to him a long time ago. 15. Did he write to him a month ago ? 16. He wrote to him more than a year ago. 1 7. Have you planted a pear-tree ? 18. We have planted several 19. Is it too cold to (pour) plant trees I' 20 muAZrif^^V'^Y' ^'' '^' ^'^^^"^^ done t^- your little boy? 22. He has done nothing to him 23 Has an v one done anything to him. 24. No o^ne has donelnXg t^ him. 2o. Is anything the matter with him ? 26. Nothing is ia^ Is'nT t^'^-. ''• ?^«/«^: fether put on his bl!ck hat ? 28. No Sir, ho has not put on his black hat. 29. What has your brothor said? 30. He has said nothing. 31 Has your sister to d you that ? 32. She told it me. 33. D d you not work yesterday ? 34. We did not work yesterday wo had nothing to do. 35. Your little boy has done nothing to- Ill Section XLII. the past pauticiple [§ 131], 1. The past participle, which in French forms a part of every compound tense [§ 4G (8)], is susceptible of changes in its termination. 2. The student will find in the table of the regular verba [§ 63] the different terminations of the past participle of these verbs, and in § 04 those of the past participle of the irregular verbs. 3. The feminine of past jwrticiples is formed by adding e mute to the masculine. 4. The plural of a past participle not ending with s, is formed by the addition of that letter to the singular, masculine or feminine. 5. The participle past, accompanied by the auxiliary verb avoir, never agrees with the nominative or subject "[§ 131 Les demoiselles out cliante. The tjotim/ ladies mna. Ces messieui-s ont lu toute la Those tjentkmcn read the whole ]ourn6e. day. 6. The participle past, having fitre as its au.\iliary verb, assumes in its termination the gender and number of the* subject [§ 130 (2)] :— Ma fiUe est arriv^e c-- matin. Mydawjhter arrived this morning. Nos frferes ne sent pas venus. Our brothers are not come. 7. The participle past, accompanied by the auxiliary verb avoir, agrees in gender and number with its direct object [§ 2 (2), § 43 (4)], when that object precedes the auxiliary [§ 130 (4)] :- ^ Les dames que nous avons vues. The ladies whom we have seen. Les lettrcs que nous avons lues. Tlie letters which we have read. 8. When the direct object (accusative) follows the participle, no agreement takes place [§130 (5)]: — Avez-vous vu les dames ? Have you seen the ladies ? Avons-nous lu les lettres ? Have we read the letters ? 9. A participle past never agrees with its indirect object {dative or ablative) [§ 2 (3), § 43 (5)] :— Les dames h qui nous avons parle. Theladiestowhomwe have spoken. * When VOU8 is used as subject in addressing one person, although it governs the verb in the second person plural as in English, yet it requires ibs adjective or past participle to be in the singular. Thus • vons gtes aim^ (you are loved) indicates, by the past loarticiple being in the singular, that one person only is referred to ; whilst vou8 etes aimes, with the past participle in the plural, points out that vous refers to several people. The pruuuims of the first and second persons, singular and plural, are common gender, and may therefore govern their adjective or past participle, in the masculine or in the feminine, according to the gender of the noun to which they refer. ' t 1 •! Ill IS' :- 112 10. Tlio participle past used adjectively, that is. without an ISo'lin'' J ' ''■' *^^ '■"^" ""^ *^' mljoctivo [§ 67 (3). § Des livres bien imprimes. Wtll printed hooU 11. Tho past pailiciple, hnviiiR for object the relative m-o- noun en, remains invariable [§ l.'il (H)] ;_ ^ Avez-you.s apport/. de.s plumes ? " Hare p,m hrouoht pens < J en HI apportt?. / hare h-ouoht smL ' 12. The presence of en does not, however, ijrevent the ofieTrTiaf (12)']?-''"^''' "^^" '''' l-"-'^'^^'.v a direc? Le« plumes que j en ai apportees. Tin pern nhivh J lane Iruuyht from it. iVIlSCELLANEOVS ExAMVLES, Vos sceurs ont-elles ecrit ? EUes n'ont pas encore ^crit. Les lettres que nous avons ecrites. Avez-vous ^crit vos lettres ? Je les ai lues, je les ai ecrites. Have your sisters written? The.)/ have not i/et written. The letters which we have written. Les avez-vous apportt^es ? .le ne les ai pas apportdes. Avez-vous appeld ces dames ? Je ne les ai pas appelees. Qui avez-vous vu ce matin ? Nous avons vu ces demoiselles. Nous let avons vues. Nous ne leur avons 2)as parle. Avez-vous des livres reliefs? J'ai des livres broches. Avez-vous achetd des iwmmes ? J'en ai acliet^. Nous en avons achete. Nous les en avons persuades. Have yov, written your letters ? I have read them, I hare jvritten them. Have you brought them ? I have not biwu/ht them. Have yon called those ladies ? / have not called them. Whom,liave youseen this morn infi? We have seen those young ladies. We have seen them. We hare not spoken to them. Hare you any bound booh? I have unbound {stitched, in paper covers) books. Have you bought apples ? I have bought some. We have bought some. We have persuaded them of it. Exercise 79. Achet-er,l.^o6M?/.[§50 Hit, from dire, 4. ir. , (o)-] said. Wt^}\ \- '" ^«^^- »onn-er, 1. to give. [§ 50 (4).] Entend-re, 4. to hear. Apport-er, 1. to bring. Examin-er, 1. to ex- Bourse, f. 2nirse. amine. Broch-er 1. to stitch. Expr^s, onimrpose. Cass-er, 1. to break. Fleur, f. Hoover. tommission, f. errand- 1 . Nous avez-vous apporte nos habits ? 2. Nous ne les avons pas encore apportes. 3. Les avez-vous oublies P 4. Nous ne les avons pas oublies, mais nous n'avons pas eu In temps de les apporter. 5. Pourquoi n'avez-vous pas appele les marchands ? 0. Je les ai appeles, mais Us ne m'ont pas entendu. 7. Avez. Gard-er, 1, to keep. Gravure, f. engraving. Oubli-er, 1. to forget. Rec-evoir, 3. to receive. Reli-er, 1. to bind. Revenus, m. p. iiwome. Tasse, f. cup. "Vu, from voir, 3. ir. seen. 1! Iil 113 rous entendu cette musique ? 8. Je I'ai entendue. 9. N'nvM- vous pas vii les jolies flours quo j'ai apport^es ? 10. Je Ics ai vues ; a qm les avez-vous donn^es ? 1 1 . Jo no les ai donn6o8 a personne, je les ai gardces pour vous. 12. Avoz-vous Inep examine ces gravures ? 13. Je les ai bien examinees. 14. Les avez-vous acheteesP 15. Je ne les ai point aehctees. 16. N'avez- IZl^"?^ rZ ^-o^ r^'^^us-" 17. Jo no les ai point encore rei,us, 1». J^a domestiquo a-t-elle casse ces tasses !- 19 EIlo les a cassoes. 20. A-t-ello casse des tasses expres!- 21* EI1<' n en a pas casse expres. 22. Avez-vous achettj des livres "relies ou broch^s ? 23. J'ai achete des livros relies. 24. Nous avez- vous dit ces parolesP 25. Nous vous les avons ditos, mais vous les avez oubhees. 26. Jo n'ai pas oublie votro coninnssion. Exercise 80. 1. Have you seen my cups:- 2. I have not vet soon tliem. 3 Have you brought mo my books :- 4. I have not forgotten them, I have left them {laiss-er, 1.) at my brother's. 5 Has your mother called your sisters r 6. She has not yet called c^ il V,?^'^ ,.^'^^^"°* ''O^'iyo" this news? (.;;oMw//f.) 8 She has told me this new?. 9. She has told it me. 10. Have you forgotten my errand ? 11. We have not forgotten it, we have forgotten your money. 12. Where have you left your purse . 13 We left it at the merchant's. 14. Have you bo Jgh the beautiful {be/le,) engravings which I saw at your book- ITVJ,^ c} ^^''^.""^ '^''" *^^"^- 16. Has your mother bought them ? 17 She has bought books, but she has bought no engravings. 18. Has that little girl broken my cups ? 19. She has broken them on purpose. 20. Does that lady receive her income every month 'r 2 1 . She receives it every six months, ^i. Is the house which you have bought large:"' 23. I have bought no house. 24. Did you receive a letter from your father yesterday P 25. I received a letter from him four days f^^K -^6. Haw you spoken to those ladies? 27. I have spoken to them. 28. Have you given them flowers ? 29. I have given ^r!Z'^^^ ^'S- i^- .^' *^" ^°<^^« ^h»*=^ you have bought bound ^ 31. No, Sir, they are in paper covers. 32. Have you examined that house ? 33. I have not examined it. 34. Your brother {en) has examined several {plmivurs). Section XLIII, use op the auxiliaries (§ 47). auxilitiylnf (!)]:-"' ^^ '' ^'^ ^'^^ ''"'^" *^^^ '^""^ ^^ Nous avons dcrit a notre banquier. We have written to our hanker. 2. Almost all intransitive verbs take the auxiliary avoir when they express action:— » v", Nous avons couru, marchd, parl^. We have run, walked, spoken. 3. The compound tenses of a few neuter verbs, expressing m '.•f» A m u^i 114 action, are, however, conjuffated with Atr« viV • oii« 4 Jo suis # nu en France " t . 1 *"' ' '!"' ^'"'" '''"»« ' iULiirianct. I nns born in France. Votre Mro a-t-il «orti ce matiu ? ^«. ,,,,,, „,,,^,, ^„^ ^„^ ^, ., Votre frire est-il sorti ' T.T''"Tl r rm ^"«"™. Is i/our brother f/one out? Iho pustmdLfinitoof tho verb «tre r4 ir 1 (V«iAtA c . x ■ U8ed instead of tho pretorito indofinito oYXi fj? ,1 .ni^ when Hpeaking of a place where one /... bec^ with thrdfi w' MiSCELLASliOl a EX4.M1.LES. Av»-vou. «« au bal Mcr au , Z,Wy„„<„„tt, Mil l„t «,* Ei;. ,. ... Che. .o„ «„ et jh'e. ; rsrr&wtK,' Ou_v„.„ ,«„ e.UlU all.. »e j "^f^- .'.<«■ ..,. «,-. Ellec,tall&troimr„cou,i„e. \ SAeTsZ U, >^ cousin',. Navez-vou3 pas sorti aujoiir- dhiu? .Te n'ai pas encore sorti, Ou est Monsieur le g^n^ral ? Je ne sais pas, Monsieur, i'l est sorti. Oil ce monsieur est-il nt$ ' II est n(5 a Paris ou a Lyon. Votre niece a-t-elle ^t€ voir son frere ? Elle a €t^ le voir hier. Elle est all^e le voir hier. l>id you not go out today i I have not yet been out. Where is the geno'al ? I do not know, Sir, he ia gone out. Where was that gentleman born ? ^ewas bom in Paris or Lyons J>id your niece go to visit her bro- ther ? She went to see him yesterdau (and IS back). " She ivent to see him yesterday (and ts not back). naltre. to he bom ,_r!of?i^l!^t''^?i^'*.'^?.*^*l» t^e past participle of lady (is)' was bom in Endand -—vrt^r. 'V-iii"'^ ?^ -a-Hgieterre, " That hrothi>r\is) waPb^infZiZ ^^'^ ®^' ^^ ®^ France. My 116 EXEUCISE 81. l|ijoutciie,fJtW(7/tT,//, Ma(,-on, m. vumoit. Chiipelier, ni. hatter. MagiiHin, in. wanhomc. tspagiie, f. Stmin. Maliule, nick, or ill. Eto, from etre, 4. ir. , Marcliandise, f. mcr- f>fen. rhandise. Orfevrc,m. fjuldmnith. Tart-ir, 2. if. to set out. lUitowrn-er, 1. to re- turn. Sort-ir, 2. ir. to r/o out. Horloger, m. watch- Nt', /rom Naltre, 4. ir., Venu, 'from venir. 2. ir., come. maker. Cdrn. 1. A quelle houro vutro 8cx?nr cst-ollo venuo P 2 Ell(3 est vcnuo a hiiit hcures moina un quart. 3. Cos demoiselles sont- olios no(;3 a Itouen ou u Caen P 4. Ellcs no sont noes ni i Kouon ni t\ Caon, ellcs sont noes u Htrasbourg. 5. L'horlo"or cst-il Chez lui :" 6. Non, Slonsieur, il est allc ii son maL^arin 7. A-t-il etc a Paris cette anneo 'i 8. Qui, IMadamc, il y u 6tc 9. Y a-t-U achete dos marchandiscs ? 10. II y a achcte do la bijouterie. 11. Avez-vous etc trouver mon p6re ? 12 .T'ai etc lo trouver. 13. Votro chapelicr a-t-il sorti aujourd'lmi '^ 14. II na pas sorti, il est malado. 15. Lo macon est-il k la maison.'' IG Non, IMadamo, il est sorti. 17. Quand ost-il sort! .- 18. II est sorti il y a uiie heuro. 19. Votre ohapolier est-il arrive aujourd'hui ou hier ? 20. II est arrive hier a qiiatro lieures du matin. 21. Notro taillour a-t-il etc voir son pcro aujourd'hui '( 22. II est parti pour Lyon. 23. L'orfev^o do mon cousin n'est-il pas parti pour TEspagno ? 24 Non Monsieur, il est retournc en Allemagno. 25. iMa seour a cte i leglisG ce matin, ct die est allco u recole il y a uno demi- heure. ExEiiciSE 82. 1 . Is the physician at home ? 2. No, Sir, he is not at homo • ho IS out. 3. Have you been out this morning h 4. No, Sir' I have not been out ; I am ill. 5. Is your sister's littlo girl out ^ 6. Yes, Sir, she is out ; she is at my brother's. 7. At what hour did the hatter arrive ? 8. He arrived last eveninc at nine. 9. Did the jeweller go to Paris or Lyons this year ? 10. Ho went to Pans six months ago, but ho isback {deretour) 11. Did you go to my brother or to my sister ? 12. I have not had time to go to them. 13. Where was that gentleman born ? 14. He was bom in England, in Exeter, or in Portsmouth. 15. Was not your sister born in Paris P 16. No, Sir, sho was born m Madrid, in Spain. 17. Did you tell me that vour brother had bought a good house P 18. He has bought a very good house in London. 19. Do you know at what time the watchmaker arrived? 20. Ho arrived this morning at a quarter to five. 21. Has ho brought much jewellery? 22. He has not brought much jeweUery, but he has brought many watches {nwntre, t.). 23. Has he been in France or in Germany » 24 He has been in France, in Germany, and in Switzeriand {bmsse). 2o. Is your sister in {a la maison), Sir? 26. No, Sir, she is out; she is gone to church. 27. Did she go to school yesterday? 28. She went to school and to church. 29. Is she there now? 30. No, Sir, she is back. 31. Is the \' . :i , I 1 * B 116 hatter arrfvrrl ? 32 Vn« <,•_ i,„ • . , inorning. ""^""^ jesttrday at n.no o'clock in tho Sectiov XLIV. Hion. ?r";° •*' *'"P' -"-^P-J« -ith tho Engh-Hh oxproH. ''Zntr':,* lS*r """ ^"'^ ^'-^ "'■'' ^'"' '-« '•" ^«/^ / Combiou .10 foiH y avez.vou« //o,„ „,«„^ ,,,„,, ,„,, ,^^,^ .1. Ju.,tfoa i, u,cj tor *„„>,, „,/,„( ai.,.,„„, 4c. ..u.q..'.uave..v„„.^«. «-»,./„r «„«;,„„ to,,, 1. Ju.,»» queU. h.„r, (,« „,/„„ ,„„,,, ^^„„, _,,,^ ,_^^_, ^__^_^ vXVa. '"""" ""^ ""•' >■'" <"" ^»« "«■« ' MlSCELLANEOl-H EXAMl'LE.S. n :S'allJt'qurprris" *'^"' • ; i^ •^«'- ^^ ^r 'mother, jo,.^ Ju|qu^l quelle heure avez-vovs ! HmvTtcdid you write ? J ai ecrit jusqu'a minuit. D oil viennent ces Allemandes ? l-lles viennent d' Aix-la-Chapelle x^ar ou Hont-elles veni^r^s' Elles Boutve^s pa^'linixelles. ! Tk^^'lSlA'ZZ I wrote until midniqht. Whencecome those German ladies' rhey come from Aix-la-Chapelle. >r /iic/i way did they come / " 117 Moncz-vouH cetto i>etite Hllo i\ recolo ? Je no I'y nione piiH, jo ly ..orto ; ellc est troi) imtito pour inur- chcr. Anienez-vous voh onfiintN? Poitez-voiu une lettro tV la postc? J'emmene mon oljcvul, j'emporto ma moiitre. U<> you tnh: {lead) thin little oirl to school .1 I do vnt lead her t/inr, I ram/ fier t/tere; nhc U too ijoiinn io walk. Do you briny your childrm » Do you take a letter to the post- offlce ! I I'rimj amty my horse, I briiiti (iicay my watch. Bniit, m. noise, Prap, 1)1. rhth. E16ve, m. pupil, Fils, in. Hon, Fin, c, Jine. ExEucisE 83. M;hcrc. Vied, m, foot. Loin,/ar. Qxiitt-cr/l o lea ir 1. I't' ji'imo hoinmc cst-il alio Inin '^ '> n »,• * iw . . loin, il nVstHllo ,1,,. iusVuTpars -f vi f ^."V"^ ^^'''" do Inuit, ponninoi^no les^emmoncz von' 'pas ' 'I 'i? ^'V'"^' lad..H, ils no pouvent marcher 5 Comment lenavrA"'"" amenes m't 6. Je les ai amenes .n Sre 7 In^T houro nmenez-voua le medecin •- M hv ^ \ 7. A quelle par Ami™, ot iin/ Rouen 15 IVn^ ' . "" ''™' '■™"» voile:- 16. A r.p°S deC'o£Z''''''?rB-,;r .,?',""'• -3. Avez-vous amene votre lille a pied ou a chevar^ 24 ", ExEUcisK 84. tho;o"7v;n? '^•f iT' r"-^^^:i: '"London? 2. He lived inore ton >eai,-,. -5. How far is the phys cian pone * 4 The Sh' him" T' He'ha" ^."^^T'^- I ««« ^^ ^"'^^ j'i« -n IS not too Jittle to walk, hut she i that'i"i^^\To*t : ^nl f 1 -^ ^ ? ^* *^'''^ ^™ '" a carriage ? 26. Mv brothnr Waken my horse .nvay. 27. Have you brought tLphysl' I do no wS Jf %*^'l.^°°'^ t« ^hf eh ? 30. I have another, offipp" Q? T i . • ^f7° y^'^ **^^®» ™y letter to the post^ 34 T wrnf .T *?^Sotten it. 33. How late did you write ? 34 I wrote until midnight (minnit). 35. Whence do vnnr sisters come? 36. They come from Paris '^''^^<'° '^^ ^""'^ Section XLV. {See Section 36.) 1. Pronominal verbs take 6tre as auxiliary [§ 47] •_ nIsIZ7 son? ilfr«'"^- P'"7«««"^ ^cc, taken a ^calL amis se sent flattes. Ourfricids have flattered themselves. con;-utSed"?v^th^A,.TFr"'^ ^T"' "? pronominal verbs are conjugated with fitre, their past part ciple aaxees with fbo direc object when that object precedes the auSiarv and i^ an indirect object [§ 131] :_ p^uuuuu oe a airect or ""mreZ.'*" '^**'^^' ^'''^'- ^"^ ^- /««-^c^ yourselves, Elles .. sent donn. la main. ^W^;. (^) eac, other La^vohaire qu'il s'est donn.e est TkT^e he Ju. yiven to himself ts beautiful. ..Sr^ij'ec^^^^^^^^^ othUre!S^S a7a=lii;-' I-^^ ^^^^^ ^ ^ - II a plu, U a neig^ il a gele. It rained, it snowed, it froze. their J^optrXTy^J' ^--' P-erve II lui est arrive u„ malheur. ^ misfoHunehashappenedtohim. pass/? '^" *""!'' ^° '"^^^ T^^«^»Vne«;m«AcWa.««io«id the Italian ladies take a walk 1 Yes, Sir, they have taken a walk. We perceived that, or we took notice of that. Has your vwtho' been well / Did pour sister's sit down i Did that vierchandise sell well ] Did your children apply to study ! They applied themselves to it. We gave {to) ourselves much trouble. Whatwcatherwas itthis morning^ Was it not fine weather i What mis/wtune has happcMd to you ? What pains he has taken I Has anything happened to you ? Nothing has happened to me. Exercise 85. Acier, m. stee?. Grel-er, 1. pec. to ^at7. Se port-er, 1. ref , _. to be or do. Se tromp-er, 1. ref. to be mistaken. Se serv-ir, 2 ir. ref. to iisc. Se vend-re, 4. ref. to sell. S'adress-er, 1. ref. to lloliaii^daisre' Dutdu apply. Neig-er, 1. pec. to ft aperc-evoir, 3 ref. rnoto. tnperreite. Peine, f. trouble. Sasse-oir, 3 ir. ref. Plu, frmn pleuvoir, to sit down. rained. S ennuy-er, 1. pec. [§ Plume, f. pen. 50J, to grow weary. 1. A qui vos samrs se sont-elles adressees? 2. Elles so sont adressees a moi. 3. Ne se sont-elles pas trompeos ? [Sect. 38. I.] 4. Elles se sont tromp6es. 5. Vous 6tes-vous apercu de votre erreur? 6. Je ne m'en suis pas apercu. 7. Vous Ws- rC'inf "" ^ ^^J^^J^^ ?. 8- Nous nous y sommes ennuyes tmi?? ^'(^\^^ P"^ demoiselles se sont-elles ennuyees chez vous? 10. Elles s'y sont ennuyees. 11. De quoi vous etes- vous servie pour ecrire, Mademoiselle ? [Sect. 39. 2 1 12 Je me suis servie d'une plume d'or. 13. Ces ecolieres ni se sont- elles pas servies de plumes d'acier ? 14. Elles se sont servies deplumes d argent. 15. La Hollandaise s'est-elle assise P 16 jyiene s est point assise. 17. Lui ost-il arrive un malheur? IS. 11 ne Im est rien arrive, elle ne se porte pas bien.' 19. Ne sest-elle pas donne [§ 131 (1)] de la peine pour rien? 20. Letto soie ne sest-elle pas bien vendue? 21. Elle s'est tres ^fyT^^'^r'^^:^:'-^' P- fe'f teau temps touto la jour- ce matm P 26. Non, Madame, il ne leur est ri^n arrivl. B i 1* h:i\ 120 J . Exercise 86. hailed and snowS ^''A^s invS^n^V^* '^T^' '^"^ ^^ has boy? 4. Nothing has hfppened^/o l? ^^^^^f^ to your little 5 Did your sistfr sit S ^ fy ^^'i 'eV ^^ '%? ^f^' sit down, she was ill. 7 r),-,q +>,af i ii. ?, °- ^"^ „r« y ^'^^ «''e »o< («o). Elles ne le sent H °'"'' " il' ^^"'"'^ V^^^g ladies sisters? f. , ^ J hey are not. le.t o^iraSf t'olts"'.'/?^™^^'' "«"" - ^^P^-^^d by equivalent being iS'?Lt.aS/rj^^^^^^^^^ """^^^^' ^^e English stood :_ ^ ^® '*''' *'''' or M^y expressed or under- fites-vous la sc«ur de men ami? Are you the sister of r.y frierul i ■I am (she). est-elle ap- Leur conduite prouv^e ? Elle n'est approuv^ede personne. Cette dame est-elle estimee et respectee ? Elle n'est ni estimee ni respectee. Ces marchandises sent a vendre. Ces enfants sent bien a plaindre. frt?e ' ^^^^"^^^ <=liose a men On ne lui a rien dit. elTe^r^ comment cela s'ap- Madame, ^tes-vous maitresse ici' 4e ne le sms pas, Monsieiu-. l!-tes-yous la maitresse de la maison? Je la suis. Miscellaneous Examples. re- re- Is their conduct appi-oved? It is approved by nobody. Js that lady esteemed and spected ? She M neither esteemed mr spected. Those goods are to be sold (for sale). ^•' T/iose children are to be pitied. ZSrT^ ^'"^ *"^ ^' ""'y Nothing has been said to him. ^0 you know how tfutt is called ? Madam, are you mistress here / I am not (so), Sir. ^re you the mistress of the house? Auteur, m. author. ' I am (she). Exercise 87. I-ou-er, 1. to let, to ^^^ieur,m.bookbinder. o appel-er, 1. pec. to be called [§ 50 (4)]. Souvent, often. Us-er, 1, to wear out, Vend-re, 4. to sell. Blam-er, l". to blame, praise. ^roi-re,4.u-.to believe. Pun-ir, 2. to imnish PnuiMiaf 4 V0.7IS '• ^.'^""I'onssonl-ilaaim&des .';■ ! .•( 122 S^/fp ^^A ^PP'^"^«'«. par* «e8 amis. 13. Cot auteui est-il estime ? 14 II est estime de tout le mondo. 15. Le iardin du rcheur est-il a yendre ou a louer ? 16. On dit qu'il es' Ti louer 17. Le menuisier a-t-il fait faire un habit ? 18. li en a fait tau-e deux. 19. Les habits que vous avez achetes sont-ils uses (jivorn out) P 20. lis sont uses, j'on ai fait faire d'autres. 21 l)it-on que nos amis sont aimes do tout le monde ? 22 On ne le dit pas, car on ne le croit pas. 23. Les dames que nous avons vues a 1 eghso hier au soir, sont-elles soeurs ? 24 Elles ne lesont pas, on dit qu'elles sont cousines. 25. On dit auo 1 oacier qui vient d'arriver s'appelle S. Exercise 88. 1. Are you blamed or praised ? 2. I am neither blamed nor praised. 3. Is not your cousin esteemed by evervbodv ''' 4 She IS esteemed by nobody. 5. What has been said of my brother ? 6 Nothmg has been said of him. 7. Do you know If your brother's house IS to be let? 8. I have been told (on ma dU) that it is to be sold. 9. Is not an idle person to be pitied ? 10. The idle man is to be pitied. 11. Is your son sometimes punished at school? 12. He is always punished when he is idle. 13. Are your scholars praised when they arc diligent (^*^^.«^)? 14. They are praised when they aredili- gent, and they are blamed when they are idle. 15. Is that ladv esteemed and respected ? 16. She is loved, esteemed, and re- spected by everybody. 17. What has been told you? 18 Wo have been told that your brother is respected by everybody 19. Madam, are you lAIr. S.'s sister? 20. No, Sir, I am not! ^1. Madam, are you pleased with your son's conduct ? 22 No bir, 1 am not, for he is blamed by everybody. 23. How is S ol^^Jf'w^ ^^"^ ""^^^^^ 24. It is said that he is called T ■ o^TT* ^^ 5"*^"^ brother's name ? 26. He is called James 27. Have you been told that my brother is arrived? 28. We have been told so. 29. Are the goods which your brother has bought, for sale ? 30. They are not for sale. 31 Has the bookbinder had a coat made ? 32. He has had a coat made. 33. Is his other coat worn out ? 34. The coat which he bought last year is worn out. Section XLVII. r^J;f ^^A**"? co«ipound tenses of the verb s'en aller, to go away [Sect. 40. 1, 2], the pronoun en will of course keep its usual place, after the other pronouns and before the auxiliary It must never come between the auxiliary and the participle :"— Je m'en suis all^ / went away. Nous nous en We went away. .. sommes alUs, „„* '''^^1 P'^epositiona used after passive^rb^are de auduar -iz de ^JTf^^ l*^'' P'^^^i^ejerbs expressing mental action. Ky'o ^ suit aime de mes parents. I am hved hy my parents; p^r iii any other CMe and to avoid the repetition of de,%.3., Oetfe maison a Itl workmpn- 11 a A+ a'kiV.IT ~ j I — =■"••"» '/'"' fi^-t!;tr xoas Utah uy iiiijjlisft n-^wfc' ^i,a et6. blame d'une mani^re nevferepar son nape B« hat htm hlamed, in a severe manner by his father. * ' 123 Tu t'en es all^, Thou wentest away. n s en est alle, ffe went away. You went away. They went c >my. Vous vous en etes alles. lis s'en sont ^Z^A. iSZ^lSway. toLX4i'hf;y;,tS^!?"^"^ '^ "*^^^- «* dress, answers Mon habit ya bien. My coat Jits or mts well, to iec^^^l "■ *'' *^^^' * ^^^ ^"'^^^« *« t^^ ^"gli«h ^0 .e«V, Ce chapeau ne vous sied point. That hut does not become you. to ^'v/ o'?*^" ^^ ''°^ corresponds in signification to the English / have tried my waistcoat, it fits A. . me 'Well. [§10?*3)] ;!-*'" "'"^ ^° ^"'"•^^ *«^ appai-tenir, to belong A qui est cette maison ? i ^^ ^ohom does that home belono i ■cii^ „„* ^ . I Whase house is that f Elle est a mon cousm. it is my cousin's. Miscellaneous Examples. A q^ueUe heure vous en etes-vous At what hour did you go away i J'ai essaye mon gilet, il me va men. all^? Je m'en suis all^ a neuf heures. Vous en etes-vous allies tron tot, Mesdames ? Nous nous en sommes allies trop tard. Cette robe vous va-t-elle bien ? Elle ne me va pas bien. Get habit vous siedil fort bien ? Je I'ai essay^, mais il ne me va 5>as bien. ui va bien. H me g^ne, il me serre trop. Cette .obe ne lui va pas bien. Ces livres sont-ils k vous ou a moi? Us ne sont ni 4 moi ni k vous, A qui sont-ils done ? Les livres de qui avez-vous ap- port^s ? ^ J'ai apportd ceux de mon Mre. EXEHCISE 89 Foncd, e, dark. I went away at nine o'clock. Did you go away too soon, ladies ? We ivent away too late. Does that dress fit you well ? It does not fit me well. Does that coat become you very well .? " I have tried it on, hut it does not .fit me. It fits him well. It hurts me, it is too tight. That dress does not fit her well. Are those books yours or mine ? They belong neither to me nor to you. Whose are they then ? Whose books have you brought f I have brought my brother's. Beau-fr^re, m. brothcr-in laio. Botte, f. hoot. Clair, e, light. ^ourt, e, shwt. Uioit,e,narrow,tight. Mieux, better. ,,■■-:. Neuf, ve, new. LrSn-er, 1. to hurt, to Od, where. press. Serr-er. 1. to »r«w. OUet, rn. mistcoat. Ten-ir,'2. ir. to hold. Ifjrge, wide. Vers, towards, about. m in ■? i 124 1. Vos bottes ne vont-elles pas bien P 2. Elles ne me vm.f EUes sont trop etroitcs et trop courtos, elles me Jnent 5 T « cordonmer s'en eBt-il alle ? 6. II ne 's'en est pas encore al^e IheosfTyZr^^'' compagnes de votre seen? s'en sont-elL; Q T ?;, K-; ®^ ''^'^ ^°"* ^^^^^8 vers sixheuresde I'apr^s.midi 9 L habit que vpus tenez, est-il h vous ou u votre frSe? 10 II nest m u.lui m u moi, il est il mon heau-frere 11 T„; va-t-il bien? 12. II lui va fort bien, et il lui sied bien 1? 2lwto ^VT- • ''■ .V'^M' faireV FrancT'ou en votrrsSur? Ifi n^"^"' .'?"* '' ^^^'^ 'l'^^ "* Mademoiselle votre soeur ;- 16. lis sont u moi. 1 7. Votre gilet va-t-il mien v que celui de votre beau-frtu-p ^ i s ti ,v,^ „„ v nueux iQ \7-^+^^ I, vw. r^ ^^' ■'^^ ™<5 va beaucoup mieux ly. Votre habit ne vous eeno-t-il nns P 9ft ti „^ ^ "ueux. «oO me gene, il est de l^rucoupTop la'rgo" "si'Z iZ^ 9^ Til \ „^«t-e"e trop ulaire ? 24. Elle est trop foncee 26. Les coulours foncees ne me sieent jamais. ^ Exercise 90. 1 . Are your friends gone away ? 2. Thev are nof v^t o.r,r,« Tawav ?' T Shi ^"^; '• ^'"^* ^'- to study every day. 125 t1,^■R^^''4'°^'^^"^'^^^^J■^'*'^ imperscnal pronoun for eubiect yZ^!Zfll rl"""'" fr^q"«"tly used construction of this h. ?; J*^!?^'^ ^^ "^^'^ '" *^^ signification of to want to need to be mdcr the necessity of hnvmj :■— ' ' ^° II ine faut un livre. j need a hook. n lui faut de 1 argent. ffe is in ivant of money. s,,J;-nY^''" «"«< is used in the last acceptation, and has for sub ect a noun the latter, which in the corresponding French sentence is indirect object, is preceded by 4 :_ " II faut uu livre a ma sceur. My sister must have a book (needs a book). Miscellaneous Examples. ^TtuSr'^'' ™' ^''"^"' '^ ^""* I ^f^P'J" ^««^««^^ ii ^ necessary II faut aller a r^glise et a I'dcole. It is nectary to go to church and Ti *„, A i V , . 'to school. II Teur fan di " 1'.r..nf a 1 1?''' ^^ ^^^^ ^''«'**. o^ ^«^ ? Sit! ^ *"" '^^ ! ^-^^^ ^^^'^ °^ »»«< A«^-e »«<»^y w V^ous faut-U cinquante francs ? | D^p\oant or must ycnc have n me faut cinquante-cinq francs. i/m^|/S? or / n,ed fifty -five Combien d'argeut faut-il a votre UrSk,«o;i.yrfo..2,oMr /«<*«. EXEHCISE 91. of a franc -n^A e ^ x. Ouvrage, m. work. nv.V • Dette, f. (^eJ;. Pav-er 1 hp^ f&nn Chirurgien,m.sM}-f7eoM,. Envoy-er, I. ir R 50 mi' L^^,'. ''^ ' Combien ? Ao,. «,«cA/ (2)f to 'send ^^ ^ Pein^f &. W many ? pin-ir, 2. to;?ne«A. qSd,whZ travaiUer ^'"f f t^f tl^r^^'^^^^ 2. Aujourd'hui il faut S^r^ r f:,. ^- ^■^-^^^'^"^^eaucoup travaiUer pour finir I'ou- !!! g-^^^^''"^^' *• li '^ fnUu travaiUer toute la joumee.' 5. lif 126 Quand faut-il ^criro h notro ami ? 6. II faut lui ecrire aujour . d'hui. 7. Mo faut-dl aller trouvor mon pere ? 8. II vous faut aller le trouver, il desire vous parlor. 9. A-t-il besoin f'.o quelquo chose h 10. II lui faut des livres, des plumes, et do I'encre. 11. No lui faut-il pas aussi do I'argent ? 12. II lui en faut beaucoup pour payer sea dettes. 13. Vous faut-il encore quel- que chose i- 14. II ne me faut plus rien, j'ai tout ce qu'il me faut. 15. Ne faut-il pas du papier a votre soeur ? 16. II ne lui en faut pas davantage.* 17. Que faut-il envoyer au chirurgien ? 18. II faut lui envoyer de I'argent, il en a grand besoin. 19. La modiste a-t-olle tout ce qu'il lui faut? 20. Elle n'a pas tout cc qu'il lui faut. 21. Combien vous faut-il ? 22. II mo faut cinq francs. 23. Ne vous faut-il pas davantage ? 24. 11 no mo faut pas davantage. 2.'). Que lui faut-il pour sa peine P 26. II demande nn fnno vingt-cinq centimes. ExejIcisk O'Z. 1. What must we do ? 2. You must bring your book and learn your lesson. 3. Is it necessary to write to your brother to-day :•' 4. It is not necessary to write to him. 5. Has it been necessary to speak to your father ? 6. It has been neces- sary to speak to him. 7. Is it necessary to go to D. to-day ? 8. It is necessary to go there (i/). 9. Must I go to your sister ? 10. You must go to her, she wishes to speak to you. 1 1. How much money must your brother have ? 12. He must have ten francs fifty centimes. 13. How many books does your sister want ? 14. She must have many books, f ".e reads {lit) much. 15. What will you send to the surgeon? 16. We must send him our horse; his own {le sien) is ill. 17. Must he not have paper ? 18. He must have some ; he has letters to write. 19. Must he have much ? 20. He must have a quire {main, f.). 21. Do you want anything more ? {See No. 13, in the French exer- cise above.) 22. I need something more. 23. I need nothing more. 24, Must you have one hundred francs ? 25. I must have ten dollars. 26. What does the surgeon want ? 27. He must have money to {pour) pay his debts. 28. Has the tailor all that he wants ? 29. He has not all that he wants. 30. The milliner has received all that she wants. 31. What must you have for your trouble? 32. How much do you want? 33. How much do we want ? 34. What must I do ? 35. You must write a letter. 36. What must she write? 37. She must write four pages. 38. She must go to church. Section XLIX. 1. The verb seoir [3. ir. Sect. 47, R. 3], is also used imper- aonally : — II ne 70US sied pas de parler ainsi. It does not become you to speak thus. _ 2. The verb convenir [2. ir. see § 64], to suit, is at times used impersonally. It then signifies to be suitable, advisable, &c, :-— II convient de lui Ecrire. It is advisable to vxrite to him.. ♦ This adverb, in modem usage, is not employed with a noon. 127 . 3. The irregular verb valoir [sec table, § 64] con-esponds in signification to the English expression, to be worth :— Cette maison vaut cinq mille That home is worth Jive thou- francs. sand francs. 4. Ne rien valoir means to be good for nothiug ; ne pas vaiOir grand'chose, to be worth little, not to be good for much. Ce (Irap ne vaut rien. TJutt doth w (jood for nothing. Notre maison ne vaut pas Our home is not mod for much. grandchose. 5. Etre riche de . . . means to be icorth, to possess ; when a person is the noniiuative of tlie verb, valoir is never us(d in this sense. Cette peraonne est riche de cinq That person is worth five thou- mille piastres. sand dollars. 6. Valoir mieux, used impersonally, means to be better; valoir la peine, to be worth the while :— ^^ JiV** "If"" travailler que It is better to labour than to be u etre oisif. ij/g Cela lie vaut pts la peine de It is not worth the while to speak- parler riuand on n a rieu ii dire. when one has noth ing to say. Miscellaneous Examples. n ne vous sied pas de nous faire dea reproclies. II ne vous convient pas de parler de la sorte. II ne nous convient pas d'y aller. It does not become you to reproach us. It is not suitable for you to speak so. It does not suit us to go there. How much is your garden worth? It is much more valuMble than yours. It is not worth as much as mine. Combien votre jardin vaut-il ? n vaut beaucoup jilus que le v6tre. II ne vaut pas autant que le mien. Notre maison ne vaut rien. Votre habit ne vaut pas grand'- chose. Cela ne vaut pas la peine. Ce cliftteau psut valoir cent mille francs. De combien votre oncle est-il riche ? n eat riche de deux cent mille francs. Ne vaut-il pas mieux lire que jouer ? Exercise 93. AssMT-er,!. to assure. Coviiem,m. knife. Pouv-oir, 3 Au juste, precisely. Marche, m. market. able. Autre chose, some- M^rit-er, 1. to deserve, Reproch-er, 1. thing else. merit. proach. Cass-er, 1. to break. Montre, f. watch. Tout au plus, at most Ccntame, t. about a i^cgUguncc, f. neglect. Va, from aller, to go. hundred. Nt^gociant, merchant. Vingtaine, f. about Chaine, f. chain. twenty. B* Our house is good for nothing. Your coat is not good for much. That is not worth the while. That villa may be worth one hun- dred thousand francs. How much is your uncle worth ? He is worth ttvo hundred thou- sand francs. Is it not better to read than to play? ir. to be to re- 128 I. Vous sied-il de nous reprocher notre n^gligonco P 2 mo 8iod de V0U8 fairo des reprochcs quand vous lo meritez Vous <:onvinnf.i1 H'dllnr' i^fr^,„r^^ ,~.^„ s-:. o ^ xi II Vous conviont-il d allor trouver mon frero ? 4. II no mo con- vient pas d aller lo trouver, j'ai autre chose a faire. 6 Com. ?f o7'/o?n'''VP Peut-il valoir ? 6. II pout valoir uno vingtaine R ^^^y ir ™^"^ *^''^"''«- 7. Valcz-vous mieux que votro irero ." 8. iMon frere vaut beaucoup mieux quo moi 9 Co couteau no vaut-il pas plus que lo votre? 10. Le mien est Xp ^'o ^n"' davantage. 11. Combien votro montro vaut- ?i Ti i^ ^ ,"^ vaut pas grand'chose, elle no va pas bien. I J. 1)0 combien lo ncgociant cst-il richo ? 1 4. Je no puis vous le dire au juste, il est richo d'uno contuino do milk francs. 10. JNe vaut-il pas mieux restor ici quo d'allor au marcho '■' 16 II vaut mieux aller au marche. 17. V^otre chaino d'or vaut^ elle plus que la mienne ? 18. Elle vaut tout autant. 19 Elle ne vaut pas grand'chose, elle est cassee. 20. Cela vaut-il cin- quante francs ^ 21. Cela vaut tout au plus deux francs. 22 Avoz-yous demande au marchand co que cela \ ut '-' 23 Jo Exercise 94. 1. How much is my house worth? 2. It is worth about twenty thousand francs. 3. Is that horse worth as much as JwnnffV, ^ A lior«^'«7?rthtwo hundred dollars, and that one three hundred 5. Is it worth the while to write to your brother? 6. It is not worth the while. 7. Is it worth the while to go out when one does not vish to walk ? 8 Tt IS not (ncn) worth the while. 9. Does it suit you to write to my brother to-morrow ? 10. It does not suit me to write io 1 i Tf i '* ^x^''??^ ^'^"^ *° reproach me with mv neglect ^ n" ^*\«,^?'"^^"»'^toWame(iW,««.) you when you deserve it. 13. What IS that man worth ? 14. I cannot tell you exactlv about fifty thousand francs. 15. Is that cloth good ? 16 No ?iTne?'M''YS\""'''l"^- 'hi' ^'""^ ^"" ^'^*h ^« "^"^h as mine? 18. Yes, feir, it is worth more. 19. Will you eo to ?/hTh"'1 '^; ^"' ?'"' ^ ^V' ''"^''^^S else to S ^21 to Lo eariv 9^^ t« "market early than late ? 22. It is better to go eaily. 23. How much may your horse be worth ? 24 It 18 not worth much, it is very eld. 25. Is your watch better than mine ? 26 It is not worth much, it doe^s not go 27 Is ttiat book worth two francs ? 28. It is worth one, at most. 29 Have you asked your sister what that book is worth ? 30 T have not. [Sect. 24 R. 12. Sect. 46 R. 4.] 31. What must I horse?" Sfi H?L™"1/-n fT ^^- ^^' ^« "°* «>ld ^is horse ? 36. He has sold it, but it was not worth much. Sbctign L. 1. When the verbs prendre [4. ir. see § 64], to take : voler. to :vb, .0 ma,; aonewr, to hay; demander, to ask for /payer,' to pay, are followed by one object only, or by several objects in t ,^ 129 Avez-vous pris le livre ? Avez-vous paye le libraire ? ;^ vez-voiis demands voire argent ' L ttvez-vou8 demandd ? f?omT/''**ii°v' these Objects, if nouns, must nothr separated ^ave you taken the hook ? -«ate you paid the boohidler f Have you asked fm- your money f Have you asked for him f of indirLt obfJct f- ' ' ^ P'''"''""' ^'^"'"'^ tho fo™ J'ai pris le livre a men frfere. / have taken the look fro,n my J'ai pay^ le livre au libraire. / S'^^,^ ,,, ,,„,^^„^. Jeleluiai.ay...c. /£SLA..y«... J>v^^°^'' '■' "^^ ^^«° »" the sense of .« ,•«,«,,. ^b,-, to J'ai demanded ce monsieur. / asked for that gentleimn. Miscellaneous Examples. Vous a-t-on voy vos livres ? On me les a voids [Sect. 35, 1, 21 A-t-on payd les souliers au cor- donnier ? On ne les lui a pas encore payes. v^u a-t-on pris a voire pere ? On lui a pris son argent. Ne vous a-t-on rien payd ? On m 'a payd prescjue tout. J ai achettf des livres au libraire. Qui avez-vous demande ? J'ai demand^ men frere alnd. Avez-vous demand^ de I'argent A voire ami ? Je ne lui en ai pas demmde. Has any one stolen your hooka from you f They havi heen stolen from me. Has the shoemaker been paid for the shoes ? ^Jifnot yet been paid for them, tv hat has heen taken from your father ? His money hxs been taken from him. Has nothing been paid vou ? I have been paid almost all. ^bought hooks from the bookseller. Whom have you asked for ? j_inquiredfor my eldest h-other. Haw you asked your friend for money i ■' I have not asked him for any. Exercise 96. Cm;oS."«i«f • vSut Ti- R«.--^ements,m. p. ^i^'¥^P' P^^^S: nl^Ztli^ome Ugnme,m.vegetable. B^eZd-re, 4. to retnm. ^°y««^"'-' '"•^'•«^'«'?«-. 1. Que voud a-t-on nrisP ') On tt,'.,. riri- -n-- ^;- cmyonsetmoncanif "s. Sav-ezrvoVq^i^^^^^t^.'S T Je ne connais pas celui qui me les a pris, mais ie safs" on'tl demeure aci. 5. Avez-vous demande vos l^rr? \. Je lela! €i i • i i f lo lui ai paye. 23? No 24. Je lo lour ai paye. 2. I have paid him my 130 demand68 i mon cousin. 7. Vout les at-il rendus P 8. II me lo8 a pay68. 9. Vous a-t-onvol6 beaucoup de fruit cette ann6oP l^".^*? "^'* ^"'*' ^^^ legumes, mais on no m'a point vole do fruit. 1 1 . Avez- vous paye votro chapeau au paysan P 12. Je no lo lui ai pus pay6, jo I'ai paye au chjipdior. 13. A qui avez-vous domandc dos ronseignements P 11. J'en ai demandc au voyagour. 15. Savoz-vous qui viont de frappor i\ la porto ? 16. Cast M. L., qui vous dcmando. 17. Qui avoz-vous domando? 18. J'ai domnnde votre fr6ro. 19. Votre frfero a-t-il paye toutcs ses dottos P 20. II no lus a pas encore payees, parce qu'il n'a pas rG(,'u sos revenus. 21. Lui avoz-vous paye ce quo vous lui avoz acli(!te ? 22. Jo - ^ y- leur avoz-vous pas paye votre loycr P 25. lis nous ont paye notro maison. EXEUCIKK 06. 1. Have you paid your landlord P _. „ ^.„„ „„„ rent. 3. Have you paid him for tho windows wWch* you have broken P 4. I have paid him for them. 5. Has the hatter paid tor all his hats P 6. Ho has not paid for them, he has bouglit them on credit (a credit). 7. Do you pay what you owe, every day ? 8. I pay my butcher every week. 9. Have you paid him for his meat P 10. I have paid him for it. 11. For whom did you inquire this morning P 12. I inquired for your brother. 13. Why did you not inquire for my father? 14. I know that your father is in England. 15. Has the hatter been paid for hiS hats P 16. Ho has been paid for them. 17. Has your money been taken from you ? 18. .My hat has been stolen from me. 19. Have yon asked your brother for your money ? 20. I have asked him for it, but he cannot return it- to mo. 21. Has he no money? 22. He has jnsf paid all his debts, and ho has no money loft {de reste). 23. Have you asked your father for money P 24. I have not asked him for any, I know that ho lias none. 25. From what bookseller have you bought you,- books P 26. I bought them from your bookseller. 27. Are you wrong to pay your debts P 28. t am right to pay them. 29. Who is inquiring for me P 30 The physician is inquiring for you. 31. Who knocks P 32. Your shoemaker knocks. Section LI. THE PAST DEFINITE. (§ 116.) 1. The past definite may be called the narrative or historical tense of the French. It is used to express au action entirely past, definite and complete in itself. The time may or may not be specified, but every portion of it must be elapsed. Men frire partit hier pom- Paris. My lyrother Uft yesterday fm- ^u?^^hl^^!^}^l^^ ^^^^"^ ^® ^^ ^minopfm resolved to make h'- ••"•-; ut^iitiii. soti It, cviiqutrror. 2. Th student will bear in mind that the past indefinite 131 [Sect. 4 1] may bo u8«kI for tho past dofinito. T3io past definite Rowoyer, may novor bo used for tho indofinito. frconv. "!.' tion the indein.to is proforred to tho definite, us the iSr would appear too formal [§ 117 (3)1 ■— hJih^^J^ ?"'f ^''il'^" """"y genoraily bo rendered in Enfflish L^^fiKvTl,*- 5"-Pr* '^"^"**^ '"'' "°^^^ t.e rendered S Ji.ngli8h by tho participle present of the verb preceded by tea,. J'allai a rdgliso hier matin. I went or did go tochurch yntnday mo)'nin{/. 4. Teuminations op the Past Definite op the Folk toNjuoATioNS, Soo Scct. 22, and § 60. Je chant -al aan/f Tu pari -as apokmt II donn -a gave Nous cherch -fimes KOIlf/ht Vous port ates carried 11b aim -drent loved, liked fin -iB finithed ch^r -Is chei'ishedst foum -it furnished pun -imes punithed Hais -ites seized un -Irent re9 -ui received ap. ■<; -ug perniredst per? -ut collected con9 -times conceived d -ates d^9 -urent deceived 5, It will bo seen that the fourth conjugations are iiii^o. MiSCELLANEOlS EXAMPLES On nous parla de vous hier. Le banquier nous donna de I'ai'- gent 1 ann^e dei nifere. Le banquier nous a donn^ de I'argent. Le professeur nuus parla de vous Tann/'o derniere. II nous i)ary de ses amis et des n6tres. Pendant notre voyage, il nous raconta ses aventures. II nous a raconta I'histoire do sa vie. rend -Is rendered vend -l8 Boldest tend tended entend heard perd lost mord bit. -it -imes -ites -irent wnunations of tho second and The}/ spoke to us of you yesterday. The banker gave us money last year. The banker has given ns mcmey. The professor spoke to us about you last year. Bespoke to ua of his friends and of ours. During our Journey he related to us his adventures. He related to m the histaru of his life. ■' EXEKCISE 97. Pendant, during. Pri-er, 1. to Imj. Propridt^s, f. p. jwo perty. ,j^^^, -ci , ». i ei . lo Kemeroi-eT,ltothank. Semaine, f. loeek. S^chapper, 1. ref. tc Soldat, m. soldier escape. Tard, late. Trop t6t, too soon Se couch-er, 1. ref. to go to bed. Sejour, m. stay. Selev-er, 1. ref. to rise. Aine, e, elder, eldest. Avec, with. Derni-er, ^re, last. Habillement, m. dress. Lorsque, when. Neuf, ve, neu\ Ordinairement, gener- ally. r^iLV o^^"^""'' ''^'^'l^f ^ea^coup d'argent la semaine der- nifereP 2. E en re<}ut beaucoup. 3. Aussitdt que vous aper- < .s 132 cates votre fr^re, ne lui pariates-vous pas? 4 D&s nu^ ,'« vous donna do VarlZ't^X r:ZlZ':^^^^^^^ ^H^ }' vuauvresr IW- J e ne les ai pas encore trouvpo n y ^""''*' perof 1^. Je lea finis alors et le le mvai n vw Exercise 98. I'J^ "^^*^iesteraay t i. 1 fi WTt. i^c* ^^'' °- »Vhat did you lose last vear ? 10 ThevsSp of V *^'y/P«^^ of your brother yesterday ? ^Ve yo?? ^ 12 He^ '''''* ""^ ^°^^ ^^- ^** did thi physician |urSii^-"S^ tmvenS P', ^'vf-^ ^> ^* ^'^ ^^^ KSJ ' 1 ' H^: ?h" tra\eller related his adventures to you P 20 F« rfilnf7J^!i, your b.jthe. d„lXt% L^;;?!'? ^S'X»?„t o1 have thanked him mTOT,,fi:^"'''* >'''"'■ '"*»■•' 28. I Section LII. «J"J^® terminations of the past definite of irregular verbs llirS^ 'J iT.5T!^!>.£?' ,- a few instance^ thVS'«: ^ *-j — Tf^ lo uiutiiaicu or altered : 138 \voiH, to have. J' e-us Tu e-UB II e-ut Nous e-umes Vous e-fltes lis e-urent £tbe, to he. f-UB f-US f-Ut f-fimes f-utes f-urent VoiE, to see. v-ls v-is v-it v-imes v-lites v-lrent Lire, to read. 1-us 1-UB 1-ut 1-ftmeB l-ates 1-urent nni f '°*' t*'^®' '* ""^^ ^^ per(;eived, take in this tense a new stem, e-us. f-us; 6tre and lire, though belonging to the voi n^T *r;.' *f^' the terminations of the 3rd, and voir, a verb of the 3rd, takes the terminations of the 2nd and of the T^n'/^*1^'''"«°!*^''''''''*^"' '*'''" ""^ t^« '^erb is.^s stated in JNo. 1 ot this Section, mutilated, altered, or some letter is added ims may be seen in the verbs :— to it. Venir, to come. Prendre, Craindre, Je Tu II Nous Vous lis v-lns v-ins v-int v-fnmes v-intes v-inrent CONNAITRE, CoNDUIRE, totnke. to fear. to know. to conduct. pr-is craign-lB conn-us conduis-is pr-18 craign-iB conn-UB conduis-lB pr-W craign-it conn-ut conduis-it pr-imeB craign-lmes conn-tuneB conduis-lmes pr-ltes craign-ltes conn-tites conduis-ltes pr-lrent craign-irent conn-urent conduis-lrent rra^tiJ'^Mt^,^^ conjugated all verbs ending in enir; like cramdre, coimaltre, and conduire, those ending in indre. altre and uire ; and hke prendre, those composed of this verb and a prefix ; as, comprendre, Burprendre, &c. 6. We would at all times refer the student to the table of ^regular verbs, § 64, for those tenses of the irregular verbs with which he ig lot familiar. Miscellaneous Examples. Ne conduisites-vous point votre fils en Espagne 1 annee der- niere ? Je I'y conduisis et je I'y laissai. Aussitot que vous vites votre frere, ne le reconnfttes-vous pas? Je le reconnus aussitot l'aper9us. Le pharmacien ne vint-il pas vous voir ? II Vint me voir; il fut bicn etonne de trouver chez inoi un de ses anciens amis. Ne prltes-vous pas conge de vos amis, hier? Je pri? conge d'eux, et je les priai de m 6crire. que je Did you not take your son to Spain last year > I took him there and left him there. As soon as you saw your brother, did you not recognize him f I recognized him as soon as I per- ceived him. Did not the apothecary come to see you ? He came to see me ; he was much astonished to find one of his old friends at my house. Did you not take leave of your friends yesterday^ 1 took leave of them, and begged them to write to me. if. 134 EXEHCISE 99. Accompagn-er, 1. to De mon mieux, m accompany. ^lell as I could. Aril f' "' ^?* •• , B^3 que, «« soo« as. Amicalement, kmdli/. ficoU'er, m. scholar Arnvee, f. arnval. Histoire, f. histm-y. Attend-re, 4. to wait Inforra-er, 1. to in- for. Ausecours, to the as sistancc. Conge, m. leave. Cour-ir, 2. ir. to run Peintre, m. painter. bans, without. Secour-ir, 2. ir. to suc- cour. Se depech-er, 1. ref. to , -. .^ _,„ Tiiake haste. T ^Z""- ,■ . . Se hkt-er, 1. ref. to Lu, from lue, 4. ir. , to hasten. I'f"^- S'ennuy-er, 1. nee to Notaire, in. notary. become weary. temT,s?°2 m"r «>""y^rent-ils hier d'attendre si long- fiuTs- perdi L "p'Slt'^^^^ d'attendre si longtemps, qu'^fa parent LicaIetK;^^;,,n^^^ ^ Je^s tZ\^:?\ ?• ,^' lates-vouspas la lettre de votre fS avant hier ? 6. Je la lus et je I'envoyai ti mon oncle 7^! mWm^Sfi ^"^^^*"* q'^e V0U8 eutes apercu mon frere ne m mfoi^tes-vous pas de son arrivee P li Je vou^en infor! vinrent-ils hier vous pri^^de L'accompa'gneTr ^^^7 vovir ir-Nf ' '> r ^'^^"^^^'^^ Bans^me parler i: 2"; m?ref 18 T«^l,-r-^'*'l-^ei''' P^« "" *^Weau I'annee der! ftaHpn « t ji f ^.P«'^°is un tableau d'histoire. 19. Le peintre Itahen a-t- 1 fini son portrait ? 20. II le finit hier 21 Tl r! de s.^.y t"?i .- -^s £r^.^;^if- St Exercise 100. 1. Did the notary accompany you vesterdav p 9 tt pamed me as far as Umue cL) yolvTotl^^^ '?• Heaccom- compamon take leave of you yesterdav ? 4 w * ,^'^ ^'^"^ me this morning. 6. Did vou rpad w. /" ^t *°°'' ^«^^« "* I have lent you? 6. I S^t the d J. hJ'^^^ ^^"^ ^''"'^ ^^ich Ai^r). 7. At what time did the „'"?'^°"'^ yesterday [avant. 8. He came at half. pasT nine 9 H^t«fl°T f ^' '"°™"^? portrait ? 10. He minted n'li a ' J® ^"'''^^f^ ^our father's Is not yet fini;hS " I? Dif vo7rJ.f °'^^' ^"* *^^ P^^rait lief when you saw him n dan^r ? 12"? tir^If^''^' ''■ him. 13. What did vn„ ^^ v, ■'■ ™stened to succour nn I- . j; ^iiuiner 8. ly. Do vou pmnt unhiV's—-^-' - • ' ~ -. X pamteu last year an historic^ pictir'^^l DTy^ur Is,HjI. 135 Bister beg you to accompany her ? 22. She beffffed me to ac company her. 23 Did you send for the notJ/^stZlsyon Sl^"\';'"i ^^^^'\' 24- I sent for him. ^ Sr When S nnisnea it ? 34. I have not yet finished it. ' Section LIII, the impeiifect (§115). ♦hi"/^®-'?P'^''l^'^*°^ simultaneous past tense maybe called the descriptive tense of the French The action which 2 o?S"''' k*^; '^*r*^"" ^^^'^ i* describes is imperfec of a' ^ ^i:,*;r^-"T^l^^Sinning, duration, aEnd En^i . ''^''^^l^l^^r.ed It may often be rendered in Jite lea^gneSlsXtl^^ £ ^^^ *^^ P^^^^P^^ P—t "^tteJentr? ""'*''' '^""^'^ ^°"' ^^^^^ ««-,orr>T,o; 1- • l-s- Que cher- I'aviez-vou perdu? U^T^T""- ^"^\ ^t ^^P»^« l^^^d L'avez-vous ?etrouveP 18 l^v"^ P''*^^ '*'P>''^« ^'^^ 17. perdu de nouveau 19 (V w,?*''^'' '"*'"°"J^' '"a^^ .t« I'ai boT, nninP on tV- .r^- ^e boulanger vous foumissait'il d« --_ ^„.n. ^0. X. Quus en lom-uissoit d'excellent. 21 Pul 137 nissiez-yous souvent vos ecoliers ? 22. Jo les punissais quand lis lo mentaient. 23. Oil etiez-vous ce matin quand ie vous cherchaisf' 24. J'etais dans ma chambre. 25. Je finissais mon theme. Exercise 102. 1 . Who was at your house this morning ? 2. My friend G was there, and was looking for you. 3. Did you speak to mv father yesterday P 4. I was speaking to him when they hrought me your letter. 5. Did your father use to wear a white hat when ho lived in London ? 6. He used to wear a black hat, and my brother wore a black coat. 7. Were vou singing when my father came P 8. No, Sir, I was finishing my exercise. 9. Had you lost your pencil this morning? 10. I had lost it, and was looking for it when you spoke to me. 11. You used to like reading (/« lecture), did your sister (used to) hke It also P 12. She liked it also. 13. What song were vou singing this morning ? 14. I was singing an Italian song. 1 5. Have you been afraid to speak to me P 16. I have never been atraid to speak to you. 1 7. Have you brought my book P 18. I have not brought it. Section LIV. THE IMPEKFECT {cOHtinmd) . 1. The imperfect of the indicative of every French verb regular or irregular, ends in ais, ais, ait, Ions, iez, aient. ' 2. No verb of the first conjugation, er, is irregular in this 3. The only irregularity four.d in the imperfect indicative of the irregular verbs of the second conjugation, ir, is that, iss is not inserted between the stem and the ending : as, ven-ir je ven-ais ; cour-ir, je cour-ais ; cueill-ir, je cueill-ais. 4. The irregular verbs of the third conjugation, oir, change this termination into ais, &c., like the regular verbs of the same; as, aav-oir, je sav-ais ; av-oir, j'av-ais. Exceptions: Be-oir, to become; voir, to see; and thoir compounds, and dechoir [see § 64]. S- The changes which the stem of the irregular verbs of the fourth cr ujugation undergoes, in this tense, axe too various to admit of a complete classification. We, however, offer the following : — Prendre, to tofe. tcuiR^, to wnU. Cratndre, to/mn Jepren -ais, etc. ecriv -ais, etc. craign -ais, etc. CoNNAlTRE, to know. CONDUIRE, to conduct. Connaiss -ais, etc. Conduis -ais, etc. 6. Like prendre and ^crire are conjugated, in this tense, those verbs m which prendre and crire appear in composition : as, comprendre, je comprenais : souscrire. ie aongorivai's.— Like craindre and connaltre, those ending in'indre and altre • teindre, je teignais ; paraltre, je paraissais.— Like conduire' ■ I ' ■ ) 138 thoso ondinu' in ire • as lira ta. u«-i * . jeluisals; direjekisail &c^ "• ^*»"' J« ^ai'ais ; lulre. J^^Mettre and its compounds, and 6tre are regular in this irregularities: as, venanrvaTant^iC»^/i •"""'" *^« ^^'"^ connaiaaant. conduisant Sin ^''*' ^°"^ant, craignant. ««cA««^ """uwanc. -i^xceptions: avoir, «yrt«^; savoirl Miscellaneous Examples. Of what was our friend afmid f De ^uoi notre ami avait-il peur' n^n avait peur de rien. frl're?"""' ^*' *'^'°'" *'^ '"^^ Nous avions besoin de hii drgttf'^'"'"*-"*''^^'^^^*^'" II en avait grand besoin. Quelle voiture conduisiez-vous ' ±;our qm me preniez-vous ' Je venais vous trouver quand ie vous rencontrai, •' A qui t$criviez-vous ce matin ? //e ?tfrts afrnid of nothinff. JJiU you not tmnt my brother J We wanted him. Did not the merclutnt want money f He had great need of it. miat carriage were you driving t ^or whom were you taking me ? ' i was coming to you when I met To whom wei'e ym jritinri thi» JMcrivais a ma scaur et A mnn . ''^'''''^' ^ fr^re. * '*"' ** ^ mon ( / wm ^ortiiM, to my mter and to iny orothei; EXEHCISE 103 Autrement,oi?/te?-M)tge. p^che. f ^,;»w m- i bav-oir, 3. ir. to know. Ven-ir 2 ir /^ . Se tromper, 1. to be Z^v^'^^t.* '"'"'' mt.tofe«. vite, qu-cldy. Chasse, f. hunting. Di-re, 4. ir. to say. Moms (au), at least. Montre, f. watch. Mort, e, dead. Offens-er, 1. to offend. Ouhh-er, I to forget. Par- Je peignais un tableau d'histoi^e T^ST""' '' '"^^'^ '^ ^■ turier teignait P 8 II teiffn^^f ri„ /' ^ j ^f "^^ 'l"^ ^ot^e tein- 9. De qutlle coulelir les telgSf^^^ ^^t«'l«- noir, et la soie et la toUe tn^vert 1 1 rA } *^-^°^'* ^"^ ^^^P ^n Polonais a I'ecole lorsmip U!^ • ^Jonduisiez-vous le jeune duisais mon ms ai&r? g/^^^j^- ^^,^^«"?tre P 12. Jo^ con! lisais des Kvres que ie venaL d'.lL^^^ \' = ^^-^^"' • 1*. Je pas que ce monsieui et^^rLrt? f J^v ^' ^^^iez-vous "uu anpsKcui oi tne iiiuioative. "•■^""'ij J- onijr uaeu la the pi^eseut 1. Were hous3 P 2. was afraid falling? {do 139 VRlait au moins deux cents francs. 19. Ne valait-il paj mioux rester ici que d'aller a la chasse ? 20. II valait beaucoup mieux Bller a lecole. 21. Quo vous disait votro ami? 22. 11 me disait que son frere est rovenu d'Espagno. 23. N'alliez-voua pas ii la chasso toua les jours lorsque vous demeurioz h, la cam- pagne ? 24. J'allaia souvcnt a la peche. 25. Mon frere allait tous les jours a I'ecolo quand il etait ici. Exercise 104. you afraid this morning when you camo to our I was afraid. 3. (Jf what were you afraid '( 4. I of the horse. .5. Was not your friend afraid of ■ tombcr. Hoc Sect. 20, K. 2. 4.) 6. He was not atraid of falling, but he was afraid of making a mistake {de se trompcr. See 2. in Exercise above). 7. Were you taking your son to school P 8. I was conducting him to school. 9. ^Vhat colour was the dyer dyoint,- the silk P 10. He was dyeing some red and some green, i i. Was ho dyeing his linen cloth black or green P 12. He was neither dyeing it black nor green, he was dyeing it pink [rose). 13. What was the gentleman read- ing P 14. He was reading a letter which ho had just received. 15. Were yo^' cold when you camo herep 16. I was cold, hungry, and thirsty. 17. Were you not ashamed of your con- duct 'condiiite) ? 18. I was ashamed of it. 19. Whither were you going when I mot you ? 20. I was going to your house. 21. Were you driving your brother's carriage? 22. I was driving my own (la mienne). 23. Were you writing to me or to my father P 24. I was writing to your friend's cousin. Section LV. THE PLUI'EUFECT AND THE PAST ANTEUIOK (§ 118, 119). 1. The pluperfect is composed of the imperfect of the auxi- liary, and of the past participle of the leading verb : j'avaia parl^, I had spoken ; j'^tais venu, / had come. 2. This tense describes an action or situation which took place before another, but without depending upon it : — J'avais ddjeun^ quand il entra. I had breakfasted when lie came in. 3. It is also used to express a habit, an act often repeated, if it used to take place after another : — Des que j'avais fini ma tftche, je As soon as I had finished my task m en allais. T used to go away. 4. Finally, it is employed to represent an action entirely completed, which took place at a time entirely elappod, and, in this sense, is the equivalent of the corresponding English tense : — J'avais d68ir6 voyager. I had desired to travel. 5-. The- past anterior '\s formed from tlio past definite of the auxiliary, and the past participle of the leading verb : J'eua parl4, I had spoken ; je fus venu, I had come. I iiii 140 follow, the former. SZenL^'onfi ^^'y^^^'P^^^^^^^tely by this tenso is not a custor^rt T^ rAu . ^^*'°" expressed F^oeeded by k peii^l /.l^SfZ-X ^^« P"«t«"terior is often MiSCELLANEOrS ExA-PLES Aviez-vouseusoindevosoffets? ^arf ^^ou taken care of .our J'en avals eu soin. \ itT/i . N'aviez-vous pas eii beaoin A^\iJ^^^^'^'^'^^'^<^'>'eofthem. moi ? ^ "^^"'^ ''® '^"'^ .'/"« ««« wanted we ? •'''v^t fr'L^""" ^^^ ^°"« «* '^^ : ^5f -««^^^ Uou ana your 6ro- ^'r:f:r.f,ir «« ^'^ntention j ^ac^^^y-oa «o« intenvkd to speak to VIP i ^ de me jmrler ? D|s que vous efites fini votre lettre, ne la portates-vous pas a la poste ? ^ Pes que vous aviez fini vos lettres ne les portiez-vous pas a la poste ? Des que vous ffttes arrivt?, ne commenvates-vouspasa^crire? U6s que vous t^tiez arrive, ne commen9iez-vous pas a ^crire ? Exercise 105 Malade, ill. me i \ As sa n as you had finished your tette. did you not can-y U to the post-office ? ^* *.T, "? ^°"'' '^««'« w«-e Jinished, did you mt take them to the post-office ? As soon as you had ai-rived, did >lou not commence writing l As soon as you used to arrive, did you not commence writing i Arr6t-er, 1. to stop. Bal, m. hall. Bourse, f. purse. Dangereusement, danmrously. Biner, m. dinner. Egar-er, 1. to misla Invit-er, 1. to invite Mu8icien,m. musician Oubli-er, 1. toforr/ct. Part-ir, 2. to set out. Perd-re, 4. to lose. Eetrouv-er, 1. tofi)id again. Se couch-er, 1. ref. to ffo to bed. Se lev-er, 1. ref. to rise. — ^? • "" '"*"=• sse lev-er. Remont-er.l.tom-«rf Sort-ir, L> ir. to go out ■' Spectach , m. ^/rty/. qu^iSi?^Lr?arrt'?^r^^'*f ^"^^ / '^^ - frere etait m irt ? 4 On m'avaitTf m n'*;' -.^1' ^^ ^'^« ^«tr« malade. 5. Ne vous cou^Mpf L ^^'^ ^^^^ dangereusement vous aviez fin^ vos Lcons . « "t^.^^' ordma rement des que j'allais au spectacle 7 li^- «' ' ''"''- J® ^^« ^''^'^ fi°ies, quefitos-vorhierausL? 8^"a ^°P« /^t^^ .fi^i vos lemons j'allai au bal 9 Cette petite fi^K ^ if ^'' ^"« ^^^^ dormir ? lo Elle avS iff • ? a^'^it-eUe pas envie de 141 mais je I'ai retrouvce. 20. Votro cousin etait-U narti » 9, II netait pas encore parti. 22. igtait-i" sorii P 23 il 6ta t Borti avec ma mere. 24. (J(j ctait il «11n v '>V ti '/•/,,' Chez men frfere, qui I'avait inv-ii fdjier '^' ^^ '*"'* ""^ EXEKC'IHB 106. bo r?'r S ^fnrrw ^^ «««- ^" '^"^"'^^ -^ 'oTr Were vou told Zf *' ^'^^' '°^° ^« ^^'^ ^^^^^ '•end it 5. «!.« t.n *°^'*,*^'^* your sjstorwas ill h 6. I was told that she had been danecrouHl^' ill 7 t»;,i i , "'^ had done with your pen -^ 8 T L V^r'^r.'" '^^''^* >'«'^ 9, How many oYyourhoolf; have'ToutisLid'' "i^YhJ^i U\frottr"^s^.alch '4Jedt ^ r^wt^SS J?" I^ came yesterX;.^^^! ha'l^Xrhr'^^^^^^^^ s'jiSher p"^r^L"«?"l- • ''• ^ ^'^'l toldlim^'lr' a* he ^tm here P 26. ^o. Sir, he is gone, ho went this morning at Section LVI. tal^in^sfea'dttir"'*"'^*'?.^^^^^^ '« often urdbyTh" rrentn instead ot that given m the rule. When an intorrn.rn tive sentence commences with oil, w/>ere • a ^e uiT n^^i wh^ch; combien. how mnck, how i,/; and qland 11; T^e noun may bo placed immediately after the^erb T is 'con :SeSvr^r:s^Sfe^^^^^^^^^^ Oil sont nos amis et nos parents ? Whe^^e are our friends and rela- Que fait votre corresnondant ' TVh!^^ ■ iresponuant. What is your cm-respondent doing? "^renS/"""^ ^'' ^""^^^ ^ ^<}-^^.Pouffiven the child theplaij. ''FhVmTev'""'^' ''''' ^^"-'^ ^Zjr ''^^ ''' '^^ '^^ foUow^eS'bv'^'refjh?''' ^''''^'' ^^' ^'^''^ ^^'^ ^^e latter is ¥^ Ik, 142 nim f MiSCELLANEOr.S ExASri'LFS aU^s mpaaVoTrr ■ VJ , "" ^'^""^ iicnuemen mean j aues messieurs vos TTAm are »/(,«r 6ra^ father s, do which I brought from EnJ«i" ^S"^ *° '"'^'^ him a letter -or, +i,B _ ""^"'' ^f 9^? -c^ngland. 8. Have vou rfitume-^i <^- *hif man the aionoy which he had lent you P Q. I ha^T xitm^ned 148 it to him. 10. Did you wiHh to sond your brother the kov of your room:" 1. I had a wi«h to nond it to him. 12 \v2 t worth the whjlo to give your brothor that book ? 13. It wa.s worth tho while to giyo it to him, for (cor) ho wanted it. 14. Was It worth tho while to send these bottles to the druggist him'"iri^ 15. It was worth the while to sond theSf to him IG. mere 18 the landlord? 17. He is in England. 18. How many children has the locksmith P 19. He has ten 20. How many book.s has the physician':' 21. Ho has five let?er7 2^ tT' f ' S''^'. ^""^ ^'^^''' ^^^ gentleman that letter;' 23. I have forgotten to give it to him. Skction LVII. .JiJ^"" ^^i"''^ ^^'"-'^ i'^''"''''' *^° ^'erb Ht the end of such sentences as the following, when the Hub.ject is a noun :- Dites-.noi oil demeure M. H. Telf me where Mr H lives Je ne sais ou est mon l^bre. I do not know where my fathe,- is bavez-voua ou est George ? Do you know ivhei-e Gemyehi 2 In speaking of a state, condition, or action, commenced m the past, the iren-h use the present of the indicative when such state or action is still going on, when they mention Combien de temps y a-t-il qu'il Hmo Img has he been heref 6Bu ICl ; II y a deux heures (ju'il dcrit. Hehas bee rnvritinr, these two hours ^aris """^ *^ '"■' ^ ^' has lived in Paris one nS. II y a deux ans qu'il voyage. He has been travellimj these txm years. 3. When, however, the state or action has ceased when it is mentioned, the past is used in French, in the same manner as in iiinglisn : — Combien de temps avez-vous de- Hmo Img did vmi live in L. ? meure a L. .' ^'I'^l wiTv°'' ^^^^-^""^ '^PP"^ ^ow many months did yon learn 1 aiiemand .' German ? 11 y a un mois que je ne I'ai vu. It is a month since I saw him. 4. Combien y a-t-il Combien de milles y a-t-il ... Quelle di8t.mce y a-t-il 7 answer to the English expressions, How far -^°^^ *"««y miles is it JFhat is the distance ? Combien y a-t-il de Paris a Londres ? How far is it from Paris to London ? Miscellaneous Examples. Combien de temps y a-t-il que haw lomj have you had that vous avez oette maison ? I house i rZl^^^'^A T "1"^ °°"^ ^'^^^'^^^ ^^ ''«^« ''«<^ . :/"^^^^'' iK-/"f -•t/n..n^itK^^^ '' CVg.hague. f.j;,: Mot, r"*:«?A"'- '''^""^' ^^«««- torro 7. Sav,.-UroV do;r,oi.rM " I?.'^"? ?/ ? ^"^^'^■ autrefois ii Jioiien; io no sais 3 n.s ii V ' " fl'™cnrait 9. Y a-t-il longtem^s ilZTLsici'^'Tu "''""S^"'^"*- deux moia quo nous sommoa ,Vi ii n .'• >' '^ Pl"8 de a-t-il quo vj,u8 avez co v^-U ' 12 11 v"^''" '^' ^'"^^'^ ^ 14. II y a tiois cent six lieues de PnW^ .\ v- . , Vienno ? loues do Vienno >a Copenhaguo L5 Y ViT{ '^J'^^'^^^^ la compagnie est venioP 16 ' II v ,, r^)t \ J^'^"'^.^ 'l"^ qu'ello est ici. i7 v a f u\nr,ri ^ ^'"^ ^'^ ^^"-^ ^eures affiche:^ 18. II y a plus do ZST^' '^"^ ^^V« «vez lu cetto EXEKCISE 110. 9. Have you been waitinVlonl fnr ;^^l ^T! ""^ "^^ brother's, waiting 4 it „,ore Jfcyefr f How '\ ' ^'^^'^ ^^«" been learning Greek P 12 He hn« i«»? 1 ^''- ^ ^?' J'^"'" ^on years. 13. How lonir has vou? hZl \ ^f^}^S it these two He has had it more than si^mon hi if h '' T^^^- ' ''■ Paris to Lvons? ifi ' "J"^ '""^"18. l,). How far is it from from ParisloLjLs '• I'r LTfarlSJ^'^? T", ^^^*f ^ '^'^^^^ to Geneva than km Lyons to Turin ?' ^i?Vt ^f^'^ ^^^^ Lyons to Turin than from Tvnto I V. " is farther from did your father live in Gem^ P 2o''HrHv.] -• ?°" ^°°^ two :,ear^, and in England six monthf ' ?' i^-- -r ^1^'^^ iivx- nx RomeP 22. We lived there~mo"re tS;;' a y^^^^g^ 14ft Hection LVIII changer d W/deThitau'*! 7''^ ^7 "'« proposition de fc. ; changer d'ivls. T^^^^l '".^f. ^T^'Z '''"'' '"< to move, to chan,r homes; ohL mt d^ W^^*"" ^^ "'**«°"' Changer de climat. to r,o'Tfrt'',T!': ''^"T^ ^^, ms. changer de nom, to chamc IJ. * Z' ""**"nf, climate; coivo t}mt tho n^un foiwrn! , T"' >^ ''*'"^''"t ^''I' I'^^rl P08«esHive adjectiv "lik . Z mn ^ ^^'' v ""^'-'-^J'^J V a by the preposition de :-- ' " ""-" *^"fe'^'«Ji w^ntence, but Wm 1/011 chanric i/(,„r mat ? Jfxtt iientleman has cham,ed his 2 rh name. • " tapoSr»nd°;rd5b'" t s *■"/"?■'"■ ^-'«. -i ^ this tiimtp franc pk re f ««8, e, firrcy. parce que, because. The boy tarried very much. We longed to arrive. They longed to see their friends again. I long to see France again. Exercise 111. Pass^, 6, past, last. Pays, m. country. Rentr-er, 1. to come in again. Vie, f. life, condvct. Visage, m, counte- nance, face. 146 1. Get homme n'a-t-il pas chanee de via P 9 n <. «v men souvent. 9. Pendant le combat, ce ieune soldat n'a t il pas change de visage ? 10. Iln'a poiAt chLge de vSage l"l Ce malade ne devrait-il pas changer d'air? 12 Le mMerin filo nnn-u, ^u"'' ^^^ ^' ^^''"^^ contre un blano. 1 5 hnT^^ Hvez-vous change ? 16. Je I'ai change avec le ieune homme qui demeurait ici le mois passe. 17 Le march3 peut-i me changer cette piece de quarante francs ? ^8 II ne ^urait (camot) vous la changer, il n'a pas de monnaL 19 Avoz-vous la monnaie d'une feminee (chauffef^aZZ^i lo' Combien do scheUings y a-t-il dans une g^inee " %1 II v en ; vjngt e un. 22. Votre petit garden no tfrde-t-il p^tsareKr^ ItaliJVt^ JrrSde l^-aSr- '-"-'■'' ^^ ^'^"^ - EXEIICISE 112. 1. Why do you not change your coat ? 2. For a verv c-onrl reason (ramn i), because I have no othe^. 3. Ha7 f our father changed houses? 4. No, Sir, but we intend to do so dt/? -^T^y "-^^^'-row. 6 Has that chUd changed his con! duct ? 6. He has changed his conduct, he is vefv eood now {mamtenant). 7. Was not your brother afraid did not SS countenance change? 8. His countenance changed but he was not afraid 9. Have you not changed roomsTSirff )p 10. I have not changed rooms, my room is very good 1 1' T)o you not long to be in France? 12. I long to be there ' 13 Does not your mother tarry too long? 14 She is verv lor,; m coming 15. Have you cWged tL forty franc W^^ I have not changed it yet ? 17. Why have you not changed t P 18. Because your father has no change. 19. Have v!u th« change for a guinea? 20. No. Sir, I have only wX sWUinJs^ hundred" ™27 wS ''.' *^T ^ ^ ^'''^'' ^2. There a iTe nunared. 23. With whom have you exchanged your horse" 24. I have exchanged it v/ith my brother 25 T Vm^f " changed it for a white one. ^ ^' ^ ^^^^ ^^• Section LIX. nf\7^^ have given in Section 9, rules for forming the nlural of nouns K,. have m accordance with our plan !f not Z sentmg too many difficulties at once defeired nnt?1 fhl ^ pTu'nSr *' """ '"' *' '°"»««°"*™^ p"^. '; s: 2. When a noun is composed of two substantives or of « substantive and an adjective, both take the maS of tl; pW :?„S';i V'" ^"^"^^ « ^'W place, chief placTnn ^a„t-t^Tc, des caais-wgree, u Uyer-vat, tiger-cats [§lo (1) '{i)]. 147 f,-i" f?^«' ?°^r'«!:' *^o nouns are connected by a preposi- tion, the first only takes the mark of the plural- un chef d We. des chefs-d'oeuvre, a master-piece, nLtT-picTs [§ lo uA^' ^^^7^?''^ composed of a noun and a verb, preposition or adverb, the noun only takes the mark of the plural iaase. droit passe-droits, inJHstlce, wjustices [« 10 (6)1 5. Words composed of two verbs, or of a verb, an adverb jmda preposition are invariable : un We Wou. ispIsBe- partout, master-key , master-keys [§ 10 (8)1 passe- f J"i^^ ^^^% ?f™ l^?^'*- ^' ^- 4] that the name of the ma- terial always follows the name of the object, and that both are united by the preposition de. The name of the pr v's on ^r occupation also fo lows the noun representing the individuTinJ the same preposition de connects the two : un maltre d'mnes marchaiid de fanne, a dealer in four [§ 76 (12), § 80 (4)1 7. The name of a vehicle, boat, mill, &c., always precedes the noun describing the power by which it is impelled or the fhTnfM" ^^''} it is adapted r the name of aK^rtment that of the use to which it is appropriated. The cinncS preposition is^ : un moulin k vapeur. « steam-miU; un bateau i m?rfr; V'^T^''"' "^ "jo^lm k eau. a water-miU^ x^^X a manger, the dtmng-room [§ 76 (13), § 80 (5)]. Miscellaneous Examples. Lille et Arras sent lea chefs-lieux I Lille and Arras are the chut des^departem^ents du Nord efc \ places of the dTparlnJus ofZ du Pas-de-Calais. Les chemins de fer at les bateaux i\ vapeur sont tres nombreux en Am^rique. Cette maison contient un salon, line salle a manger, una cui- sine, et plusieurs chambres a coucher. Les moulins a vent sont plus communs en France que les moulins a eau ou si vapeur. , -Noi'thandofthePas-de-Calais. Railroads and steamboats arc very numerous in America. That house contains a drawing- room, adinimj-room, a kitchen, and seve7'al bed-rooms. Windmills are more common in France than water or steam- mills. EXEKCISE 113. Dessin, m.drawiwj. S«mun-ir,.2.ref. to «ro- t-ngag-er 1. to engaxje. vide one's self loith. li7/ carrt/ Us aimer -ont sAa;^ or will love -a -ai -as -a ons -ez -ont 149 3. C0N.Tr0.TI0N or THE F.T.KK SxMP.. OP THB RBOr.A.C V EKIIS. finir -ai ch^rir -as cherish fournir-a punir -ons punish saisir -ez seize unir -ont aries, avoir, 6tre ;— -ii'iurc oi one ol the auxili- J'auraifini; je me serai flattd. /«,.J, , ,^, ^ j^,^^^^^^^ . „ flattered myself . botref^ltSinltV:'^^^^^^^^^ into French, should pn,ewordemployen\td4;"rb ^"inSl^t/"'" *'•? 18 always equivalent to thf. vnvK 7 • 7 *^^^ ^^***^^ ^^^^ i* should not be rendered hvflJ*. ""''^-^^ ^" ^' "-''^^''»9, and present of vouS :~ ^ "'' ^''*"'' °* *^^ ^^»'^' ^^^ ^^^ the Ne VOUlez-VOUS pas lui ecrirp V n^;; w pas im ecrire ? Wf you mt {are you not willing to) write to him? recevr -ai receive apercevr -as perceive percevr collect concevr conceive devr owe ddcevr deceive rcndr render vendr wll tendr tend •Jn tendr -ons hear perdr -ez lose mordr -ont hite Quand parlerez-vous il ce mon- sieur ? Vous fournira-t-il des provisions ^ lis ne recevront pas leurs re- venus. ^^^^en^irez-vous pas vos propri^- Que voulez-vous? Que veut lire votre fr^re ? Apporterez-vous des pomnies ' Wous amenerons nos enfants. Vous apporterez des legumes. Miscellaneous Examples. When xoill you speak to that gen- tleman ? Will he furnish you provisions ? ^hey will not receive their in- come. Will you not sell your property .? Abreuvoir, m. vmter- ing-place, Appel-er, 1. [§ 50 (4)] to call. Apr6s-midi, f. after- noon. Ayoine, f. oats, wheat Exercise 115. Chateau, m. villa. Colporteur, m. pedlar, hawker. Donner a manger, to , feed. Ecurie, f. stahle. Foin, m. hay, What do you wish to have? What will your In-other read ? IV III you bring apples? We will bring our children, you will bring vegetables. Cach Gel Men-er, 1. [§ 50 (6)] to take to, to lead. Recolt-er, 1. to gather m a ci'op, to harvest Sem-er, 1. [§ 50 (6)1 to sow. promen-er, 1. iet er, 1. [§ 50 (4)j freeze. to seal er, 1. [^50 (5)] ^. rrM7fi)iX%i ride f 01' pleas uri or- loO in ill 'tli /-en XoS: "^f o""*^"^' ^'' ^'^""^^^ fhfivalP R T-Ti ^"^ en apportera. o. Ou menerez-voua co maneorP ^^ Jf^l'^,"}^"^^^^ " 1 >curie 7. Lui donnerez-vous a manger.-' 8. Je Im donnerai du foin et do I'avoino 9 TiH l-dieiez- [§ 50 (2) ;^o^e] vous ce quo vous devez ? 12. No voulez vou pas vous promener P 13. Jo mo promcWai cftL apSt midi. 14 Vous promenercz. vous a pied ou a cheval '-^ 15 Tn mo promenerai a cheval, et ma scour so promenorlon voitu/o 16. Marcherez-vous boaucoup dans votro voyaffe a Paril? I?' Nous no raarcherons pas du tout. 18. N-appefw fS 60 mi w^. • l^^ ^^ ^''^^ ""^"^ P^^ '^^ chateau P 21. Nous I'acho- ^erons SI nous pouvons. ,22. Ne gelora-t-il pas [§ 60 (5) cetto nuit f 23. Je ne le crois pas, if fait trop chaud 24 N^ semerez- [§ 50 (6)] vous pas tout le ble qu^e vous recolLe^? 2o. Je n en semerai qu'une partio, jo vendrai le rosto 2fi T„ cachotterai mos lettrcs ot je les porterai a la posto " E.\E11CI8E 116. i'lJ^^^l^.^^ *^® gentleman caU his ch'MrenP 2 Hn will iSShTslftLLTl^VTwSdelnr'^ ^'"^ r' ''^' ' <■ 1X7-11 ""^^""""r o. " e Will riae m a camajre to-morrow fho^ tT "^* ^^y "^^ ^^*^'^'« ^''^^^^ ^ 8. I fha 1 not buy 10^ 'h. ^f«.°o money 9. WiU you not caU the pedlar ? 0. I do not wish o cal him ; I do not wish to hnyJyS Id. Will It not freeze to-morrow P 14. It will froft/P fr^ mn^ 7 \^n von V«l« °°*- f ^ o»t« ; I ^ill SOW wheat there. U. WU you take your sister to school? 18. I wiU take h^r there this afternoon. 19. Will you not take vonr «-l f market? 20r I wiU not take him there 21 WUl not the gardener take his horse to the watering-place? 2" Ha ^fn take him there. 23. WiU you give oa?st your horaf? T" 26 I wm br,™ v^- . '^- ^^^^^ >^"" ^""^ y«"r son S you ? 9s w -S v""^ him to-morrow. 27. WiU he bring his horse ^ 28. He will bring his horse and carriage 29 W)iV^ carry that little child ? 30. He is too Xo {tuJlllt ^3? pi; 'ojr 3^ wiir\^^^ p^^^^^^'^ '^- ^-^% sou pS offic; ? \ i -iT* ^;'^.' ''7*'?* ''^^y t^« letter to tbo post-oflice ? 34. I will seal it and give it to him. 35 W 'i water! "'^ "^"'''^ ''• ' "^ '^^^ "^^ ^-d gi^? -im sTm^ Section LXI. iiikegularities op the future. 1. The two irregular verbs of the first conjugation aller to Kip^'"' '" ''"'' "^^" ^" '^' *"turc Wj'envel^S 161 Iho i „■; the nSiveYn the S ' ,w ""P".""''''. '"PPW" 1 preceding ^f^C Hltuii' °°"''°°"^"' «-"°«=- '"= 4W7/, vouloir fo h^. ,.nT "'"^ J® ^lerai. Falloir, ^o ie «eces. fau'draTe^^vo j;a^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^; *;--y.. n.ake a «fe ^-/^ffiw, make je verrai ie rpvprj? '» '-^"^ ''®^°"^' ^° makes je pourrai aTfrrnoi/Jt^" !^^' ^o^^O"". '' <^^ «4^, j'aurai: ' ^'^°"' ^^ '^'^*''' "^^^e Je saurai, and verb AlVe foufrcomWti '°^ '? ^ ^^'^.^ds, are the only future: je seraHe femS °^ '''^''^ ^^^ ^^regular in th^ an^adlerb "oft^f i?.^° "°^ '°>^i°^' ^^^ "««d in Freneh after futurity is impHed^- ^ ^^'* ""^ *^^ indicative, when Quand vous verrez ces messuViira Tir*« D68 que vous aurez rfci Tette ^^f ^°^* «^^ ^^^n^'^*^^"^*- lettre... ^ ^®"® ^s soon as i/ou have received this letter Miscellaneous Examples. Nous irons en France et en Italie JNous vous enverrons chercher, JNe viendrez-vous pas nous trou ver'i M> I I. " *"•*■'<*"«-<; mis year. We shall go to France and Italy. We shall send foi' you. ^^11 you not came to us ? Ne nous assierons-nous na.^ "> \ vt,^ir .. ^ . -. Quand ils viendront iCai m. nt T* "^^ *** '^'^^ ^ lettre. ^ ' ^ *'"^' "'^ j ^'^J^**'^ <^<^'«^' ^ «*«/; Aaw my Will that be worth the while to go there ? " Will that coat fit %oell ? It will be necessary to send them momy. Cela vaudra-t-il la peine d'y aller ? Cet habit ira-t-il bien ? H faudra leur envoyer de I'argent. Exercise 117. BSofsL. &Ti Si f P^r'"«**-re.4.ir. toper- Connalt-re, 4. ir. to gomfooi^^'K^'^'*' JL Ne viendrez-vousjpasjious voir demain? 2. J'irai -ons 183 voir, si le temps lo permol. 3. N'enverrez-vouR pas c>i r.-}u->r le medecin, si voire fils etf. malade? 4. ,)'c I'lrat oherchcr ;noi- memo. 5. Quand je serai fatigue, jo marclierai p'us lentenxmt. b. yuand yous connaitrei, sa demeure irez-vous ■evoirj' 7. J iiui levoir aussitot que jo saurai oii il demeuro 8 Ne le verrez-vous pas aujourd'hui - 3. Jc i- orrai cette apn^s- midi. 10. No pourrez-vou.i point nous ioumpagnor? 11 Jc le ferai avec beaucoup Je plaisir. 12. Nf leur .iverr • -vous pomt des fraises ? 13. Je leur ot^ enverrai ^uai) I lea mienncs seront mures. 14. .Ve faudra-t-il pas leur ecriro bientH " Ih tiuand nou3 aureus joqu des nouvelles do leur parfnt, ii faudri lodrfecnjr, 16. Quo ferons-nous demain ? 17. Xous iroE-< a la cha»' A 18. N'ire;?.vouT pas chez votre pere P 19. Nous irons ceilv.Ti.;rac.::t. 20. U'-omd votre guitare sera arrive©, la preterez-Too,5.- :,>:}. Jo no pourrai la preter. 22. A quelle henre partu'.. ,«ua Jerrain ? 23. Je partirai i cinq 1 oures du matin. 24. No loi tnez- vous pas ce soir? 25. Je n- sortirai pas, et ie tuc ooucherai de bonne heure. EXEUCISE 118. 1. Will you send for the physician P 2. I mil send for him tlvv.s afternoon. 3 AViU not the little girl go and fetch apples ? 4. ohewill send for some. 5. WiU you not sit down when you are tired? 6 We will not sit down, we have no time. 7. What wiU your brother do when he is tired ? fR. 5 1 8 He wUl do what (ce qiC) he can. [R. 5.] 9. Will it be worth" the while to (de) ^ieio him ? 10. It will not be worth the whUe, for (c«r) he will not come. 11. WiU it not be necessary to speak to the merchant? 12. It will not be necessary to speak to him 13 WiU it be necessary for us to take pass- ports ? 14 It wi be necessary (il le faudra). 15. Will not your little boy walk more slowly when he is tired ? 16 When he 18 tired, he will sit down. 17. What wUl your sister do to- morrow ? 18. She will go to church and to school. 19 Will 9^® A?r?i ''°°'^ \?^^ 2^- ®^^ ^^11 "ot be able to come .Lw ?^ ^oT T\ "^^ ^° ""^ horseback ? (Irez-vous a pied ou a cheval?) 22. I shaU go on horseback. 23. Why do vou not go in a carnage ? 24. Because my carriage is in London. 25. men wiU you see them? 26. I shaU see them as soon as I Ml" J '• . , *"^y *^°™® *° 0""^ house to-morrow ? 28 Thev will do so with much pleasure. 29. When you see that gentle- man, wiU you speak to him ? 30. I will not speak to him. 31 When you have written your letters what will you d = 32 I BhaU come to your house. 33. When you have r< ^at book, wiU you send it to me ? 34. I wiU send it to v 5 WiU you send it fn-day ? 36. I wUl send it tc -.lorr. " 37' They wiU come tc v a to-morrow. 38. WiU yoi; ^... .,- those beautiful flowers^ 9. Yes, madam, I shaU g, . V iaem to- morrow. 40. I shall be at your father's to-niehi ; ^ ^alf-nasf seven. 41. The taUor will make vour coat, and wU , " you in a week. it to 108 Section LXII. THE TWO CONDITIONALS (§ 121) of the verb avoir viz ^T^i„ „T.°* *^^' ™l>erfect indicative 2. Every verb in hi Sn^^'l*'*' '°'''' '^^- ^'^''^■ has in this^tense the abovrtSruSr ' "^'^^'^^^"'^ '"'S^^^' 3. CoNaUOATION OP THE CONDITIONAL PkESENT Regvlak Verbs. OF THE recevr- -als receive apercevr -als pei-ceive percevr -ait collect concevr -Ions conceive devr -iez oioe rendr -ais render vendr -ais sell tendr -ait tend entendr-ions hear perdr -iez lose Je chanter -ais finir -ais should or would si)^ jinUif, \ P/'/'l^'" -^^^ cherir -ais shmildst or icouldst cherish speak .„ ^jT''^^ -alt fournir-ait would or should f/ive furnish Nouschercher -ions punir lots 8hould or womW seek puniih Vous porter -iez saisif iez lis aimer -aient-^unir -aient dt^cevT «i«nt ,"""= should or «;o«Wfow «„,-^e "' Jeceire * "'"'"'l". ■^*®°' sent of ono of the «i7i.C '°™i"; from the conditional pre. of the leading verb [§ mp)]"!!?'' ""' """ "■" »"<■ P«"4le J'a»«i. ,™., i, „e .e„i. fl.«,; /.W. W ^,„,^ ^ ,,„„„ fi m;,„ X „ X have flattered myself. ™t and the in,p,i„t of ^ iSL.fv:'j,Udtered*l ""■ ieK.""""' '^ "'"■ « Vfc «.!»„»&/„,*,,,' fc»a Si j'^tais a votre place i'irais reTOf' ■ Piace, J u«is. // /^ere m yourpkice, I would go. jitlSCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES. . Jnri^Ai??.''^^««^. « nous We^^uld go hunti,^ if we had avion 8 le temps. Je lirais, si j'avais des livres ici. ^Paris™^"^^ «e porterait mieux a Nous nous passerions facilement uc Cx- HVT6. \rirT?^*""" pas mieux lui time. I would read if I had books here. I would prefer walking to riding. Your mother ivould be better in ^arts. ^bolP'^^ ''^^^'-^ '^" ift^AoMf that Would it not be better to wnte to nVtn t 184 Would it not be necessary to write to him ? I would sit doion if I were tired. That coat would Jit me well if it were broad enough. S'ennuy-er, 1. ref. [H9] to be or become weary. Se port-er, 1 ref. to be or do, Se tromp-er, 1. ref. to be mistaken. Voyage, m. journey. Ne faudrait-il pas lu'i 6crire ? Je m'assi^rais, si j'^tais fatigu^. Oet habit ni'irait bien, s'il ^tait assez large. EXEHCISK 119. Iiiterromp-re, 4. ir. to Peut-6tre, perhaps. interrupt. S'amus-er, 1. ref. to Invit-er, 1. to invite. amuse one's self. Mett-re, 4. ir. to put S'approch-er, 1. ref. to <"*• come near. Mouill-er, 1. to wet. S'eloign-er, 1. ref. to Ot-er, 1. to take off. go from. 1. Quel habit mettriez-vous, si vous alliez a la chasse ? 2. Je mettrais un habit vert. 3. N'oteriez-vous pas vos bottes, si elles etaient mouillees? 4. Je les oterais, et jo les ferais secher. ^ 5. Si' vous aviez froid, ne vous approcherioz-voua pas du feu ? 6. Je m'en approcherais certainement. 7. Votre petit garden ne s'on eloigncnait-il pas, s'il avait trop chaud P 8. Ils'en eloignerait bion vita. 9. Vous ennuieriez-vous ici? 10. Je ne m'ennuierais pas, je m'aniuserais a lire. 1 1 . Ne vous tromperiez-vous pas, si vous faisiez ce calcul ? 12. Je me trompeiais peut-etre, si j'etais intenompu. 13. Viendriez- vous si on vous invitait F 14. Je viendi-ais avec beaucoup de plaisir. 15. Ne vous porteriez-vous pas mieux, si vous lisiez iiioins ? 16. Je me porterais beaucoup mieux. 17. Ne faudrait- il pas lui parler de votre affaire ? 18. II faudrait lui en parler. 19. Combien d'argent vous faudrait-il? 20. II me faudrait miUo francs, si je faisais ce voyage. 21. Ne vaudrait-il pas mieux lui parler que de lui ecrire ? 22. II vaudrait mieuy lui ecrire. ^ 23. Si vous etiez k ma place, que feriez-vous ? 24. Si j^etais a votre place, je lui paierais ce que je lui dois. 25. Si j avais le temps, je porterais volontiers vos lettres a la poste. EXEKCISE 120. 1. Would you not read if you had time? 2. I would read two hours every day if I had time. 3. What coat would your brother put on if he went to church ? 4. He would put on a black coat. 5. Would you put on a black hat ? 6. I would put on a straw hat {chapeau de paille) if it was warm. 7. Would you not draw [Sect. 39, 6] near the fire if you were cold ? 8. We would draw near it. 9. Would you not take off your coat ? 10. I would take it off, if it were wet. 11. Would you go to my father's if he invited you? 12. I would go to his house and to your brother's, if they invited me. 13. Would you put on your boots if they were wet ? 14. If they were wet, I would not put them on. 15. How much money would you want, if you went to England ? 16. We would want three thousand francs. 17. Would you not be better if you lived i^fmeurcr) in the country ? 18. I should not be better. 19. Would It not be better to write to your brother ? 20. It would be better to write to him. 21. Would you read the book if I 155 lent it to yont- 22. 1 would certainly read if o-x Tt you write to him ? fe iLlld^ZJVV'' ""^ ^^T' ^''^^^ Would your sister be mLlkei P 28 Shn? "L""^ ^.'l ^7. taken, she is very attentive 9Q tI ''°"^'^ "°* ^« "lis- five,w-ouId you be better? 30 T J^i 1°'' f r-^i "^"^"^"S '^t Would you prefer going on foot"? 32 T In^ ^' }'^^'': ^'^ Section LXIII. have made, to besneak • fi.i«lo„ *, ' ^' ^'^ ^^^ ^aire, to la cuisine ^o Sf faSrcuK °C°f T' ^^J----^^^; faire ^0 <5oi/; faire rdtir toZa.T^hitl I '» *'''^''^" ^*^^« bouiUir, gilets. racoommoder vos You have had your wautrnats mended. an in JnitiJe'fJ ''*'''^'' °^ '^« ^^^^^ ^^"^«. ^^en it precedes Leslivres que vousavez fait venir. Th.hooks which you kave sent for faire W/^-' ^''•^'?^/'^^/ faire attention, ^oi^^y «««j^io„ • laire tort, to mjure ; faire mal faim Hh «,«i / i '^ auenuon , before a noun : — ' °" °**'' ''^ ^«' '^ require 4 Nous avons fait peurdcesen- fants. Vous leur avez fait mal. We hive frightened those chil- dren. You h^ve hurt them. -JIlSCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES. W^«« you have your shoes mended f Ferez-vous racoon .:7,vder vos sou- liers? . - „, ''tlt^Z'. "^ '^^^* «^ ^'-- ^ n^^ ^-pea.1- a .e. coat if I Tl nA BoU%.,. f-,v- 1- • • I '""* money. viande? ^°*re JSTow yow cooied yow j»cai! / K i! '^-^^^dC 1S6 Fejez-vous chauffer, votre bouil- lon? Voua lui avez fait mal au coude. VouH ra'aviz fait mal au pietl. V'ouB avez fait peindre votre maiHon. Will imi warm i/our h'oth ? Yuu have hurt his libow. ' Yoii have hurt mi) font. You have had iiunr house painted. EXEKCISE 121. Gravure, f, enrfraniig. Poignet, m. nrist. MftQon, m. mason March-er, 1 , to step, tread. OO, where. Tete, f. head. Tout 4 1'heure, byand- hy. Travail, m. work, la- bour. Bfttir, 2. to hnild. Bouillon, m. hrnth. BraSj m. avm. f'uismier, m. cook. l'ij)aule, f. shoulder, _ _, Gigot (Ic mouton, m. Pied, m. foot, leg of mutton. 1. Quand ferez-vous batir uno maison ? 2. J 'en ferai bfitir une I'annee prochaine, si je re9ois men argent. 3. Avez-vous fait bouillir ce gigot de mouton ? 4. Je I'ai fait r6tir. 6. Le cuisinicr a-t-il fait chauflor votre bouillon P 6. II ne I'a pas encore fait chauffer, mais il le fera chauffer tout k I'heure. 7. N'avez-vous pas fait venir des livrjs P 8. Nous n'en avons imn fait venir, mais nous avons fait venir des gravures. 9. N'avi ... vous pas fait pc ur ii ces petites fiUes P 10. Nous lei. . avons fait peur. 11. Ferez-vous attention a votre travail ? 12. J'y ferai attention. 13. Avez-vous fait mal u cette petite flUe P 14. Je ne lui ai pas fait mal. 15. N'avez-vous pas fait mal i ce chien? 16. ,)e lui ai fait mal. 17. Oil avrz-vous fait mal d, votre fils P 18. Je lui ai fait raal au bras et i la n);f in. 19. Ne lui avez-vous pis fait mal av, pied P 20. Je lui m fait mal k I'epaule. 21. A qui ce ir'^.'.'on i-t-il fait malP 22. II n'a fait mal a personne. 23. Vous ai-je fai't mal au pied P 24. Vous m'avez marche mr le pied et vous r avez fait mal. 25. La tete, i'epaulo, le brt , o poig- ot et la n n me font mal [R. 5]. Exercise 122. 1. "Will vou havp TOur coat mended ? 2. I will not have it mended, .j. Wii. yoar brother h,'. o his Loust painted? 4. He will have it paiuted next year. '>. Will you not hive a coat made P 6.1 would have one maf'^ if I had money. 7, Have you hurt j'our brother P 8. ' ...._•-• trodden on his foot. 9. Doe" his ar Sir, his shoulder, arm, and v son pay attention > his woil" it, ";e has nothin^j else {rien hurt your hand or your elbow lavo hurt h:m, I ha\e pain him P 10. Yes, lair im. 11 . "Will d *■ your 12 fe will pay atten ion to re *«) to do. 13. Have I 14. Y(ju have hurt my fi'':^er8 (doiffts). 15. Does your cook understand cooking p x,,. He understands cooking. 17. Has the cook roasted that leg of mutton i 18. He has boiled it. 19. Has he not warmed it P 20. He has not had time to warm it. 21. Has the physician Bent for engravings ? 22. He has sent for books. 23. Have you hurt his elbow P 24. I have not hurt his elbow, but hi.° imad. 26. Have I not hurt your fingeifl P 26. You have hurt 16? my wrist. 27. Whoro have you hurt your son P 28. T hav« not hurt )uni. 20. Would the cook hoil that meat if h« had tuno ." lit). Ho \v.;uM uut boil it, hu would roast it. 31. When will lio warm your broth h 32. He will warm it by-nnd-hy if he has time. 33. Jf you liad trodden on my foot, would you not have hurt me J- 34. I should certainly hayo hurt you. if 1 hud trodden on your foot. Section LXIV. 1. Faire connaiBsance, to become ox get acquainted, requires the l.r(!iK,«tion avec bofor.^ it.s obj Faire un mUle, faire un voyage, faire un tour de promenade, mean to qo, or travel a mile, to ffo OH ajoiirnei/, -keuse, are loUowed by de : — Nous avons fait notre possible We have done our best tome d. pour reussir. Miscellaneous Examples. Nous avons fait connaissance avec We became acquairUed with them. eux. Vous avez fait vingt lieues en dix heures. Nous f erons un tour de promenade. Je lui ai lait plusieurs questions. Us nous ont fait leurs adieux. Vous nous avez fait attendre. , ^o-i* ittruv tw wuinag. Cet enfant fait semblant de | That child pretends to be asleep dormu'. | Vous faites semblant de lire. ' You pretend to h- reading, or do XT . 1 ., , \ as if you were reading. voir. I You travelled twenty leagues in ten hours. We shall take a ivalk. I asked hivi several questions. They have bid farewell. You kept us waiang. ■imm. mn ExKnnsE 123 Ai«e, ylad. Aliment, m. food. almn. Credit, in. rredit. LiiiHH or, 1. Uj leave, let Demand-er, 1. to tuk. Mendiant, m. beggar. Dorm-ir,2.ir.. J en serais hien aise. 3. Co choval I'ait-il unn linim minntes 6- Leur avoz-vous fait don questions h 6. Jo lour on ai fait.* 7. QuoUos questions lour avc.-vous faitos ? 8 jI lour ai domando s'lLs avaiont fait des cmpletten 9. Vos clbvol font-il8 des progr6s dans lours 6tudos h 10. lis n'en font Z beaucoui,, ils.vionnont rarement a r,'cole. 11. Si vous et^oz choz vous, foriez-vous soniblant do dormir ? 12. Jo no ferais cortainoment pas h, ,nl,lan( do dor.nir. I,"]. Pourquoi mSl. V0U8 pas entrer co mendiant ? 14. Ma m.^l•e vient de u tS; 1 aumone 15. Le negoeiant fait-il usage de son credi G i« TW v""^^^- 17. DequelsaUmonts ce malade fait-il usage ? 18. II fait usage de riz et de bouillon. 19. Faites-vous vSro possible pour reussir? 20. Jo fais tout mon possuT 21 ^2''T;T«\ft-°?'' ?''«,«'l?^t«. «" I'" avez-votis fait sortir ? attendreP 9a v"^' °" lis 6taient. 23. Vous avons-nous fait 2? fiflLf •••^T."T^''•'^^^^*^"«"'^'•° PluBieurs heures. id. Bi vous faisioz attendro cos dames, eUes so facheraient. Exercise 124. S Dn^riwt* child pretend to read P 2. He pretends to read. 3. Does not that gentleman pretend to sleep P 4. He does not S^:f H'^P' ^' sleeps Wly (reelloLt) 6 WiU you Ihadt^e '^''w'"""^' i- I-«"iddo8oWhpleasure^ii Bician PR T L^^'^'/^'l v''^'"" acquainted with the phy. sicianP 8. I have not yet become acquainted with him 9 How many questions have you asked («) tho chUd ? 10 I aBked him many questions. 11. Have you asked him if ho had studied his lesson ? 12. I did not ask him. 13. Wil not that little girl do her best to learn her lesson P 14. She wH do her best to learn it. 15. Of what food do you makeTse when you are ill ? 16. We make use of bread ami rko ^7 ?.f7n^°"J°'^?"'T°-*° ^^^ ^^""^^^^ t« yo"'^ mother P 18 1 had ?9 te wTo'ri'l,^ ^"^'^'^^^ *° ^° *" ^' ^ ^°"«« this afterioon bookseller 9? ^""^ ^""^ ^fT^ acquainted ? 20. With the Dookseller. 21 Do you not keep those ladies waiting P 22 I do not keep them waiting, they are not ready (prA 23 Zo Have you left your children in your room? 26. I have not done ^ (le). 27. Have you sent them outP 28 I have not sent them out, I have let them remain whe-^ they were • Se« Sect. 42, 11, and § 135 (7). " 160 your best to como to-inoriow h U 1^vU)A , I /°" *^° Section LXV. ^IJl^^^^^u^a in the «on.. of pla.in, the part of, or U fait le grand Heigneur. He ptay, the great lord, i. Falre iiko moans ^o matter, to cotK^m, to help .•_ Cela ue fait lien. i^i.^* ■ . Cela ne vouh fait hen ri" '^ ^^l^tter. nen. jTwC j/* mdhma to you, does not Je mo siiis fait ttlMpcKm t i • Jomcsuis fSTaireu e,,airo {^'f '^^^^''^ « Ar«««. ,i„ i>.*.„„ "" "'''^'' ""»- I'^i'^o ^ have had a pair of boots made de bottes. Jo mo Kuis fait rascr. Noub nous soramos fait couper Jo mo buib luit mal au doi^t. for inc. \have had my beard shaved, yyc have had our hair cut. - I have hurt my finger. 1. ijo.sides tho iiibtuucos mentioned TSccf Ti T? ^^ *„.— • used unporsonally in many idiomatic eipSion's f-1^^' '*^ " II fait jour ; il fait nuit. II tait do la boue ; il fait de la poussiore. II fait clair do luno; il fait obscur, II fait bon ici ; il fait cher ici. It ia daylight; it is night. It IS mnddy ; it is diiitty. It is moonlifjht ; it is dark. It IS comfortable here ; it is dear here. Miscellaneous Examples. Ce jeune homme fait lesavaut. | That youri^manplays the learned Cola ne me fait rien. Que pouvons-nous y faire ' Mon fr^re s'est fait orfevre. Pourquoi vous faites-vous raser' Je me feral couper les cheveux Je me smsfait batir une maison. JN0U8 nous sommes fait mal A la n tSte. comrner so faire tard. f^ait-il chei ivre k Paris ? n fait bea\ oup de boue. man. That ia nothing to me. What can we do to it ? My brother haa turned goldmith. Wky do you get shaved ? / will have my hair cut. IhaiJe had a house built fm- me. ire have hurt our heads. It is beginning to grow late. Is it dear living in Paris 't It is very muddy. m^ W 160 ' Exercise 12/5. AWlument, aW- Donree., f. p. p^^ovi- Onvnev,m. workman, ^tis^m. v^cchcrnic. EClknt, m. «.„^.„,. rS^onnJ^i/SZ, Chagrine, e.',../ ImfeSLnt. o, /.- ' XS' "^ ""^■ pertinent. vitrier, m. f/?a.-/«.. «,.Va ^^^"'^"o^ f.*:* o^vrier fait-il Ic malado ? 2. II fait lo malade parce qa'il n'a pas onvio de travaillcr. 3. Cot 6tudiLnt tou. 0. bicd-il a CO jcuno hommo do faire le maitre ici v r 11 no sicd a pcrsonne de fairc I'impertinent. 7 Cela fait ii W /. -f • ^^'^^ q^flq'ie chose h cos vignerons ? ] 0. Cola no iZs U™^'^" *"'''*• ^^- N'etes-vous pas bien chagrini dS ?4 yi V •■ *M^ '?*"'°'''^ "^ «^«*-il P'18 fait bifoutior« 14 Non, Monsieur, il s'est fait peintre. 15. Get artisan «; «'2'fn?f' nV'*Vf V ^^- ^^'''^ ^^^ tanneur etsonfrero le ohetoux''*i8'Mle^"l'^''%"? '?''■'''' P'^^ *-* ^-Per IBS cnevoux. is. i,iie r, les est fait oonper. 19 Kp vmis ?> T fS f' ^T""* ^^"■'^•. 21- Ne fait-il pas dair do limJ? Fa^t-il bon vivro on Amc-nquc ? 24. II fait tres bon vivre en Ameriquo, los denre.,s y sent k bon marche. Exercise 126. T.kv^'?^!^! "? th«t/entleman play tho learned man P 2. He P y!w l!''"'^ ^""^ ^°°^ •'^* *h« «a™e time (« /« /■«,,) 3 hoe? not that boy pretend to be ill? 4. He pretends to bo ill ItJ T^^^' .*o° '^^™ "«^ too cold here. 15. Will vou S ^iTwm '"' • /'• I ^^^"^ ^^- ^^^ «"t yesterday Lr T"t«1 T " ^'''!J "?* ^" ^''™o, it is beginning to grow latT^ 1 d. Is It not very dark out ? (dehors.) 1 9. It is not d^^k 15 i^ moonhght 20. Has not thL glazier turned goldsmith ■^ '2' t^!t .nT* *'^''^ f Wsmith, ho has ^.med soldier 22". Does S Ar« r T' ^^otJ«^^, 23.. That does not concern S 24. Are you not sorry for that ? 25. I am sorrv fnr if w t cannot help it. 26. Why do you get sL'^dT I7 Be ause' I SThavenoT'J';. ''• ^-« ^^^ "O* hurt those cSen J No. SirTut" I S.*t™^ ^: ,^r ^r ^-* >•- arm ? . 31. hurt her hand p" 33/ She ha\ hurt ho^kand^Td T-SeT Ifil Section LXVI. 1. Avoir mal means to hnre a pnw or nchr n om-n \v\. „ . . «'i"'teDe. My head does not ache. J ai une douleur au bras t a^..^ • . Q rri, , ""'auDras. I nave a pai7i in mp a/rm. avoir chaud [Sect. 63, R 6] :_ ' ^**^'' ^^°"^ ^'^o*'* ^"'i Vous ave. les armes a I'a mai„; You have your arms in your J'ai chaud aux mains et aux pieds. My tZds aruifeet are ^rm. or omit the article \Yhn^ t^J^ Enghsh uso a or an, the noun, un^ine.^or drdes! h^TSJ!" '-^'J*^^^^- P^^^^^ Cettc dame a I'esinit iusto Thr,t i„a i even u-hen ...fentag ,„ f^^b""' o'f indivM°,afc' "' ''"""''• tete. "'ai a la y ^se 6o;/s Aaw A m rt their heads. Miscellaneous Examples. W ayez-vous pas mal au pied? tette demoiselle a mal a la tete ^ avez-vous pas mal aux dents?" iUon frere a mal aux dents „ .*.«* cmA u»:;ilt Men cousm a mal au c6tt5. 11 a des douleurs de poitrine. Qu'avez-vous a, la main ? Je n'ai rien k la main. J'ai chaud aux mains et frojd aux pieds. Vos swurs ont le poftt d^licat. t/es messieurs ont le nez aquilin Hare you not a sore foot ? Ihat young lady has the headache. JJo not your teeth ache i My brother has the toothache My cousin has a pain in hisside. j What have you in your hand ? I j^ J^ ^'^^ ''tatter with your \^J^^^ nothing in my hand. I ^„ jj '^ *^^ *"""«>' '^'^ith my ATp hands are warm %nd my feet Your sisters Jmvc a delicate taste. J-hose gentknien have Hainan noses. >s, *^' "^^"^'t- '"^ "^^"^^^^ ; ^Pouser takes, as its noS^^ win 'i!^ contracting parties only, and must always be f™ lowed by a direct ob ect. Se marier, to get mJried and S.^ler-'''^"^"*"^ ^'''^^'^^' '^''' *^ «^™^ nomSe as M. L. a mari^ sa fiUe avec M. G. M. G. a ^pous^ la fiUe de M. L. M. G. et Mile. L. sent mari^s. Men fr^re va se marier. Mr. L. has married his daughter to Mr. G. Mr. G. has married Mr. L.^s daughter. '19'' f • "■n'^^^issL. arcmai-ried. My brother is going to be mar- ried. mki ^— ^^ ™®° ^™" ^^ equivalent to the English, a friend of ^tmieT' ^ ^P°'''^ "°^ ^^ ""^^ ^''y friend has married a friend "'™^^^- of mine. Miscellaneous Examples. lis ont beau dire et beau faire, ils ne rempecheront pas de se marier. Vous avez beau lui faire des re- montrances. L'^vcque de B. a mari^ ma soeur. Le capitaine G. a dpous^ ma cousine. Quand il se mariera, il nous in vitera d, la noce. Votre cousine est mariee avec men cousin, Votre cousine a ^pou86 un de mes cousins Whatever they nmy say or do, they will not prevent his marrti- ing. It is in vain fw you to remon- strate with h),n. The Bishop of B. has manned my sister. Captain G. has manned my cou- sin. When he marries, he will invite us to the ivedding. Your lady cousin is married to my cousin. Your lady cousin has married a cousin of mine. t"""3-, X a . \ ('onsinofmine. sc^uiT * ^'''^ ""' '^' ™'' ^*S '"^'''''^ ^ »«»'''-^rf « sister '**»^**'''- I of mine of mine. EXEKCISE 129. Dev-oir, 3. ir. to owe, Parent, e, relation. to be about. Princesse, f. princess. iipoux, pi. couide ; Prochain, e, ?u;xt. v.c«^., s,^ i/uuiiytr. , man and wife. R^dment m renim,'„t Demoiselle, f. youm, EvSaue. m. hi^hn^ s-?.-7. " 'I!!'!.!^""'''^' '""^- infanterie,f.i7^nVri/. VieUlard, oWwan"'" Ain^, e, elder, eldest. Archeveque, m. arch- bishop. Cadet, te, younger. 164 If 1 epoux ? 6. L'Irchevgque de Paris w - ^ " ' ^ '"-'H^ ''' '^"'^'^ aussi marie Mile. L. ?* 8 I1 1^ il^°'^"^'- ,7- N'a-t-ilpaa capitaine au 256me rgffimentS. • * ■'^"^ ^ ^P°"8e M. L., t-il paa tori; de se SS p"^ '^2 J?"'' ^^^ ^e vieillard nV mais a a tort d'epouser cette demoisellp ^ ^f.' n * '^".'^ ""^"e^' cesses vont-elles se marier" 14 FuS; ^^- ^"'^"'^ ««« Pri^i- cham. 15. Qui leg mariera p ir t • ' '^ "^aneront le mois pro- 17. Qui doivent eUe^dpoSeV ^ 18 I^lFf^'^^' ^'' ^^^^r^- ct la cadette M G IQ tI" ^^-..^.^^"^.e ^oitepouser M.W une de vos parmtes? '20 Sn^Z^'Z' ^^ "^-'-'^ ^'' ^Pons6 mes cousines. 21. Qui ft cpS J^^^'-'T'.'^ ^ ^P0"«^ ^Ae do mes sceurs. 23. NW von. r , ""T"' " ^2. C'est une de un de vos Hvres et nnP !f;? ^f ^ ""^ <^^ "^^^ livres :- 24 J'ai 4 une de vos soeuls " ^'' P^""^''^- ^5. Je viens de parler . -. Exercise 130. is in 'iSrltlTatfo^^^^^ '^f ^- "^ 2. Yes, Sir, it not your father maSy'yVur si to Mr ?T^?'^ ^- ^^^^ will marry her to Mr.*^L 5 iTLntaS" W ^^ • ^°' ®^^' ^« Sir, ho is not yet married hJht ^-ul ^- earned P 6. No, 7. Whomdoes\.eTnSftoma^r;"^8'Hr^^^^^ "^"* >--' cousin of mine, who is at mv hZfV - ^^ intends to marry a themv 10. m; eldest brother? f^f!- ». Who will marry youryoung-estLti"?r eJr^^lJrs^^^^^^^ ''■ ^' 13. Is she going to be marriprJ P i/^ ou ' ^^^ '^ not married. IS [Sect. 61: oj ?ld enouTh (i' ,'t ®Y,"^4f ^"I -^en she J. marry? i-'e. He maS^ed a JXr nf • Whom did Colonel have they been marriTdTsect 57 .IP ^f -rru^^- .^^^ ^^"ff married two years. 19. Is not th^-f 1 ^\ ^^^^ ^^^« been ^ned ? A She is wrong to marrJ Z \f/ '^'"'^ '' ^'' Who married General S. and mS 7 22 Th p- ^°"°?- ^l- married them. 23. Did not tbl At^Wi.- 1 ."^ ^^^^^p of Arras couple? 24 Tho Arnhvl ^J^Ji^'^^°Po*Yorlv-marrvthat WiSnot yourIu\^tn.y^^26VetlirT"^ ^^^- ^^^ not your sister at home"^ 28 L sl '^l"'^-* ^^.^P'' 27. Is aunt of mine 9q To ^' . , ' '^"' ^^e is with fc/ws'i -m , He IS not married. 33. irCa S W "-^^ '"''"^^'i • «2. marned last week, ao.' He mfi MiS™' " '*• ^^^ ^^^ Section LXVIII. 1>IMENSI0X, WEIGHT, ETC. The pr'^o^lrS prSlif ffr'"*,*?''^-' -"'>i«t. there is no verb in thrwlrf Ti.'^°"" «^ dimension. Wl,en 166 Cette muraille a dix pieds de That wall is ten feet hiah. hauteui-. ^ That iveJl is one hundred feet deep. Ce puits a cent pieds de profon- deiir. Une table de quatre pieds de A table four feet lona. longueur. The verb 6tre is also used, in which case the preposition de precedes the number : — Cette table est longue de quatre This table is four feet long. 2. In sentences where sizes are compared, and the verb dtre IS used, the preposition de is placed before the number express- ing the cacvss : — Vous etes plus grand que moi de deux pouces. You are taller than I by two inches. 3. When the price of an article is mentioned, the definite article! is used before the noun expressing the measure, weight &c. When the remuneration, or rent, &c., for a definite space of time IS mentioned the preposition par {per) is used : Le beurre se vend un franc la Butter is sold [at] a franc per livre. pound. ^ II gagne six francs par jour. He earns six francs per day. 4. The same preposition is used when we speak of the num- ber of times any occurrence takes place in a given space of time : — Je vais a la poste deux fois par I go to the post-office twice a day. ]our. " Miscellaneous Examples. La canelle se vend deux francs la , Cinnamon is 'old [at] two francs livre. Cette sole vaut six francs le metre. Ce clocher a cinq cents pieds de hauteur. Cet etang a huit pieds de profon- deur. Une chambrc de quinze pieds de longueur, svr fr>:-huit del largcur, et hull , a-.-.x tvi.-. i De quelle taille es \ut\-e frere? 1 Sa taillij (!«t do cinq j.ieds huit pouces. Notre ami est-il gi ' on pet)»? n est de tiiillc inoyt'ime. Votre inuinon . nt phis haute que la mieune I' cinq piedj. Je vais a I'^cole deux fob par jom-. a pound. That silk is worth six francs a metre. That steeple is five hundred feet high. That pond is eight feet deep. A room fifteen feet long by eif/hteen feet broad arui eight feet high. Hoio tall is your brother ? His hdght is five feet eight inches. Ts ourfnrnd tall or shwt ? His height i$ hiiddliiig. Your house is higher tliau mine by five feet. I goto school twice a day. *•< II nouH p.'! semaine. ?&t^ par He pays its ciyhi franca a week. Metre, m. metre {'39^'^ Eti(jlUhinchea),yard. Pouce, m. inch. Profondeur, f. depth. Semaine, f. ^veek. Taille, f, heUiht, size. 166 .Exercise 131. Bon nxATche, cheap. Grandeur, f. dzr Cassonade, f. brown Hauteur, f. heii/ht. Hargeur ' 6 hlalZt'''^ ""'K'' *^f. ^°"Sueur el douze >.,„> r^^;,^' A 1 ^"^^^^ grandeur est ce 1 vre F 8 II a dix- ? VoC'al^onTsr^n' ^T*^ f ^ ^^^^^"^ '' ^^^ "iViur. eat nln« l^!i \, /^^ P^?"^ ^°"S^"^ que celle-ci ? 8. Elle Elle se vend trois francs le metre. 20 La cassonadV »« fi JornhfiiT'i .'^'- « ^'- ^^^« «^ vend a bon marche 2' e^cS nl ■ ^'**''' ecrivcz-vous par semaino ? 23 Je Jon Exercise 132. S s'^Xt bTo'r *9 V^" ^^ ' ^ ''i' tweSy!Jve tt'de?; ^na SIX teet bioad. 9. How much is that cloth sold a motrp'^ 10. It 18 sold [at] sixteen francs a metre. 11. How mS do you receive a week for your work P 12 T rpV^iv^ fifl ^ a week for mv work U KmJ r;„ l 'a recen/e fifty francs month for Ts board (penl'J n?^ \T Z'''' ^''''''^ ^''y ^ am taller than he bv the whole hflnd 1 7 To „..+ , ty forty 21 WW^- '' ■^'' ''T ■ 20- It is Lty felt long ilS'th-ini 2S X '" ^°'" ^1^'^;- 22. He is tall, hf a laiier inan I. 23 How many books do you read » x^^ch 9 lound? 2fiV r'^^'Tr?- • 2^- Ho^vmucKb"J?er Jd per In, 1? t ■^""*''' '" ^^''^•i C**J t^« fr^nes per pound oV Do you know how much your s^on earns a day ? 2^8 Te earns as much as yours, he earns ten francs a day. 29. How mS is that s Ik worth a metre ?_ SO. It is worth six f 1™^ metrJ .; --.__- ... . autvii vxiuc a -any. isi. Does \'Our 167 son go to the post-office evory day ? times a day. 35. He goes thither six Section LXIX. prcssious. Mettre k ni6me de, to onabh ; mettre pied ^ terre to ahght, to land; mettre le pied, to set one's f oof mtttJ^l J;,l t/ ^®"^®,* ^a''"' ^0 «/'e^^«-; mettre 4 I'ombre to put in the shade; mettre un habit k I'endroit. ^ VenyeiB o JflZ coat right side out, wrong side out, &c.7~ ^®°^®"' '" ^"^ "« « i'/wM) the Nous I'avons mis a meme de connaitre la verite. II a mis cet insolent a la porte. We enabled him to truth. He turned that inwknt person out of doors. i. J;. J!l!wrfiZ*''^ reflectively, i.e., se mettre. means to to table- L^JLl '"M ''^^' f* "'®"'^« ^ table, to sit down ILfpasZ^^^'' '" '''^''' '' '""''^ ^'''^'•^' '^ ^-'^ one's self n se met a I'ombre, au soleU. ffe places himself in the shade, in the Sim. to tyt .'^^"'''' ^"^^''''"^ ^^ '''' infinitive, means to conunence, lis .se mirent a pleurer. They commeneed weeping, rr^hl^y}^-^^' .^,^* frangaise, are used elliptically for k la Miscellaneous Examples. Ce cavalier a mis pied a terre. Vous n'osez mettre le pied chez lui. ThMt horsenmn has alighted from his horse. You dare not set your foot inside his hovse. Mettez cesenfants a I'abri de la Shelter those ehildren from the piuic. rain. 1 W? ""' '''*'' '"^"*'"" ^ '^Zt^"' ^* ^""'^ '^""^' ''''^ ^ranSatr "" ""'* *""^°"" ^ TMt gentlenian alu-ays dresses Hi. L ^ousmtmes.tablea ^^^SS^,, , lux iieuies. ^p,, oV/ori'. Ces enfants. se mirent k rire. Those children, commenced lamjh^ -a • 'iW^ pST'ouvra^eT ""**^""'"^ ^^,?; ^^ ^^ -^ .'^--^^ ^ Je vais me mettre en pension. / will comm^t,^. hoa^.dvn'^ ''vova^fe "" """"* """''" ^"^ ^^ "''« ^ot«^"«o:"c(;;«mT«ce our vuj(»Ke. journey. 168 A I'italienne, after the Italian fashion, A merveille, exceed- ingly well. Couvert,5'ecSect.32,l Exercise 133. D^fend-re, 4.to/w6j, 4. ir. to Se serv-ir, 2. ref. to me. ddiver. Tiers, m. third. Renvoy-er, 1. to send A errez, 3. ir. from iw'r, Ixick, to see. dites-lo-liT 9. Parlej; h;t 10. Ay.-'r r-iU 11. Olieisstja Clef, f. key. Crayon, m. pencil. In8titutrice,f.^ertf7ier. Ob6-ir, 2. to obey. Partie, f. part. " Pr^cepteur, m. tutor. Promett-re, 4. ir. to promise. 1. Envoyez chercher le medecin, votre petit garcon est malade. 2. Nous I'avons deja envove chorcher. a. Vous n'avcz pas besoin de votre crayon, pretez-le-moi [Sect. 26, R. 4 ; Sect. 27, R. 4]. 4. Je ne puis vous le preter. ie m'en sers. 5. Donnez-le-moi ou me lo pretez (§ 97 (7)1. 6. Je I'ai jpromis a vf^rro institutrice. 7. Si vous ne le lui avez pas dit, itot quo possible. 8. Ne le lui dites pas encore. ■ [§ 40, 17] la prochaine f )i8 que vi us le verrez. ' ce, mon ami, votre pere ne tardera pas a vcnir. , . votre precepteur. 12. Je lui obeis toujours. 13. Donn>7-!(;i.en une bonne partie. 14. Je lui en ai deja donne plus d j deux tiers. 15. Avez-vous porte cette clef au serrurier? 16. J'ai oublie de la lui remettre. 17. Ptitez-la- lui sans faute cette apres-midi. 18. Veuillez me dire oil demeure M. G. 19. Prenez la premiere rue a gauche; il demeure dans la deuxi^me maison h droite. 20. Allons, Mes- demoiselles, depechons-nous. 21. Menez-les-y le plus to't pos- sible. 22. Ne me les rapportez pas. 23. Renvoyez les-moi demam. 24. Portons-les-y. 25. Ne les y portona pas. 26 Pretez-les-lui, mais ne les lui donnez pas. Exercise 136. 1. Give a book to the young man. 2. I have already given him one, and he does not read it. 3. Lend it to him, if you will not give it to him. 4. I will not lend it to him. 5 Make haste, young ladies, it is ten o'clock. 6. Have the goodiiess lo give me a .pen. 7. I have given one to your brother. 8. Obey your father, and speak to your sister 9. Will you not send for the letter ? 10. I will send for it. 11. Send for it as soon as you can. 12 Do not do so [le), but write to my cousin. 13_. Come, children {mcs enfants), learn your lesson. 14. Give him s.-mc [§ 40, 17], or lend him some [§ 97, (7)1. i.v oW^T\^^^^ ^f *"' '^^ ^^'^ ^^') t™«- 16. Have patience, my child, the merchant will soon come. 17. Send it to him It you cannot give it to him. 18. Write to him this afternoon ,^ fo? M* i / ' - ^'''-'^- ""*^ *« ^'^^ ^^ I ^-^ time. 20. Let U8 take the first street to the left. 21. Take the second street 171 to the right. 22. Tuy attention to what your brothir says. 23. Let I i tell the truth. 24. Let us read that beck to-day. 25. Pay your debts as soon as possible. 26. Let us obey our tutor. 27. Take thi ko> to him. 28. Bring mo ba^ k tlio books which 1 have lent you. 29 Do not bring them back Jo mo, read thi r.i. 30. Let uw have i)tttieui:'', we shall hav( money. 31. l.ct ua speak tu them, th(;y iiio at i uer'a. 32. Toll them that I intend to write to them to-ni(j. . morn- ing. 33. Go to church this afternoon. 34. Bring mo back myletti.s. 35. Do not carry them there, but brin^ 1' m to m<' as soon as possiblo. Lot SecTioN LXXI. 1. A verb 1 llowing another verb in tho imperative, is put in tho infinitivi (according to general rule, Sect. ".0, 2). The conjimction, which often comes between the two verbs in English, is not used in French : — AUez parler au musicien. AUez faire votro ouvrage. Coure \ oir ces messieurs. Go and apeak to the mimcian. Go and do pour work. Run and see thone aentlemen. 2. Prendre garde, to tah care, to take heed, when followed by another verb in the infinif 've, means to tal-r care not to : — Prenez garde de tomber. Take care not to fall. 3. Prendre le demi, means to go into mourning ; prendre la peine, to take tin h-ouhle ; prendre les devants, to go on before ; prendre un parti, to f ' •■ a determination ; prendre du caf^, du th6, &c., to take coffa. a, &c. MiscEtLANEous Examples. Send for the upholsterer. Go and fetch iiour umbrella. Run arid see your father. Let vs take care not to hurt our- selves. Take care not to tear your clothes. Envoyez cherchcr Ic tapissier. Allez chercher votro parapluie. Courez voir votre p6re. Prenons garde de nous blesser. Prenez garde de dechirer vos habits. N'avez-vous pas pris le deuil ? Prenez la peine de vous asseoir. Prenez du th^ ou du caf^. Quel parti avez-vous pris ? Have you not pid on mourning 1 Take the trouble to sit down. Take tea or coffee. What resolution have you taken f Attend-re, 4. to ex- pect, to ivait for. Chocolat,m. cAoco^aie. Courrier, m. courier. Croi-re, 4. ir. to be- lieve. D4ch!r-er, 1. to tear. Exercise 137. G4t er, 1. to spoil. Gouverneur, m. go- vernoi'. Lorsque, when. Port-er, 1. to wear. Quelquefois, some- tlTrieS. Kobe, f. dress. Se tai-re, 4. ir. to be silent. Soin, m. care. Tach-er, 1. to stain, to spot. Tomb-er, 1. to fall. 1. Allez voir mon fr^re, il a quelque chose a vous communi- quer. 2. Courez leur dire que je les attends. 3. IVIon fr^re a IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) k A ^/ ^ A »* A {< z V ^c? '^^ 1.0 1.1 Sf US 12.0 u 11:25 i 1.4 1.6 V TTiL _X Sciences Corporation 33 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. I4S80 (716) •72-4503 ^1^!i> iKr-i/"^ '^ ^^ ^> ^.^^ 172 pris hien garde do dcchircr ees ha hit « ± v , a-t-elle pri, garde de tacheJ'i robe ? s'" Elle ^ vS ^XT tombor. car on tombnnt olio l'nii™i+ „a*' i J? P ' ?*"'® °« ont-ello. pris leSp 7 Piw •^^^^^•. ^- ^es potitos fillos Pour qui ?ronot ^; s p de^;il^"'o TZlll'l '. ^T^""^" ^• ^..^^o. ,0. Prono.-vons du ho on dn oaKt ti'" rv"" pronons dn tho ot du onft'. 19 vt' " ''• ^""8 15. Ilapn-sTpartide^Sre^ * J^ ""^-^^ P"«^ jo crois quo vous avoz rlLn is P P""'"**™' '"^ '■"*^*^' «> la poin?. 20 Votrroo^'r alui^r ^ l2s Sovant" "Sl ^J? na pu prendre lea dovants 99 tvj'oJ^ "*^^anis. 21. II prendre son pai-ti ? 23 Jo n'ai n.s wTT' ^'^^^^ ^^ Avez vous pris lo the LrfZ)^ ^ 25 Nni i' P''"'^'* ^^ ' (o»r) le the, nous avouB pris le cafe ? *'"' ^'^^ P"' EXEHCISE 138. hasN^^n^re'^oft^t'^iTn:^^^ 2. Ho speak to your sister shoTaHs l^.'V'^X^^' °"Vi?i ''° '^"^ take a oup ((?ff«.w) of tea? r, T >,oZ • i' . , ^^'" >'"" "ot What haJo U iid t^your ittle S ^'"1 It" Y/ft «' take care not to tear her dress 8 jti «= V J '^ *''''* ^^'^ *« that book. 9. My son has ji bro^ht *' Vnarh *^ ^'^ his tea ' 11. Ho has nof vof f.^blM 1^ x • . ^^^^ "^ ^akon -ha. ho„r ,10 yo°,Zl:Tj:l : t"f "^Z'llJt'- ^' SIX o'clock. 14. Do voutAke ton nr nTffL * u ^^^ /'I'^e tea at 'f':/^>h>rr) ? 15. We take coffee IG f« ''"'•^''* ^"^ *''"^"'' before P 17. He has not hefn !.'> 1. 5" J'^"/- ^ouncr gone on resolution havf you taken p 10 T )° ^° ?,^«^«^^ 18. What to study mv lesson 20 H«vJ }T^ *^''^" ^^^ resolution books ?^ 2l.Iha;e taken Sire ^noVtot" ^^11 ""^^ *" *^^^ ^^^^ has your brother deteSedr 23 He haVi?' -^^.i "^'^ main silent; 24. Have you taken mv^;„t, otTh?^ l\'''- my brother's part. 26. Are vou ri^ht fn ;.i \- ^'^^'« t^l^'en I am right tolako his paftrbeeausThe sS Tt ' ^'^^ not afraid to take his nart ? 9Q t / ^' . r^' ■^''® yo>i part. 30. Will you tS your sister^ "t"^'^''^.*° ^J^^ ^is will take my sister's part ^2 PnlL ^ J* "'' T"^'^ ^1. I not know your lesson 33 I wt '"'''? y^"" ''°°^' ^^^ ^o also that yLTre mTfriend u7.,"^^ ^"T"' """^ ^ ^^^^^ wants us. ^ ^ "^°'*- ^*- ^^* "» K^ *« our father, he Sectiox LXXII. THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 173 2. Covn-oATrox of the Pufsent ok ihb SiB.irvcTiTF op THK KKon.AR Verbs. nafT ma,>, v„;j nuu, lin>x>> >na„ ncrhr Que tu pari -en ch.^r -Isses aporc-olves fnaUho,, ma>,r,t ,,H-r,k nwimt rl,n-i,h uwmxt iwrrrhr rL' S"" • ■* f-'urn-liwe per,; -olve Que nous cherch -lona pun -laslons cone -evions mail piniiKh mai/ rnnrciic sais -IsBlez (1 ' -evlez ?««?/ .-Wcf? wiffv own un -Issent cleg -olvent mat/ unite majt dcreicc That we mn/i seek Que vous jtort -les That 1)011 mail rar^y Qu'ils aim -ent That they may fove rend -e may vernier ven,jruid ; trembler, tu (,in,hh, pas is u^d in cormectiou with ne, when wo wish for the accomplishment of thc" jiction or occiirren(;o expressed by the second verb [§ 134 MlSCELLANEOUfS ExAMl'LEH. Lo rn6.1ecin vout-il quo je boive Dofs the pfqfskian m»h me to 116 1 oftu : drink v'uttv ' .InjonsenH que vous alliez le I romcnt thnt',/o„ i/o to are f,im. Nous doutons que voub arriviez a tenqts. •Te craiuH <|m> votro maitre no vous punisse. Je craiuH que votro maitre ne V0U8 imnissc pas. Je m'utonne qu'il ne sache pas cola. J'cxige (jue vous lui donniez cola. Voulez-vouH qu'il aillo a la chtissc '' ' Que voulez vous nno cetto noavello ? 20. Je desire qu'on In lui apprenno lo plus lot possible. 21. Votre p^re ne yeut-il pas que vous achotiez iin mapnsin ? 22. II vent que j'ach6te une scierip. 23. DoHirpz-vous que je vous quitte ? 24. Je desire quo vous restioz avoc moi. 25. Jp veux que vous partioz re matin. Exercise 140. 1. Do you wish me to speak to the mechanic ? 2. I wish you to tell him to (rf<) come here to-monow morning. 3. What do you wish me to do!'' 4. I wish you to bring mo li book. 6. Do you not wish mo to read your letter ? 6.1 wish you to read it and (que) give it to my sisters. 7. Does not your sister fear lost tho rain may prevent her going out P 8. She fears that tho rain may iJicvent oiir goinj? out. 9. Do you doubt that your father be at homo now •' 10. I doubt I'.is, being thoro. 11. Do you require mo to do my work now i- 12. I wish you to do your work before going out {nrrrtif dc norfir). 13. Do you not regret his being obliged to work? 14. I do not regret his being obliged to work. 15. Are you not astonished that ho knows that? 16. I am astonished' that he knows all. 17. Do you require mo to pay him to-day ? 18. I wish you to pay him to-morrow. 19. What would you have me do {see No. 1 of the above exercise) ? 20. I will have you pay him immediately, 21. Do you fear Ics* the master punish \ our son ? 22. I fear that ho may not punish him. 23. What would you have me say ? 24. I would have you say the truth. 25. Does not your father wish you to buy a house ? 26. Bo wishes mo to buy a storehouse. 27. Do you wish ue to leave you? 28. I wish you to go away to-morrow. 29. Do you wish mo to stay with you ? 30. I wish you to stay here. '31 Do you wish mo to tell him that news P 32. I wish you to teli it to him. 33. Do you wish your childr<»n to obey tneir teacher ? 34. I wish them to obey him. Section LXXIII. use of the subjunctive. — continued. 1. A verb preceded by ono of the impersonal verbs, il faut, it is necessary ; il importe, it matters, it is important ; il con- Vient., it is proper, becoming ; il vaut mieux, it is better; il plait, it pleases, suits ; il se peut, il peut se faire, it may be ; il est juste, it is Just ; il est bon, it is proper ; il est n^cessaire, it is necessary ; il est important, it is i-nportant ; il est temps, it is time ; il est indiBpensable, it is indispensable ; il est k propos, t^ is proper ; il est f&cheux, it is sad, it is a pity ; :1 est urgent, it is urgent, or by another verb or expression implying neces-' sity, will, or propriety, must be put iu the subjunctive [§ 123 Yoli mii»t remnin here. It isjiixt fioii Ih; rewarded. 176 II fiviit que V0U8 restioz ici. il eot jiiHte (1110 vmiH hovoz \4 positive and affirmativo sensed- ' '""^ "^ho,-, having a "vTendS"" '^"''^ ^«"* - 'i"'" ^' '>-•'«/« th.t he co,ncs or -ti.^So^;:nr'ii;;J,i^ «f l -^ - ?« al.ovo eon. indicative or tin, subj^inc.tivt? mood \1 ""''^'* **>' "'"""• ^he II n'est nullemeiit certain (lu'il // ,„ / . 18 always used :— ' ^ ^'' ("^^J- the subjunctive Quoi que vous fassiez, quoi que Whnt„,:., vous disiez. ' ^"® yvhatcver t/ou may do, whatever r ^^,, . Pou mail mil. wiUbetdTf/a! UO" '" *'^ ^«^'^™--* «^ eoniunctions Que faut-il que votre sceur fasse Faut-il que je lui ««crive ? efcrivie"'"""'''''''^"' ''°"'' ^"^ II est temps que vous lui donniez son argent. N'est-i! pas Mcheux qu'il soit arnv^ si tard ? n est certain qu'il est arrivg. 11 n est i>omt certain qu'il se soit blessf or qu'il s'est bless^. £u*;^^!?'i"l^"'i^i3"'«!^'^-e. MlHCKLLANEOlS EXAMPLES. jr/zfJl! ?/,,<«< „„„,. ,;^^^ ^^ ^ i»/i/«< / wite to him 1 It jsneresmri, for you to write to /J is cerUiin that he is arrived hi^elf'^''' <^«< he has hurt Bemainhere until he comes. "FB. j-roiiaed that yov finish in time. .- . Exercise 141. Sl^^^^^^'^.^^rfitor. Ordre", m. o,-rf«- Emprunt.er, 1. to,or. Oubli-er"i.",?:^^.,,, ^omt, m.point, dff/ree. f^S}-er,l.toreffulate. i5^tisfal-re, 4. ir. to satisfy. So couch-er, 1. ref. to retire. Foum-ir, 2.tofurv.i8h Pmfrl'"'-^'"*' *''''''''• '•''>''■ ' ' ' "^ I-inge, m'. ^S'^'*^" ^"^^ «!"«. i^^'^^'rf^'^ Se lov-er, 1. ref. to Manqu-er, 1. to want. ^ TT- *• yue laut-il que 10 diap P on*! vous avez entendu. "^ 3. Ne *;•„/•/""* 1"^ ^'O^Sfl'siezce que histoire P 4. H n'es r J nf ^^^ *1"^ J« Anisse cette ne8„ pas n^cessaire que vous la flni«s,-«r 177 LT ni"'/ ^"" ^ I'''"P"\q"f J« satiBfasse mes creanciers P G. II • " "^/.*' i"'"t P'"< 'I'lil lait oublie. H. Est-il certain que votro trere se floit oublie k un tel point :- 1 2. e t eit qu, ses oubhe. 1... ,1 est bien faJheux qu'il h.: s^H o 'b li" attaires/ 1 ,. Jo resterai jusqu'i c ^uo vous les nycz replees lannllo.' l<. H famii,,^ (j,„. ^q^j, j fournissiez wourvu quo V0U8 en aye.. 18. No vaudra-t-il i«ts mL™ que v^riu T'irva^dniT"'' ''"'' '■'' '\^'^''^*"- '"""^»- .iu'n":Hs;w..e 1.'. ii vaudra nu(;ux que nous lu en Dretioiw 20 Qiw fanf il S "^22 'N'sr-,- -'; " '■•'"* 'I'- -- P-^iefee linge"ch;z nioi 22. J< est-il pas tomps qm, je mo coucho > 23 II est te^nps quo V0U8 V0U8 oouchiez.^ 24. Faut-il quo jo mo li-vo ? 2o. II faut quo vous vous levicz. •• Exercise 142. 1. What mu. ' our friend do? 2. Ho must remain H our house until I c-onje. a. What must our neighbour do? 4 He must put his affairs in order. 6. U it not riiht that you should pay j.our creditors? 6. It is right that I should 'pay them 7. Is It time for your httle boy to go to school P 8. It is tfmo for him to go to school, it is ten o'clock. 9. Must I Vrite^o your coirespondent to-day or to-morrow ? 10. You muTwri o wr l«-"r''°^.'""^'^^"8^- ^1- I« it "«t a pity that y"; letter \\ M' ■ I "^^^essary for your mother to finish her letter f 14. It is not necessary that she finish it. 16 Is it certain that your son has forgotten his money? le. It a certain that he has forgotten it. 17. It is by no means certain that he has forgotten it. 18. Must von furbish monrv to tW njech^ic ? 19. I must furnish him" some, he hr no'n 20 Whatever you may do you will not succeed (ramir). 21 tc^Z' qI' t? *• { ^^ ^? >'°" ^ 23. You must write o b^ ill 2fi T^^'°" ""'^ °^' *° ^' '^ ^ 25. I do not wish yoa to be ill. 26. Do you require me to tell you that ? 27 It ia necessary that you tell mo aU. 28. Do you wish me to eo to rVt"'^ ' . ' •• ' -"'^^ J-°" \' ^' '^^'^ 30. MusTi gefup ? 31. You must rise immediately {d r instant). 32. Must vour brother retire ? 33. He must go to bed immediately 34^ ij 18 time for him to go to bed, it is twelve o'clock. Section LXXIV. USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. — CONTINUED. ga«er and parier, to bet; penser, to think; wuih^tofeel; vofa; 178 ren,Ie .4" vl^ ''""•"^' '"" "- ^ >jnt a man .,.o ,,„ . , Je crois que le concert a eu lieu / tr ! Je ne pense pas ,ue notre 1 ^ ^^ ""^ "^^ ''^* vienne. ^ "°*'^® "mi / jfo „o< thinl- *i, * cela par'cceur. "' ^Pl'^-^^drez / w that you mUearn th^f . Je ne pense pas qu'il n,„-a„„ , ^<^rt- ^"^ *^ prendre toL cet pafSr'^' ^'^Z'?^ ^^'■'^' <^«< Ae can t^ - ..^ wuiB pas a vos ddpens. "" «,"/ ".™" P*« 1"e V0U8 r^ussis siezagagnervotre^^e. Jmjme carafe qui contientun himaeJfl* ^^ "« «i ^^-— — — — ______^^^^ — "ny^ / l/«7. 179 B'.XEUcisg 143. cS^a'XL^r'- ""XT'' '"• "- «\"»«:oir. 3. ir. ref. to nit doim. Borte, f. kind. Suffl-re, 4.ii. f,, xujgice. raiuieur, in. Uninvr. Tiird-er, 1. u, uirri). Cristal m. cr,,»tal. ,•?*,,„(. Debout, «to,w//„/,. Pamsol, m. ;,„nM„/ Dur-er 1. towearja^t. Portier ,n ^X? Litre, m. /;^re. a6o„« "X';,. ' "^ ™'"^ }.. I'ensez-vjus quo ce dnip dure lonLHemns v •> i qu'il durere bien, car il est fort '^'' ,/ , .f ^'"P" ' -^- -J" ''^-^«V« quo notre deux litre" 4 IWex vm"!. ^ '" ""' ^'' ''.''*"^' 'l"^ ^^"ti^nt 16. Quelpai-asol pcnsez-vous niu mC-ter'- 17 K ^ '*"*^"'- prcter lo meilleur que iW i« T V '' '^? P*^^»se vous Kiisncv sa vi«v 11? L"" ■ ' ^"^ tanneur reussini t-il Ti Pensez-vous que cet argent suffiHe a votre p^rj '( n \. • ' rLd "^g" J, "-•• ^^'••^f-- a-> -fn'slieu^^-co'i^^^^ n aura pas lieu. ""ujouranui. 26. Je crois qu'il EXEKCISE 144. 1. Do you believe that the concert has taken «!«,.« v o t believe that it has taken place. 3. Do vo^SeVe th«f sister's dress will wear wellp 4 I think fw-! -n ^'°" weU, for the silk is very good 6 Do vL J • '* 7"7^«r friend will succeed in earning a livelihood " 6 7U^' T that the tanner grows rich at mv exuense i- s T fV.;„i *i- . ? enriches himself at the expen^e^f Si 9 Doef^hl"* ^^ chant grow rich at my father's expense ? 10 He ^ow! ri^C at your expense. 11 What kinrl nf n v.«. iie grows nch (.««U,...F) P 12."l m'Sta'^a h u^e'^hi^Z'te^n^roor 13. I have a good house which has twelve rooms 14 vS kind of a decanter do you seek? 15 T hJ^^ u- 1 1 ,?* three litres. 16^ I ha^?e on'ewhich Lolds tvtirest'^ffi It to you. 17. What coat wiU you send mo ? 18 T wS J you the best I have, take care not to s^ta it IQ T '"'^ think that the student will learn all that b "he^rf P 9^° r^^" not think that he will learn it 9i n^ ^ v ,^ ^ .^P' ^ ^^ will comeF 22. I belSetiat he wfu (Smetor ^o^'^i5° IZ '^'f '""f '''''' ^'^^^^ depend: uponen4 f IcnS? that he depends UDon vnn 95 p„„. _"*V . '^^- ^ ™?w^ I«nd upon- meF " 2e; i-thiik IhS' he"' d^S.r.llS;;'";^ 180 urnhrellH h 30.' I will 3 it ?n\. • u " ,""* '^'"'^ '"« Y^^^ ".ylTothor reJin «nc".W-^ >'"' ,7^^P'"««'««-c-. 31. boon down. 33. Do vo" tSm^\ =. , ""^ *^"^'' ""^ ^''"'^ *« sit -uain Btandin^ "arf w^k\rtSirZ; eol.^ ^^'^"'^ >"" ^ Skction LXXV. THE IMPBKPECT ANI, |.,xrBKFBCT OP THE 8UUtNCTIVB B«e. B.eB. t. proceld b a v3 with H cZ'fl^^ ■sions, BBiei, ssent. 'ircumflox acceut, 2. C0N,C0AT,0N OK THE ImPEKKECT or THE St'B.UNCT.VB OF THE ReoILAK VeKHS. "•'^^^.THB iiniH -Be chtiris -BeB witjhttst cherUh Quojuohantas-Be That I might »huj Quo tu parlas -Bes That thou mightegt Qu il doana -t T/irt< A« mifiht (jive Que nous cherclms -BlonB A^f we m/V/A< «ef^■ niiyht punish Que V0U8 portas saisis Blez -Ble* yA rjiic child a blow with on thene pa]>er» / ExEutisE 145. BioMBe, f. tcoodcock. lvrog\ie,m. drunkard, lleta lirsement, m. re- Bord, m. shore. Lievre, in. hare. coicry. Charg-er, 1 to load. Mer, f. gfa. Sante, f. health. Coup, m. blou'. Perdrix, f. partridye. Se rend-re, 4. ref. to Coupdefusil, m.«A^><. V 06te, m. po.ft. repair. Coup d'ooil, m.fV«H(T. liessembl or, 1. to re- Tir-er, 1. to fire 'iiem.\-\x»i, half -worn. semble. ahoot. ' Fouet, m. tvhip. 1. Voudriez-vous quo j'achetasse un habit ii dcmi-use ? 2. Je voudniis quo vous en achetassicz un neuf. 3. Voulait-on quo CO soldut malade se rendit a son pa.ste? 4. On voulait qu'il 80 rendit i\ son regiment. 5. Faudrait-il que jo de- meurasae au bord do la mer ? 6. II faudrait pour le retablisso- ment de voire sante. que vous vous rendissiez en Suisse. 7, No pensozvous jjas quo cet enfant ressomblo u su mbie '( 8. Jo ne ponso pan qu'il lui ressomblo. 9. A qui rosscmble-t-il P 10. II rossemblo i sa sceur ainee. 11. Consentiriez-vous quo votro niiG GpuuBttl cot ivrogne? 12. Voudriez-vous que nous mourussions de miuftre ? 13. Je craignaia que ces damea ne ,.* ,|:- I 183 mouruMflnt [§ 123 (5), Sect. 72. 01 de fioi,l m v i HJ :noii fuml ,:.t,iit ,harir4 *"• 'fo ""'raw lur cette Wcaase 2«. Jo voudmu que v«u« lui donnu«HiJ do«^ cJipa do foict EXEKCISK 146. 1. What would you hnvo mo do^ -i T iv,^,.i,i 1 a glan..o upon thi« lottor 3 Would vou S n "T' •■°" ,?"' dog MowH with a stick V 4 I ^fdd iiZvou ,^"'' h* hofHo blowH with a whip 6 wZd v,^. . • " '^"■" ^'"*' atflvo o'clock P 6. IwouldV^S vo^ Tel'irourir^T do not think ho rescmh es iny futlier 9 VV'^hnm j'^' ,"• .^ tho Hea-shoro 17 \v..iii,i „ .. u ~ «"» ^wu lo awcii on IS T,., 11 .1. »^"»»1 y«J'« have mo dio w th hunu-orf 18. I would not have you dio of luinKor. 19 Would v"m, fct your brother die with cold? 20. I would not hnvn^K- T with cold or wjinf •)! v\ *. * wouui not have him dio lui toiu or want. 21. Vhat would you have vour Hon Hnw 22. I would have h m loam his lessons y< wJ.i 1 '*°", °° • him learn rrormin ? 24 I won d w!; J • 1 "!^ J'°" ^'^^'^ Spanish 25. Have you'fir Jn'^tTt^^^^^^^^ go^'u7? Is'S w"id >"• '^''^'' ^' be'nec"esVL me"o" w ri •. 1 " ^°"''^ ^® necessary for vou to ao ot.f 90 Would It bo necessary for me to remain here*- fn Tf ?a be necessary for you to go to chTrch {f" wf V Ir^"^^ wishh 32. I wished you t write to mP U ^^^* '^''^ >:°" me to buy a coat half worn o^t" \ tho list 8 VJii Aller, 1. ir. r.i ;/,i. Vomuter,!. to hill ml. (.'ourir, 'J. ir. to nm. iMi^fiier, I. Ii> diiijn. DtJsirer, 1. to iie»iir. Devoir, 3. to owr. Kuvoyer, I At: to M-iiii. EajHirer, 1 . t„ h»tw. Fill loir, 3. ir. U» l>f nc- riHmrii. Muiicr, 1. to frail, take. reimer, 1. to think. Poll voir, 3. 'ir.tol>ciib/r, Prt^ferer, 1. to pn/i;: rr^teiidre, 4. toprcti nil. •Siivoir, .'i ir. to know, fHouliniter, 1.^* with. Viiloir micux, 'A. ir. to lir l»tti r. Veiiir, 2. ir. to come. Vouloir, 3. ir. to vinfi, ti'ill. MlsiELLANEors ExAMl'LKS. C-omiiteE-vouH diner avec nous ? , Do you intend to dine with us f Jo viiw diuer cliuz inoii ptre. Ne voiilez-vous i«h donner i\ nuiii- Ker a ce cliieu ? Ddsirez-vouH montor dmiH inii clmmbro ? Je ytiiihre dcHcendro ohez votre pere. Deineiire-t-il en Imut ou en bus? 1 referez-vouH deineurer au rez- *x:ii he lice uttove m- Mow » iJojion prefir to Uve on the i/round floor ! I wi»h to Uve on thejirgt story. We prefer to take the secotul story. We hoj)e to rent a room on the second story. EXEIUIMK It". Com,l^*;fl '/"*1- / ?».*»'»*'''>^«<«'>'.«6«i-f. Salle, f. jMirlonr Dejeftn-er, Itolieak- Lou-er, 1. to rent,' let, rJ. , Pinc-^r, 1. to play. Demain, towMMvw. Plaisir, m. fa^mir, *.n bas, down stairs, pleasure below. 1. play. Troisi^me, third story. Violon, m. violin. Combien do chambres comptcz-vous louor' 2 Nous rt?SS.:""-rv ""?.?" rezl-ehau«s^.e et Jn.x cabt couchei^ au second ? 4. Nous preferons demeurer au rez-de- • This riJe does not am)lv to lmi.orKr.nal '"»-'- ".t-.-i- v ,.„~ ~, T Mayolw take tfie preposition de before an infinitive. ( . !l: til ,1 ,, ... .t .J 11 |!;i N 1 184 Pr&? ^^^^Z^'ZZir''' !J'-'' ^--^^^ nous au. leur dire? 10. Je veux lea nwL^l /• ^"^ voulez-vous fairc!^ 13. pSTz-voSsX-^ ''"^'"^^^^ 12. J'csp6re le lu Nous preferons dmeurer tC 1? 5'"* "^ ^° ^'^« '^ l^' docc joune faisan? 16 Non« ^ J ^r*" pensoz-vous faire bea-A.4rc. 17. No savez-von «%?•''"' ^V^voyer a M. votrc piano? ^20. EUe Lt toucl^er I'S^Z' f'^-""^ ^"••^"- ^u 21. No savez-vous pas 6criro ? %^T ""^ ^"''*''' ^« ^^ h«rpe. compter. 23. SavlXmTioLrt f """' v ''°"' ""^' ^'^^re ^t Savons pas en jouei- ?" C sn^fh -f ^"'^""'^ ^4. Nous'ne mont au rez-de-chaussct ' ^^^^aitons trouver un apparte- EXEKCISE 148. 2. Ho^XnTL^ST^^^^^^^^^^^ t^e ^-und floor? many rooms does your Ton ?Sn^^n^\'"r,°"'^ '*°''y- 3- How take two rooms on^ho second stoJv 5 't ^,: "" l'^^^"'^« *« on tho second floor? 6 He SpW^ / ^?^« ^o Prefer to Hvo floor. 7. Doesyourfather wish In *° ^T ^^ ^^"^ ^^""nd to-morrow? 8. He intend^ fT.L *''°"''' ^"^ ^^"n^'' ^^th «a ». DoyoupreferTol^^e^p^^^^^^^^ two o'clock, to live up stairs. U BoesvourBi^Lr^^^^^ 10. I prefer piano ? 12. She knowVhoi to nW on ^hT ^"^" *^ ¥^^^-^' "° ^^^ do you intend to live (deZioJ)^^ ^^ w^^'-T' .^^- ^^^^^^^ your father's. 15. \\Ku r,'^^ l*' ^'"'^^rid to live at go down to your fatWs^ 1? ^l n^y.room ? 16. I will ground floor? 18. I w7sh to ive .n ^T ^''^ J*^ ^"'"^ °" the it necessary to stay here P 20 Tf T *?^ """^"'^ «°or- 19- Is 21, What i you ffi of foinl* witTfrZ"^.'\^*.^>' ^^^'^• think of giving it to my son 2'3 WhlfV"'''" ^''"^ ^ 22. I say to that gentleman '/ 24 I wis^on A^^'J -^^'^ "•« *« a favour. 25. Do you wish to send fhf l^ ^"™ *« ^° "^o mother? 26. I wish to Tnd it to her «h/^'-,r* *° >'«»'' not your sister play on the violin ? i 4., "^ '' '"' '•^''- Can- violin but she ^nVy on the guitar 20' "^1^"°* ^^'^^ °" "'<^ w.sh to ive up stairs? 30. She prefeis livS"''/'*"'" '''^'' 'i. Will you not do mo that favo?^ V2 T ^'-n T"- '*'"'■'*• 'Section LXXVII. OOVEKNMENT OP VERB8.-C0NTINUEI>. 1. Many v(>rlis ir, v^on-h •;,.- • • - - - i"g. by m^8 of the'prepfsi on ".!« /'^i! "^^'F ^'^^'bs f^How. pieposition de, of, where the correspond- 185 lowmg verbs, extracted from list, §%irbdone'to''ihiJ'clt'- Achever to fuhk. Dire, to ot^. Vrier to f.Pr, S^= iE5l= ^?Ff^ lS3-» 5SH~'- S^s Miscellaneous Exami'les. pas Pourquoi n'achevez-vous d appreudre ce metier ? Nous brftlons de coutiniier nos etudes. II ne cesse de nous tourmenter. Me d^fendez-vous de faire du bien a cet homme ? Ne negligez pas de lui faire une visite. Me promettez-vous de faire une visite k mon ami ? Je vous prie d'aUer tout droit cnez vous. Je vous conseille do venir par le chemin de fer. Ne manquez pas de lui faire mes compliments. L'avez-vous menace de le fran- l)er? * J'ai refused de lui faire credit. Me proposezvous de lui confier cet ai;gent ? Je vous conseille de le lui con- ner. JVvite de lui reproclier ses fautes. I Wfii/ do i/ou ml ,tini I that trade f We burn to continue ovr ntudics. He docs not reaxe tormentim/ ug. Do lion, forbid mi/ doiny r/ood to that man > Do not neylcct imyinghim a mit. Do you promise me to pan n visit to mi/ friend f I hea you will (JO straiijht home. I advise you to come by the rail- road. Do not fail to present mv compli- ments to him. Have you threatened to strike him '! I refused to r/ive him credit. Do you propose to me to trust him with this momy? I advise you to trust him with it. I avoid to reproach him with his faults. Arros-er, 1. to icater, Arrosoir, m. loater- ino-pot. Au contraire, on the contrarii. Exercise 149. Gard-er, 1. to keep. Se rend-re, 4. ref Jardmier, m. gardener, repair. Lendemain, m. next Tout droit, straight to day. Oubll-er, 1. to forget. vv,.w,„,;,. »JUDU-er, 1. toforoet. Corng.er,l.to correct. Kend-re, 4. todoti Faire part, to com- rende^- ' municate Veille, f. eve, day be- fore. Voie, f. conveyance, tvay, or modcoftra- , veiling. cxirdTilre'avwT'"''''-' P^'^ '^'^ ^^^o P 2. J'aurais tort do Ltsaei ae lire avant de savoir ma lecon. 3. Avpz-vous dof.^ubi i« filr^Tft'^o'' ""^ ^%^^roHev. 5. Pourquoi a-t-il nc-liie do desfrrfaire m'f f 8 %-f V\? Wer;'"-osoir. 't%l uesire laire M.. t.Y 8. II bnillede continuer I'^tude de la 18G mfnSv VXT^n^Vr-'l ^^- ^- -^t- ^ CO pas refuse de rondre cTserv^col v^^^^ • ■ ^ ^- N'avez-vous tort de rofuscrTL luTreX rZZ- •'• '^'"""^"^^ vous conseille de prendre / 14 T-, ^" "^^ ''^-'^^ "°"» ^^^^Z" la voie du bateauT vapeur uIZ'T '""'""^ de prendre por cct enfant ? 16 jffii'mL ™-Jo»8 menace do frap- vous refuse de venL des r^ZT^^- "^^ "^ '<'"'>*^'^- ^7. Avez- refuse de lui en ?Sre feSS it'V' ""'^ '^^^^ ^ ^«- J'"> do se rendre a la maison p 20 T. r" AT^-^ou^ dit i mon fils 21. Vous proposezTuTde vfnirt vd£"d '^jgr t' J"*' nous proposons de venir le lendemain 2S Vnfi •^°"" se propose-t-il do gardcr le secret? 24 Ti . "* compagnon part de cela a tout le monde '^ ^'^P'''^ '^^ *^"^ Exercise 150. mother ordered the gardener to waf or C" ^''/" ^'"'^ toko th. ,tairf 7o No S^lS, S^ if' r', r '» stage (dilinenpp t ) i , V '* ' ? ®, *°^^ *^™ *» take tho faults H 18 T f^o you neglect to reproach him with hio strike him. 21 Do not f Ji i^ /O- I nave threatened to sister's friends ^r?^ noffeu" *^?/ ^°"P"™^"*« *« "^ 23. Have you refusedVselU,^ jSd f "o^ ThlTrlrt 27. Dr;;u"forbid him t'o'-comfp"l8'"r h ^'^^^/'if-.T^^^^^- writing. 29. Have von ffli^Tf/ ^*''° forbidden his have n^ot faiIedro^^^"L 3/ /KT' ^^'T " ^«- ^ 32. Do not neglect^o Se to me 33 tTv'^^ P'^: ^'°"- fethor. 34. ^0 not ce^e to wS 35 Tin v.™ */" ^° *° ^^ Chnstmas Eve. 36. I have toTd him tfcoSh'j day aft'r^ " Section LXXVIII. GOVERNMENT OF VEUHS.— CONTINUED. 1. 3Iany French verbs govern thoir n^^i^n4. i, prepositions, while the con-espondinLr fLS v^' "^*.°' °^ preposition before their obS Of J ^ T^^ ""^^"""^ °o thnfr «K,v^* *v "- _,^'^^" oDject. other French verha o-nvp-n ...... ,h.vusu prepositxoas different from those u^s^dS I«7 but hlvet^Jt"^^?;,?; fJ!'"""'"' ■>*« » ■""'« to fWh, Co^ifi/rS- "?„X7''''°°-^'^' S'.rprochc„le,to„^ o ^r , . feurvivre ii, to survive. .ii:t.?rirA?.:t*^"' """"* "w-" i-po,i. F^hciter de '^^^<^»h m. ndffh- cumstanci' -mLiI ' •''*""■ bour. CceCm."tW ^Sr' '"^ '^^'^f'"- Sf-Uier, m. saddler. Complaisance, f. kind- Ne-pius, n. nwre. ^ S^S"' '' '''■ '" ^' NouveUe. f. news. SucclC m. success. I. Let arrangement vous convient-il ? 9 ti ^„ / -^tu eu som de son p^re, et lui a-t-il ob^ip QufpeSISCr.^^di^'Sir*?^.^^^^^^^^ ' your opinion o6ot itiondet— Jl ii 188 les en romercie de tout mon Lur ^''7/"i»Pl«»«^nco P 16. Je f61icite do voire snccts? Ts Tl mVn ^ h^'-f^'' ^0"8 a-t-il V0U8 pas ri de notre malheur? S) Vn '^'"*^- ^^- ^"^^«2- nous ne rions jamais Ts malhnnJ; v I "-^^ "''°"« ?«« ""• souvencz.vous pis des nou vf>£ n, • ^ '""*'""': ^1 • Ne vou^ .To, ..e m'en .ouvims plus 23 ?oti' T' ^' "PP"^''^ ? 22. •lefondu de , dire d. SS proVaif" ^ff 1?^" "^f ^'^ 2'i. Nous nous sommcs infonn^^T" A * ; ^ ™^ ^ *^ ddfendu. cottc aflfain.. mtonncs do toutos los circonstances do , „ EXEKCISE 152. not your conduct displease vou? m S. ^ P^ti-^^^^e. 3. Does not please them. S.^Vhy Kve ^o. nnV t ^^I '°"'^"^t ^«e« '■ I have obeyed him S 7 lu ^ °^^>'^^ -^'""^ ^^^ther? ,«takesP 8.^hav™eS;'laui?rvr"fi.-^M'*tmy (). mistakes? 8' I havP nnf 'lo 'I ^r'*^ ^'°" "«* ^a»8- the youno- m^n Unlo^ ^M^^"^ ^.' >'"»^ mistakes 9. Has has not laugS^t'S mttl-ef T gf:'^ "'^^^^ ^ »« He' at j-pur cousin's misforSs » 12 l£ ^^'''"'fi^^^^^ '""^hed misfortunes. 13. Do you ever LSi^.,?*'' ^""^^^'^ «* ^is others .» 14. We never Rnrh^^ "^-'A^^ misfortunes of 15. Do you remember thoTsson\Xi,^^ 16. I do not remember it rr 17 n^.« If?* y^'^^^^^ resemble her mother f IR khh ^'- r^*"* *hat young ladv 19. Have you 2nked yt r frie^ t?^^"'^^,^ '^^^ ^^^^^^^^ have thanked him for it 21 w!a his kmdness P 20. I to read that book P 22 Sh; St T'J^-^"?"*^"'' forbidden you Whv do vni, n!^f +• • "^ ™^ forbidden it (me Va) oi wit? all '^yi^:^J:^T^:vrzM .^s^^-^-them 20. Ithink'of them (y) evervTv 27 ? ""^ ^'°"'' ^""^^'^'^ lated your friend p 28 T v.„ ^* , ^ave you congratu- cess. ^ 29. Have you not s^rTS"^"*''^ ^^ ^'^ hffsuC never slander iCighbo.^ 3? Do^rf/ff ^™^" ' ^O. T 32. It suits me, but it does not !nii ^% J?^' ^^""« «"^t y"» ? house suit the painter ? 34 it si tHS.*^''' ^\ °°^« t^^^* too small for me. '*^ ^'"^ ^^ry ^'eU, but it ia Section LXXIX. COMPtEMEVT OP ADJECTIVES (§ 85) veib e?myeZtKg^ffi:a""*¥hV^ ^^'^T^^' ^ ^^ - « ally. Z'';iTo&tVon^:tllt I?' t^*"' -d.^Person. ment .^ '^ ^ connects that adjective with its enmni»_ — ^ — 189 nest n^ce«»aireaetravailler pour It is r^rres^nry to W,o,r in o^-d^ to lire, 4 The follo%ving adjectives are connected with thoir comnln mont by prepositions different ir French and English :-^ Amoureux de, in fore tvith. iion il, yoodfor. honito\xr,kindtoirar lam very much pleased with it Is your .'servant exact in fuimimt his duties! Have you filled that Itottle with wine ! Have you filled your purse with money J I hare filled it with it. It is very easy to blame the actions of others. It is glorious to die for one's country. "r..?'s..'?£'^ "• -^'^' ! ^i'r,="i.i-"' '" Abatt-re, 4. ir. to cut down. Achat, m. purchase. An&cher, t to pid I up. Aubergiste, m. inn- keeper. Bois A brftler, m. fire- wood. Pommier, m. apple- tree. Prunier, m. plum- tree. Roi, m. k-inff. Sci-er, 1, to saw. Tonneau, cask. summer than in winter. Exercise 15.'J. Chagrine, e, vexed. Encre, f. iiik. Fend-re, 4, to cleave, split. Gloire, f. plory. Liberte, f. liberty. Nettoy-er, 1. to clean. Peuple, m. people. rioL^p" ^o'™t1 Tn^'f 'V^ P"' amoureux de la liberte et de la gloire f 3. II en etait amoureux. 3. Ce roi n'etait-il ms rh^rJ de son peuple P 4. II en €tait cneri. 5 ^rnSnts ne t\°ntV'%^"NSl'"*^ '^ '^T ^''^^^^ '■ ^^-'enlSm^ol pagner « 8 vZ^l^T- 'r ^"c^ t' ""^ P*'"^^^ nous accom- pagner . 8, J en suis desole. 9. Savez-vous de ouoi I'an dS f '""P" '' *"""^'^» ^ ^0. II ra rempli de^;,-n. U Do quo, ferez.vons remplir cette bouteUle, quand vous raun'; fait nettoyer ? 12. EUe est dejk remplie d'encre 13 N^tes vouspas bien fSch^ davoir fait abattre vos pommiers P H J en su,8 bien content, car ils n'etaiont bona h rien. 15 NVst H pa. necessrtirc do faive ariaolier ces pruniersP 16 II n'est pas necessaire de les fairs arracher. 17. Est-il possfble de 190 \r'Af«» "lu^err J4. 11 est ngcessaire de le faire soipr or. Exercise 154. I ™ t'Lffii grit? ptr •.'"tvsr.im/ ^- fill that bottle ? 4. I wiU Vrl if fiii;^ .Wi h what will you necessary u> have our wiod slwedP n Tf "^ '"''• "■ ^^ ^<^ "<^' our fire-wood sawed 7 ¥0?^ „„,.i ?* I' necessarj-to have necessary to hassle piumSe^^fred^ T'^t ^* "«^ sary to.have some plum-trees cut down V HaVJv! "fin*''; your friend's purse with silver? 10 r havo fi'ii^ ^. ^?^ ^",''^ 11. Are all y?ur bottles fiS with wine^' 1'^ '^^v*'' ^"^1i SiS? t; i';^.tKVar«;rF^ ^iiod'?^i;SottS want int 1^ ^ am giaa to have filled them with ink for T isgoodfornothing 19 istSarLrn^^^^^ ^«- ^^ fouS^tifit^i^o^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ you gratetm for those services ? 22. 'I am ffratpfnl f«wi,f 2fi Tf ifl r^^+ o , , " agreeable to travel in wintpr » 2I: It L%L'y t^bSettheL' travel in .inter as in^s^rj, one's countrS' ? 29 Itfa Sorion«'f JV """^ f^^'T ^"^ ^'° ^^^ country. 30. Have vou fi& f^ ' }T "f^ *'' ^'^ ^o^' one's 31 Ih'Lvefilledrwffit'^la' wSS "'*^ '* '^ pull up all those trees P 33 If wm,n . v * ^"^ "^cessary to them all up, for my warden Lv?r^ T* ^^ "f ^^sary to pull Fourth (,i.) waXrvXhi^p?^^^^^^^^^ ^4. Henry \he Section LXXX. GOVERNMENT OF PREPOSITIONS, ETC. (§ 135.) wiJhoSThe'irJfotLfS^^^^^ which foUow them mrlier period) • devant /,S / •L"*^*"'' *">'•'' ("t "n ^CBVU except ; oS besdes Zof' '°°°«"^t. ^««^/««^,' noun^*y'^eaitf^r;;epS& f'^^.^' ^^^ ^^-r de, far from; i flew dHSlSA ^VT °">.°"^ "Z^' ^o^^ regard de. with °J"/S Tri^Ji H« ^/vr,**,^' H^ '^'"^ "/' ^ «y / au deia de, that way of [§ 135, 2]. ' ^^ ' '"" '^'^^ i to jusqu'jl, (7* far as, &c. W( love mid praise our chil- dren. That (larden is useful and agree- able to our father. Within or without the kingdom. J 91 3. Others take 4:— quant k, as [§ 135, 3]. 4. Tavo or more verba, adjoctivee, or prepositions mav in 1- rench have one object in common, provided they govern it in the same manner or case : Nous aimons et nous louons nos cnfants. Ce jarclin est utile et agreable a notre pfcre. An dedans ou au dehors di, royaume, 5. When, however, two or more verbs, adjectives, or prepo- sitions, coming together in the same sentence, do not govern their object in the same manner, they cannot have one object in common. Ihe object must then be repeiited, or replaced by a pronoun, or another tum must be given to the sentence. The tollowing sentences could not, therefore, be translated literally into French: — That man \s ,mfi-l to and loved by his family— I write to and receive letters from my brother— To be exposed to or sheltered from the ram. We must .say :— Cet homme est utile a sa famille, et il en est aim^. J'<5cris des lettres i\ men fr^re, et ^^ j'en re^ois de lui. Etre expos^ k la pluie, ou en etre a I'abri. Utile and aiin6, ^crire and recevoir, exposi'and & I'abri, re- quiring difterent prepositions, their object is repeated in the second clause in the foim of a pronoun, as seen above. Miscellaneous Exasiples. Nous Bommes arrives avant la \ We arrived before the battle. That man is useful to his family, ana he is beloved by them. I write letters to my brother, and I receive some from him. To be exposed to t/ie rain, or to be sheltered from it. bataille. Vous vous asseyez toujours de- vant moi. Les avez-vous places sur la table ? Je les ai places des.sous. Je les ai mis sous la chaise ou dessus. lis demeurent derrifere notre maison. J'ai lou^ une chambre sur le derrifere. Nous occupons le devant de la maison. Je les ai rencontres derri^re votre jardin. Voiis avez achet^ cette teire A I'insu de votre p6re. J'ai pay^ ce jardinier a raison de deux francs par jour. | \ You alivays sit before me. Have you placed them upon the table I I have placed tliem under. J hare ^ ' them under the chair or upon it. They live behird our house. I have rented a back room. We occupy the front of the house. I met them behind your garden. You have botight that estate with- out the knowledae of vour father. I paid the gardens at the rate of two francs per day. 192 Exercise 155. Dedans, /««,rf.w./n it. Zmo '"'""' '' nors, out. Sur, «/xw^, a6o«^ pas qu'il s'enrichisse, s'il vend ses mSndis'; isi C Ziir.nn APP/f'^-'-^ ^'^ "'•'"'1»« " Hnsu d.s parents" „^,'? f S ^^-i '^'^ '"•' "'"« '"''^"e a son insu. 13 NotrP ami n est pas dans la maison, il est dehors 14 ri ^L^ voTs ?' V'";' '^ -^^^ ",?«• 1 ->• Avez-vousl; IW'o" ^ vous.-' 16. Je n'ai pas d'arcent sur mni i? n ' vous sur le derriere ou sur Ic dfvant S rmaisou V ,TT" demeurons sur lo devant. 19 La cuis nS „V n ^T assiettes sur la table ou dessous ? 1^0 Kul T ^"V"*' ™" ^*-^« les plats, les cuiUers%TZ"wcLS%rTatbTen?' Combien ces pommes de terro vous coutent-elles ? 99 T« T a. achetees k mson de cinq francs I'hectoHtre '2 . Ivez voS tait reparer le dedans ou le dehors de la mRison p oi^ t- ■ i^"^? reparer I'interieur et rexteriem- • ^^- "^ ''' ^^^' Exercise 156, behind our house. 12. ThS-e is no hm^s!f 1 i-^'/o^ody lives Have you a knife about you? 14 I have no\-n?f ^"^V '^• 15. Do you carry a knife about you ^1^ T.?*^'"'* '"^• knife about me. 17 Has not vm,r wv, "^''f ^^"^y » 18. He has no moner^ou Wm fg in^^'^ ^^°"* ^™ ? pencils upon the tabgor underTt'? 20 7w l/'L^t '^'-^ XrpT2.e by lui, .,/,/bv ellea "' ' °°"'' '^"" '*'' '^°"'' ""''' ^'""^ ''-' ®"*' ''"'^ ^^'^ ''>' The verb is used in the singular, except before pf^rsonal pro- nouns of the third person plural, and before possessive and •lemonstrativo pronouns in the plural, in the inteiTogativo torm, however, the verb remains in the singular even before personal pronouns of the third person plural. C'est moi, c'est lui, c'est elle. Ce sent elles qui parlent. Oe peuvent etre les miens. Est-ce eux ? Est-ce elles ? Sont-ce ceux que vous connaisscz ? Nan, ce ne scut pas ceux que je connais. 2. If the relative pronoun qui and another verb follow fitre this second verb must agree in number and person with the pronoun preceding the relative :— C;est vous qui avez fait cela. It is you who have done that. C est nous qui avons dfichir.^ cette It is we who have torn that si!k. H016* ^ 3. Ce is also the equivalent of the English pronoun if, used impersonaUy ^nth the verb to be, when the latter is not followed by an adjective* [§ 108 (o)] :_ Ce fut en Allemagne qu'il trouva It loas in Oermanu that he ^o^^mi. found his friend. 4. Celui qui, celle qui, ceux qui, m., celles qui. f are equivalent to the English pronouns, ;%e who, she u-ho, the>, who ■ celui que, celle que, ceux que, celles que. render he whom, &c'. Celui ou celle qui chante. He or she who simjs. r,l3^h ^^ iuiPei-sonaUy, and not followed by any of ^'-« words mentioned above and in Sect. 82, has for subject ilf- ^ ' It is I, it is he, it is she. It is they who speak. They may be mine. Is it they / Are they those yon knmo ? No, they are not those I knmo. II est vrai que je I'ai dit. n est difficile de le croire It is true that I have soiu „ It is difflcult to believe it. 104 ^^'8CELLAN£OU8 EXAMPLES. H^Jr," 1"^ "°"'' "'''' '^^^'-ti" , /' it you who have warned u, o; (\\\\ V0U8 en avons de oelfi, ? Cost nous avertis, RHt-cc vouH, nieHdamcH, que nous iivons rencontrecH ? Co n'cHt pas nous, ce sont eux ^ )on, ladies, whom we have met ! It is not we; it is thei/ whom mu na ve seen. It is mtiion ; it is they who have none that. It is in Eiujlattd that I have teen you. I>o you know those two Portu- guese 1 I know him icho speaks to Mr, L. Appel-er, 1. to call. A toute force, hi/ all means. Avert-ir, 2. to tvarn. Blessure, f. wound. Combl-er, 1 1. to M- ExEucisE 157 Connaissance, f. ac- Expliqu-er quamtance. ^ain. iJe jour en jovir, from Guerre, f. war day to day. -HO, number De temps en temps. Phrase, f. scntewe from tune to time. l'r6hxd.er,l.to prelude -, -. to over whelm. qui vouioz i toute ?orco iuTr^t' EspaSeT T "& n'^t'™'' moi, c'est mon cousin. 5. NVst ca ^af i!.,- • ^ ^^*.P"^ no™ ave. e,pir,„e ceirphS?- 20 E.l3 " ™rMr- ""' qui demeurez au N<> 18? 21 fo ^w • ?' ^lonsieur, 22. Entendez-vous ces mus de^s ? 23^% w '^".^ ^ ^r^"^«- chante. 24. Je n entpnT rfn! k- ^f • . J eiitends celui qui ontendons ceZc\n"^Sir '"^ ''^"^ ^'^ J""^" ^^^ ^'^^"^ Exercise 158. you expect froir, dav t„ day P 4 It i» „„t ?i,i 'V'"^ "''°"' poet. 6. I« it voa -who K^ don~ th ? ° V W " "■ "'' "■;- .- you who have done it." YwL^lt in'i^^T^:," j^ 19ft Shim': 10 A ^^ '" l<"«s.uthat you bccnmo acquainted wl. -f ■ u' ^* ^""^ ""t '" ^*»««'" ; it WHS in Ita v. 11 Was t you who wore calling us h 12. It wan not wo ; it il, leadinli u ^' T V''* acquaintcl with the two I'olcs who arc leaamgh 14 I know the ono who is near you. 15. Is that k ndncsHP^ '/t? -""T'/ ^'ho^huve loaded my brother witii "mowing hin, '^oV"^-?^' '^"'' ^'" ^"''"^ "«' t^"' l'l^''«"'-e two Vais 0., ^f-.^* '' r* (^ ; 21. Do you not hear those fL ^Jr I f ^ "^^ "'^t ^®'*'" "^^ O'lo who sings. 23. I hear SS. mornti'P^'S- U^'' ''''',\^' J^- ^^^ oan^i, to our houJo •'6 Was if vn„ i- ^*::'«« "?t I; I wan in Lor Ion then (alon). .0. Was It you, Sir, who did us that favour ? 27. It was not 1 ; It was my sister. 28. Was it your son who wished bv G rmr; %%' U t^'^'K ''/r' -t ^° = he is now i?. uermanj . 30. Is it you who wrote that letter ? 31. We have written no letter. 32. Who lives at («») No 20 ? 33 I Hve .as nit 'iTi i- ^' '^ ^« ^^^"^ V«" have seen f Js i *as not you whom I saw. Section LXXXII. bo^usS^'fiS'T"";*'* ir'^ """^ ^^' pronouns, il, elle. &c.) must vLw 11 -,1' "'"'J^'yy coming before the verb /o be, or a nln -"""""^ ^y '" *''7^*'" *^« ^^«er is followed by a proper fh^l, "°""' j^!;"" adjective used substantively, pL.LTy the dejniie mdefimU, or partitive article, or by I possessive oV rfmo;«/. He is a Pole. They are Englishmen. It M that lady who spoke to me of you. It must lj€ your friend. like thS tllfi-"' *^° "«?)i°at"? Of the verb fitre, in sentences cauy attcr it. The verb m this case is not put in tho plural :— Qu'est-ce que oes enfants ? Qu'est-ce quel'Italie? Qu'est-oe que le jardinage ? What are those children I What is Italy ? What is gardening I ««.if!?w '^ ?^i'" "- """^^^ °^ sentences in order to give greater force to the expression :— *^ Je SbI il t i™if ' ^'' ^^*''''- ^"^* °'-^ '■«*«' ffood hooks. ofi 018 que oui 5 je oroig que non. / say yea ; I believe not. Ill 196 ■^iinTi; jr?.'?' *''"" '"" >«"■ »?»»" 'i' (/"*~» »*, .^ C'est lo jardin de 1? France }/"* ; " ^"r'"''"- ' ««r la rue ? * ""^ J"" ^7 »«< •'/«'*'• '"'"^^'lo look on the No„.^c^eBt sur ,a cour -lu'elle ' ^ T^,,,, ,„ ,,, ^,^, .le croiB ,,ue o«i ; je ooi. ,„e .on. / Mice so ; I Mieve ,u>L Oui, Monsieur, co Briser, 1. to break: t'harron, nj. lo/ieel- l(Tir//it, Confitures, f. p. pre- ncrveti. l>oun-er, 1. to ,jive, look. enfanta quo vous avez surDris i voW , * ^^^ P*^ ^^ ^^^ 8ont lours freres. 13 Ne sont ill r.! *''°- '".^''^ ^ '2. Ce Bont.pHs cousins; ils sont frtel ^ .V?'" '** ^^« "« soieries:^ IG. Ce sont des mnl^!" ^- 9"^^*-<=° l^e ces onvoycr. 17. N'eslce nas n^K n '"'^-.r ^" °° ^'^^°t do nous vous aycz perdu F 20. Je crois quo oi' ^''•'1 K' "'f "'-'^'"^r que le jardm quo .lo^ncnt vos fenfitr^s ? io Om-Af *'•''' P**" '*"'" 8ur lo jardin q. v,eg donnent 2^ v ; "'' ^onsiour, c'est qui a fait cettc M -> 04 rf ;-■^,^'*■'^P^" "ot''^ ^h^iTon 25. Cesont no. n / .' u. iW •1,-^ P^\^? •!"» ^'^ fait«- I'a faite. ' ' ""■ ^'^^«'' ^'^ « est le menuisier qui E: 3HCISE W,. strang^r.*^* ^^o'arTthe?w '' "^^ ' '• N°' «>-' «he is a your lister P rA';^*.^'«r„5!!?£^'"^« ^^o are speaking to ,. -^ g-:riiticmt;ii. 0. Are those the 107 geutleinon whom you huvo invited? 0. It is thoy (eux) 7. Do you not know that man F 8. I know hiia very well ; ho 18 tho man who ha ' Htolen my wino. 9. What in Italy ? 10 It 18 the Kiirdfn of J.uropp. 1 ? . Ih not that the lottor which vou mtended lo arry <. the post-oflico h 12. No, Sir, it iHanother. 1 J. Is ti,c city of Havre fine h 14. Yes, Sir, Havre is truly a larpo arl htimliful city. lo. U not that tho man whom you Jvu'-o caught Htoahng your fruit:- 10. It is not, it is another. I/. I^not this tho cup that you havo bought? 18. Yos Sir 1 Dolieve so. 19. Do not the windows of your room look on thostrcotP 20. No, Madam, they look on tho garden. 21. Do not the windows of your dining room look on tho yard (cour) P 2L.>,o, Sir they look on tho lake (lac). 23. Is it that little chiia who has taken your preserves h 24. It is his brother and Bister. 25. What are those engravings h 26. They arc engi-avingH which I bought in Germany. 27. Are those gen- tlemen Scotch ? 28. They are not Scotch ; they are Italian. 29. Aro those ladies Scotch h 30. No; they are tho Italian ladioH who came yesterdjiy. 31. WTiat is Marseilles P 32. It isonooftho finest cities in (*) Franco. 33. Is it not your tailor who luadu that coat P 34. It is not ho ; it is an English tailor who made it. 35. It is your friend who broke iny watch. "' Section LXXXIII. 1. In French, as in other languages, when a verb has two subjects in tho singular, it is put in tho plural [§ 110 (2)] :_ L'oncle ct la tante sont arrivt^s. The uncle and aunt arc arrived. 2. When a verb has two or more subjects of different per- sons, it 18 put in tho first person plural if one of the subjects is ot the first person ; and in the second person plural if there is no subject of the first. In this case all the subjects may be summed up into one, viz., nous or voub, which sometimes is only understood : — ■^Vu4 at moi irons demain a la chasse. Vous et lui irez demain u I'^ole. Sa mere et moi nous avons ecrit octte lettre. Toi, elle et ton frere, vous nc faites que bavardcr. You and I will go hunting to- morrow. You and he will yo to school to- morroic. His mot/ier and I hare written that letter. Thou, she, and thy brother do nothing but talk. 3. The above examples will show that, when a verb has several subjects, all of them pronouns, or partly pronouns and partly nouns, the words moi, toi, lui, eux, are used instead of je, tu, 11, ilB. 4. For further rules on this subject, see ill and 111, and also the next section. 5. Gener corresponds in signification to the English to trouble, to incommode, to disturb, to be in the way, to hurt, and to m 198 pinch {in speaking of 'Shoes and ffuvments) constrain, or trouble one's self:— ' Se gtoer means to Est-oe que io vous efino ' a^ r • 1 J "uo genu . _4^ / j,j j,gy^ way I M18CELLAXEOU8 Examples. Oa irez-vous, ton frire et toi ? Liii et moi irons en Angleterre. V0U8 elle et lui, vous ach^terez uu ble. Eux et moi nous nous sommes fait mal d, la tSte. vous et lui, vous devriez vous peter aux circonstances. Lm et moi vous gfinerons sans doute. Ma coufline et moi, nous crai- gnons de vous gflner, Jeneme gfine jamais chez mes amis. Ne vous g6nez pas ; mettez-vous a votre aise. Nous n'aimons pas a g^ner les autres. Nous n'aimons pas a nous g6ner. Where will your brother and mu go I •' He and I will po to Etvjland. You, she, and Ac loill buy icheat. They and I have hurt our heads. You and he should adapt your- selves to circumstances. " He and F shall without doubt incommode you. My cousin and I fear to be in your way. I am never under constraint with my friemls. Be ttnder no constraint; place yourself comfortably. Wc do not like to ^incommode others. We do not like to incommode our- selves. . Exercise 161. A i!.!Sf''*l? '""*•. NuUement, by no Avro&t,mthaproJU. means. ^ras, m. arm. Pardon, excuse me. liconome, econ/our relatives, God will reward ijou. Charles ou George &rira k votre ami. Charles or Oeorge will write to your friend. 3. When a noun and a pronoun, or two or more pronouns ,^!...,. i,v,..j3 ,.u iii tn-.- liita priiiun;, ui'c juiiicCl oy 0U| tno vcro b put in the first or in the second person plural according to the rules given in No. 3, Sect. 83 ; — u. 200 Voiis ou moi partirons demain. Ta soeur ou toi irez k I'^glise. You or I will go tomorrow. Your sinter or you will go to ■tr , . church. ni^'un^fr^^" "^''"' T JT^** ^y "^ repeated, or when by m' S ni fw-''^' T""'' °' *^^ ^^'^ P«^«°"« represented gKr :_ ' ^ "" *''' ™^y P''^^^'™ *^« action to- Ni I'un ni I'autre ne liront. Neither the one nor the otiver will read. Even in this case the verb may be put in the singular :— ^ior(Aimr "'' ^'" '"" ^" ^S; '^ ''^"^ ^ *"^^ *«'• ver'bl^t^ JSThe:Sya"r^r'^^^^^^ *^^ -^-' the ?"il'^"*''en'onttrouvdle|iyrertAer nx. Have iiou not left your house ? I have left my country and rela- tions, I left my library in £tirope. Wm you not leave your son ^ do not like to quit him. 1 left your letter with his servant. My father left me fifty thousand jran^s. Have you let them alone i I Uve left them a free clioicc [jree room). That sick man has left his led. Your brother has left the bar. i mil let you have that hat at that price. EXEHCISE 167, ewww. army. medecins. 3. Le caSaine r S ^«'?}'"f^rce, et sont devenus 7. Est-iUropieunepo«?quitter sesltudosrs TW? ^ •"'""• il n'a que douze ans o a .°^'**'''""^s- »• H est trop jeime : viaile? ,0. rSaie*cS?:p„X i«««ry!^^, je ieunp hnmm.\,™ . ■. . "'"""P '''re » « cmrd 15 pi / 906 pour cinqnante francs. 22. A quel prix me Ic laisserez-vouB ? 23. Jo vouH lo laisHorai pour di.\ francs. 24. Jo vous le laissc a bon compto ; je ne saurais vous lo laisser a moins. E.XEKIISE 168. 1. The son, daughti r, aud cousin havo left Paris. 2. My father, mother, and sister have left mo here. 3. Do you like to leave youi- countrj' r 4. I do not like to leave mv friends and country, 5. My parents do not Uke to leave mo"^ here ; I am too young. 6. Why does not your brother let his son speak [Sect. 97, 4] ? 7. Because he has nothing to say. 8. Have you let him alone ? 9. I have let him alone. 10. WTiy do you not let me alone ? 11. I will let them alone. 12. Has your friend left his bedh 13. He has not yet left his l)ed ; he is yet very ill. 14. Has Captain G. loft the army l- 15. Ho has not left tho ai-my. 16. Has not that gentleman left the army for the bar Y 17. He has left the army for the bar. 18. My friend has left the bar. 19. At what' price will you let me have this silk r' 20. I will let you havo it at two francs a yard. 21. Can you not let me have it for less ? 22. I let you have it cheap. 23. Will you let me have that book for twenty francs. 24. I will let you have it for twenty-two. 25. I could not let you have it for less. 26. With whom {a qui) have you left my book ? 27. I left it with your sister. 28. Why did you not leave it with my servant ? 29. Because he had left your house. 30. Do you like to leave your friends? 31. I do not like to leave them. 32. Where have you left your book ? 33. I left it at my father's. 34. Has that merchant given up commerce ? 35. He has not given it up. 36. Those peaches do not part easily from the stone ; they are cling-stones. Section LXXXVII. 1. The pronouns subject, je, tu, il, elle, nous, vous, ils, elles, must be repr"+ed, when the first verb of the sentence is nega- tive, and the second affirmative, when the verbs are in different tenses, and when the different clauses are connected by con- junctions other than et, ou, ni, mais [§ 96, 2] :— H ne lit pas ; il ^crit. He does mot read ; he m^tcs. Elle ne viendra pas ; elle est partie. She will not come ; nheis {/one. 2. The pronouns of the third jwrson arc often omitted before the second verb in ca«;es not coming within the above rule. The other nominative pronouns are also, sometimes, omitted. We should, however, not advise the student to omit the latter pronouns. It is always correct to repeat the nominative pro- nouns. 3. The student will bear in mind, that the objective pronouns must always be repeated. 4. Connaitre a answers to the English expression, to know by .•— Je le connais a sa d-marche. / l-nmo him hit his walk (rarriage). n\ \ 206 Vo„svouaco„„ai«He.eapierreries. F.,..,v.;«rf^../,,,,,,V,„,,,,„,,. MiscEixANEotrs Examples. Je le counais, je I'aime, et je lid rends justice. Gkesset. II s (5coute, il«e plait, il s'adouise, ilsaime. J. B. EouasjJAU. A quoi coiinaissez-vous ce mon- sieur ? •Te le oonnais a son habit noir. «'e le connais de vue. J'ai reconnu ma mere d, la voix. A quoi vous connaissez-voua? 'Je me counais en marcliandises ' 'le ne m> connais pas. I II ne s'y connait point du tout. | II s'y connait mieux que moi. ' Je m'y counais aussi bien que ( / hmo him, love him, and dojm- tice to him. '' He list em to himself, 18 p teased with humc/f, adorm himself, loves htmsilf. ■^' % what do you know that aentle- man ? I know him by his black coat. I kmw him by sight. I recognised my mother by her voice. Of lohat arc you a judge ! I am a judge of goods, lani not a judge of it (of the,a). He IS not the least judge of it (of them). ■' -^^^^"^"e'Vw^^/eo/ it (of them) I am m good a judge of it (of ' them) as he. '' ExEucisE 169. Artisan,m. mechanic. EtofFes rlnthi nf „;; n Blond, e, light. £2 ^ Gracieux, se, graceful Cheveux, ra. p. hair. Gestes, m.p. gestures. Tout, quite demoiselle? 4 Je Kon Jis\r d'"'""?^'''"-^'.""'^ ^'^'^ N'aune..vou. point^rnr\-ot^o"aSTtifrrie 1' " cela P 1 , ^^""^^"^'i^- 10- Get orfevre no so connMit-il point A cela:' 1 1- H ne s'y connait point du tout 19 Vm'.?"/ naissez-vous arissi bien que le forjreron ^ \\ i^ ,J ^ "' tout aussi bien ouo lui m xrt !? • '^^ '" ^ connais Do6sio P tT t . . ^^"^ connaissez-vous point en potsio.'' 16. Jo no my connais e-u^rp ifi t« -f^v • ^ '■ous pas ce monsieur i .es gZ^ vihtoentj?' 19 TT""'" zii^.f^r;^ '-f ? !»• /-- ■..es!:„//pivs 22. Neneu3W.in;r;^itr T^t vZ^SS 207 «a at Imst to romltict us to the ter- mination of life by an aorre- able road. Ne le ferez-vous pas de bon irn' "> il 8 est marie contre le gr^ ,le ses jiarents. Ha, chevolure voltige au gr^. dn vent. o 6 « Je sais mauvais gr.'- a votre fri^re lie vouloir su intMer de mes affaires, •le lui en .sais bo» grc^. .''espore que vcu« ne inc saurez pas mauvais gr.^, si je ne voiis eons pas. O'est a mon grd le meilleur enfant du monde. MlWCELLANEors ExAMPLEH. ^Vill iiou not do it wiUitKihi 1 He married agaimt the v'il/ of /lis jxi rents. His hair tl utters at the will of the wind. I am displeased with your brother for wishing to interfere with iiiil ufiairs. I am thankful t» him for it I hope that lion will 'not be dis pleased with me, if I do not uyrite to pou. He is, to m?/ thinking, the best chad m the vwld. Exercise 171. ing or not williivj. Chambre, f, room^ Gard-er, 1. to keep. Lit, m. bed. Malgr6, in spite of. 'fad. recommend. ZTen ^' '" '"' '" tr''' ""■ ''''•''■ to 2 T« n«T-''°"' ™''"''^'' ^^ " ^otre oncle de ce qu'il i dif f vous en saurrie' meS?u r'grTI 7Z7 ?'' V T ' '' ^' vous pas bon gre d'avoir gar^dlce sSp 6 S ^'"' -^T' gr6 de Tavoir garde 7 Ne l^L !?? "^^ ^^^^ ^^'« ^O" degarderlo siltnce " S tI i avez-vous pas recommande 9, Ce malade gardtt-illSriri'-rr T'^' ^' !f ^f'^"- lit, mais il est tncore obS de earder la okn i?' ^^""t P^"' ^^ chevelure est-elle bien nou^e p ^12 Vr m -• ^\ ^°*^^ au gre du vent n Pa^^! " °°' Monsieur, elle vole -TelegarderanifaiMnS" '■°"' ^"^re domestique .« 14. «o ent ces dames, elles n. so2t as a mon J Jr^D^^r '^"^ soient les suifps dn /^nff« "".i^ts a mon gie. 1/. Quelles que intentions. 18 ToS befc'i? ''"? T 'i°° ^^^ ^' ^°« are IQ V -o, ^ belle qu elle est, elle nest pas h. mon f«1'«i4te'°"'^'o V"^^"''^^^"^' 20. Non/MonsiZ" ^ * "^^ ^^ S^^"^'- 21. Bon gre, mal gre, il partira. 22: 209 Mo gnrdorftz-voiis lo secret P 23. Jo vous le gardomi. 24. 11 chtingo d'opiiiion im gr6 dos 6venoment«. EXEHCIHE 172. 1 . Will ho marry against hi8 father's consent P 2. Ho will not marrj' against his parent's consent. 3. "Why aro you dis. l.leased with mo P 4. I am not displeased with von'. .I. Is your little girl's hair tied? G. It is not tied; it waves Iflnttr') with the wind. 7. What do you think of my hoolc !■ 8. It is, in my opinion, the beat book that I have read [Sect. 74, 3, 4]. 9. Will you not bo displeased with mo, if I do not come to-day "r 10. I dluill not bo displeased with you. 11. "Will you riot read that letter P 12. However weU written it may be, I will not read it. 13. Are those ladies handsome ? 14. However handsome and good they may bo, they do not strike my fancy. Id. Are you displeased with my brother P 16. No, Sir, I aiu thankful to him for his intentions, whatever may be the con- K('(iucnee8 of his conduct. 17. Will yc.u keep this secret (for me)? 18. I will keep ii willingly. 19. Does your sister keep her bed willingly p 20. She does not keep her room willingly. 21. Willing'iy or not, she must keep her room when she is ill. 22. Will you keep silent on this point P 23. I will willingly. 24. I am thankful to you for your good intentions. 25. Aro you thankful to him for this («fe cela) P 26. I am thankful to him for it. 27. Will the judge keep his servant P 28. He will keep him. 29. Does he do his work to his fancy P 30. Ho does it to his fancy. 31. Is your brother obliged to keep in the house P 32. He is obliged to keep his bed. 33. Has ho not left his room P 34. He has not yet left his room ; he is too ill to leave it. 35. I should be under the greatest obligations in the world to you, if you would do this. Section LXXXIX. 1. Servir [2. ir.] is used in French in the sense of the Englisli expression to help to : — Que vous servirai-je ? "v ous sei-virai-je de la soupe ? Vous n'avez pas servi monsieur. To what shall I help you ? Shall I kelp you to so»ie soup f You have not helped tliat gentle- man. 2. Je VOUB remercie, / thank you, said in answer to an offer, 18 m French always a refusal. This phrase is never employed like the English expression, / thank you for {this or that), to signify a request. The French make use of other forms :— Oaeral-je voub prier de , . . . Oser'>< oj moif/ you <,y,n», till / MlMCEI-r-ANEOtrs EXAMPLES. Qu'aurai-jo le pUisir do vmrn servir ? •To V0U8 demandcrai un morceaii (le ce jambon. Vou8 otfrirai-je un norceau de oe rOti ? Je V01I8 remercie, Monsieur ; ie prondrai de preftSrenco une , aile de cotte volaille. ■N a-ton pas encore servi '' Je yous souhaite le bonsoir. ' J ai souhaitg le bonjour a Ma dame. Preiioz la peine de vous asseoir. MesHieurs, veuillez entrer. 'F'l^^f'txhalfThmrth^ pleasure 1 V U thank !„>„, or / will troupe Lilian J offer yo-i a dire of this roast meat I ■' Ithankijou Sir; I would prefer > awim/o/that/owl. ^ "^ /» Twt the dinner pet on the table * J Wish iiou iiood ercninrf J hare wished the lady a „. plan MoMieiir). G. Sir, shall I havetlu? pUaHuro of holpinifvou to a shoo of this ham P 7. I thank you, sIr, I would prc/cr a slico of thopartndgo. 8. Shall I offor yo,. i little of this boiled mc-at h .'.I thank you. Sir; I have some. 10. Jladam, shall T send vou Hlittlo oi this soup i- II. Much obliged to you, Sir Uee Ko. U,m the above exercmr^. 12. Sir, will you have the goodness to help this voung lady h i;}. With much pleasure, Sir. 14. John, take this soup to the gentleman. 15. These ortolans an, delicious. 16. I am very glad that you Uko them. 17. Is the dinner on the table? 18 No, Sir ; it is not yet on the table. 19. It is too early. 20. Does it plej 80 you to go thoro ? 21. It does not please mo to go to his house ; but I will ao, if vou wish It. 22. Shall! go with you? 23. As you please. 24. \V 111 not vour friend sit down 't 2.5. Ho is much obliged to you; he has not timo to-day. 26. Have you wished your triend a good morning P 27. I wished him a good evening. 28 Have you not bid him farewell P 29. I have bid him fare- well. ^0. Have the goodness to sit down hero. 31.1 have taken leave ot them. 32. I have ttiken leave of all my friends. Section XC. 1. The verb tenir [2. ir.], to hold, often corresponds in signi- hcation to the P^nglish vorh to keep ; tenir un h6tel, to keep an hotel; teiUr table ouverte, to keep open table; tenir sa chambre propre, &c., to keep one's room clean; tenir la porte, les fenfitres ouvertes, to keep the door, the tvindow/i open ; tenir les yeux ouverts, ferm^s, to keep one's eyes opened, shut ; tenir la t*te droite, &c., to keep one's /wad upriyht ; tenir sa parole to keep one's word; tenir compagnie k quelq'un, to stay or remain tcith some or any one. •2. Tenir un langage singulier, tenir des propoa . . . , des diBCOurs . . . , would be rendered into English by to make use oj singular language, to use peculiar expressions, to advance things, Cejeunehommetientdes propos That young man says foolish msenses. things. 3. Tenir is also used in the sense of being attached to, to be tenacious of; — Je tions a men argent, a la vie. lvalue (i.e., fiold to) my money, T i.- ^ . . my life. ■ - — *^ "'*'" Oi^iiiiuii. / am tenacious oj my opinion. 4. Tenir is also used of a colour which is fast or not ; 1^. 212 5. Faire tenir is used in tlio sense of to forward, to send •- bo^r'pSltt^i: """. ^'®° *®°"'' ««"J»S^ted reflectively, may often be rendered by to remam, to abide by, to be satisfied with -1 "1-1 1- opimon. 7 am aatt^ed with your opinion. MiSOELLAXEOVS EXAMPLES. J»r. L. tient im hdtel sunerbp , ;i/,. /■ /.„ 'J'/wmi />*^Mii v.7«,<» ■* les portes chambre bien propre. I'ourqiioi tenez-vous It ouvertes ? H fait si chaud que nous tenons toutes les fengtres ouvertes Tenez la tete droite et les veux ouverts. I'ourquoi ne tenez-vous pas votre pai'ole ? Tenez compagnie a votre soeur • ^ elle est malade. Votre ami tient des propos bien singuhers. Voiis tenez d s discours bien legers. U coiileiir de votre drap tien- dra-t-elle ? hwi avez-vouH fait tenir ce livre? A quoi vous en tiendrez-vous ? Je men tiendrai a ce que j'ai dit, "^ Pourquoi se tient-il toujours de- bout ? L'inorddule s'en tiendra-t-il au ' prtJsent, qui doit finir demain ? ! Massillon. room very clean. Why do you keep the dows open ? It i« 80 warm that we keep all the windoios open. Keep your head tipriyht and your eyes open. Why do yau not keep your word' Stay with your sister; she is ill. Your friend makes use of very sin(fulur expressions. You use very liyht lanymije. Is the colour of your cloth fa^t f Have you sent him that book ? What will be your decision i I shall abide hyxohati havesaid. Why does h^ always remain standing ? Wi\the unbeliever be satisfied mth the present, which is to end to-morrow f Exercise 175. Cocher m. coacA Wirt „. Indigpos^, e. i,ulis Behoxxt, standimj. jjosld ' ' ^ dS'^.).*-^-^"'**''- J'?«°l«nt.e, insolent. J)e pr6s, closely. Lieu, place. hn dehors, out, out- Malade, ill. i-i , . Parfaitement, per- <'euH, m. pi. people. fectly. ^ Pr^fer-er, 1. to prefer. 1. Quel hotel votre fr&re tient-il P Recommand-er, 1. to recommend. Regard-er, 1. to look. Rue, street. Sav-oir, 3. ir. toknoiv. » enrhumer, 1. ref. to yet a cold. Vie, life. '2. II tient I'liotel dc o. u. uo 111 on tiendrai u co que ie vous ni Hif t x- BHvez-vous pas a quoi vous en tenir'p t riVrfaiteme^'nt 213 h quoi m'en tenir. 9. Pourquoi vous tonez-vous debout P 10. Parco ([uc nous ii'avons pas lo temps de nous asseoir. 11. N'avez-vous point defondu a ces jeunes gons do tenir de tels proposi' 12. Je lo lenr ai defendu. 13. Votrc cocher n'a-t-il pas tcnu un langage bien insolent ? 14. N'avez-vous pas peur do vous enrhumer, en tenant les portes ouvertesi- 15. Nous prcf6rerions les tenir fermees. 16. Votre niaitre vous recom- mandc-t-il dc tenir la ti>te droite ? 1". II me recommande do tenir les pieds en dehors. 18. Pourquoi votre ami no vous tient-il pas conipagnie ? 19. Sa sreur est indisposee ; il est oblige de tester avee elle. 20. Votre oncle ne vous a-t-il pas tenu lieu de perey 21. 11 m'a tenu lieu de pere ct de mere. 22. Regarderez-vous de plus pros a cette affaire ? 23. Non, Monsieur; jo m'en tieudiai a ce quo j'cn sais. 24. Co medccin ne tient-il pas a son opinion ? 25. II y tient plus qu'il ne ticnt k la vie de ses malades. EXEKCISE 176. 1. Does that gentleman keep open table ? 2. He keeps an hotel in Paris. 3. Why do you keep the windows open 'r 4. "Wo keep them open because wo are too warm. 5. Has not j'our friend kept his word? 6, He has kept his word; ho always keeps his word. 7. Have you not told your scholar to keep his head upright ? 8. I have told him to keep his head upright and his eyes open. 9. Why do you not stay with 3'our sister ? 10. Because I have promised to go to my cousin's this morning. 1 1 . Have you forbidden your little boy to make use of these expressions? 12. I have forbidden him. 13. Does he make use of insolent language? 14. He does not. 16. What will be your decision ? 16. I will abide by what I told your father. 17. Have you forwarded that money to vour friend? 18. I have not yet forwarded it to him. 'l9. Will you forward it to him to-morrow ? 20. I will forward it to him if I have an opportunity. 21. Why do you not keep standing ? 22. Because I am weary. 23. Do you think that the colour of your coat is fast ? 24. I think that it is fast ; it (f/le) appears very good. 25. Will you not look closely into your brother's affairs ? 26. I shall not look closely into them. 27. I will be satisfied with your opinion. 28. Are you not tenacious of your opinion ? 29, I am not too tenacious of it. 30. Does not your physician adhere too tenaciously to his opinion ? 31. He adheres to it. 32. Does that lady hold your mother's place ? 33. She is a mother to mo. 34. Our cousin is a father to us. 35. That physician does not value the life of his patient. Section XCI. 1. The verb 6tre enters into a gi-eut many idioms besides those which wo have already mentioned : — 6tre en retard, lo be Idle, lo tarry ; 6tre en etat, h, mdme de, to he able to ; fitre en peine de, to be uneasy about ; 4tre en vie, to be alive, to live ; 4tre en chemin pour, to be on the way to; dtre au fait, au i n> if ■ ' r 214 courant de, (o befmnilwr with ; 6tre h. la veille de, to be on the eve oj ; etre de trop, to be umwcenmnj, to be in the tcai/ ; fitre men avec, to be on yood terms n-ith ; fitre brouill6 avec. to be on bad terms xvUh ; fitre aux prises avec, to be in open rupture, qmrrd, or battle with; dtre d'avis. to be of opinionfscv. ' J^JSnw) ^/'?*^^ '^'i f^'"^"',*- '^^' ^^' '^ "«^^ ''' t^^« «en«C Of appartemr, to belong. It is also employed in the sense of to behove, to bcconw In the latter sense, it takes generally the preposition de hefore another verb :— ' ^^ nrochpiv"' '^ ^"^ ^^'"^ '^^' ''^- '^'^ '^ ^^'^^"^ .'/'>« to cmt (jmJcc) (<.^TtL ■ 1 reproaches npon him I est a vous a parler. n /« your turn to speak. 3. Y dtre is often used for to be at home, to be in :— Votre pere y est-il ? /« your father at horn I Miscellaneous Examples. Are we mt in tlie ivay here ? We are not on good terms with our relations. We are familiar with all that. Ne sommes-nous pas de trop ici ? Nous ne sommes pas bien avec nos parents. Nous sommes au courant de tout cela. Je suis a meme de satisfaire si sa demande. Nous sommes broiullds Ma sujur est a la veille de se marier. Nous sommes d'avis que vous alliez lui faire des excuses. Oe n'est pas il lui de nous re- procher notre bonte. A qui est-ce d, lire ? O'est & ma sceur a lire ce matin. Cette maison est a lui et a moi. Elle est a moi, elle est a lui. Ces souliers ne sent pas a nous, lis appartieunent k notre fr^re. lis Im appartiennent. Monsieur* n'y est pas. Madame y est. Achet-er, 1. to buj/i Arriv-er, 1. to arrive. I am able to satisfy his demand. We are not on good terms, wc arc at variance. My sist€7' is on the eve of her marriage. It is our opinion that you slwuld yo and apologise to him. It does not become him to reproach us with our kindness. Whose turn is it to read ? It is my sister's turn to read this morning. That house is his and mine. It is mine, it is his. These shoes are not ours. They belong to our brother. They belong to him. TJie gentleman is not at home. ' The lady is in. EXEHCISE 177. Gmvure, f. engraving. Part-ir, 2. ir. to start, Hpte, m. host. set out. ^ZX^'^''''''''^''''' I;;b''aire.m.6oote?;er. PropSkire, m. fond- ponaent. Mois, m. ^notith. lord Cramd-re, 4. ir. to /ear. Montre, f. watch. Pun-ir. 2 to nunish Embr,u-er,(s'),l.ref. ^"«"-' ^^ ^^ fore. to embark. * Monsieur, Madame, uot followed by a name are^onp™ntr understood to mean tbe master and n„«tr«sB 7t +i,„ h"t'„'*Jvl*'!!5i^"j^ tne^muy , tiiey are «o used especia ' !y byVanl when "sS^ktog" toTseri 216 24. Nous somnies ii 25. II y a longtempa 1. Y a-t-il longtcmps quo vous ctos brouillcs? 2. II y a plus d'un mois que jo suis brouillo uvoc lui. 3. Votrc ami ost- il cncoro en vio Y 4. Non, Monsieur, il y a dix ans qu'il est niort. 5. Votrc corrospondant est-il en chemin pour Paris ? 6. Je crois qu'il doit etre arrive. 7. Ce jouno hommc n'est-il pas en retard ? 8. Oui, Monsieur ; il no vicnt jamais a temps. .). Cos gravures sont-elles a vous ou a votro libraire? 10. J^llcs sent a moi ; je viens do les achoter. 11. No craignez- vous pas d'etre de trop ici ? 12. Nous sommes trop bien avec notre h(jte pour craindre cela. 13. A qui est-cc a aller chercher leshvres? 14. C'est a moi a les aller chercher. 15. Est-ce ii vous de le punir, quand il le merite? 16. C'est a moi do Ic punir, car je lui tiens lieu de pcre. 17. Ces maisons n'appar- ticnnent-elles pas a notre proprietaire r 18. Elles ne lui appar- tiennent pas. 19. Elles sont a notre correspondant. 20. A qui sont ces lettrcs l-- 21. Elles no sont point a moi, elles sont a ma cousme. 22. Cette montre est a lui. 23. N'etes-vous point a la veillo de partir pour liOndres ? la veille de nous embarquer pour Cadix. que nous sommes aux prises. EXEKCISE 178. 1. Are you able to pay him ? 2. I am not able to pay him ; i have not received my money. 3. Are you on good terms -.vith your bookseller ? 4. I am not on good terms with him. o. I am on bad terms with him. 6. How long have you been on bad terms with him v 7. It is more than a month. 8. Aro you not able to satisfy my friend's demand 'i 9. I am able to satisfy it {d'lj sat isfcnrc) . 10. Are you on your way to Naples ? 11. No, .Sir; I am on my way to Rome. 12. Is not your phy- sician on the eve of starting for Montpellier r 13. lie is on the eve of starting for Paris. 14. Am I in tho way hero ? 15. No, h-ir ; you are not in the way. 16. Whose turn is it to speak ? 17. It 18 my turn to speak and to read. 18. Is it my place {ri moi) to make apologies to him-' 19. It is your brother's place to apologise to him. 20. Docs it become you to punish that child? 21. It behoves mo to punish him. 22. Do you hold the place of a father towards him ? 23. I hold the place of a father towards him. 24. Is that coat yours ? 25. No, Sir, it is not mine ; it is my brother's. 26. Have you broken openly with him ? 27. We have been quarelling two months. 28. Is not that large house yours ? 29. No, Sir, it is not mine ; it IS my sister's. 30. Does it become your brother to reprwich him with his kindness ? 31. It does not become him to do it. 32. Whose turn is it to go and fetch the books P 33. It is my place to go and fetch them. 34. Is the gentleman in ? 35. No, Sir, the gentleman is not in ; but the lady (of the house) Sectiox XCII. 1. Avancer, retarder, coiTcspond to the English verbs toaaiu, to lose, to put forward, to put back, in speaking of a watch or 216 clock, &c The preposition de is placed before the word ex. pressing the variation :— woru ex- ^^heure"*'" ''^''"^^ *^'""' '^'™'- ^•^' "'^"'^ '' '"'^ an hour too uiieme. too fast. iri''?eurP ^""'^"^' '^'""' ^r' '''^" '•'"'■^' ^'«'/ "» /"""• 1, "'^""-'»«iire. forward. ^^^^2.JIettre [4. ir.] k I'heure, means to set right, to put rUjht, to Mettez cette montre a I'heure. Set tlmt xoatch rUjht. 3. S'accorder, to agne, is said also of clocks, watches, &c. MiSfELLANEOrS EXAMPLES. Votre montre va-t-elle bien ? Ellc retarde d'une demi-heure par jouir. Elle :tvance d'lm quart d'heure par scnaine. Oe combien avance-t-elle ? Je viens de mettre ma montre a 1 heivre. Si votre montre retarde, pour- quoi ne I'avancez-vous pab ? Ma peiidule avuuce ; je viens de la retarder. Quelle heui-e est-il a votre montre ? Ma pendule sonne les heures et les demies. J'ai oublie de la monter (or re- monter). Votre montre est derangee. Ti faudra la faire nettoyer, I^ soimerie en est d«?rangee. A otre pendule et ma montre ne s accordent pas. Les pendules a ressort vont mieux que les jiendules a poids. li'horloge a sonne deux heures. Does your watch go well '! It loses half an hour a dag. It gains a quarter of an hour a week. How much has it gnined ? I have just set mgtmtch right. If gour watch loses, whg do i/on not set it forward.^ Mg clock gains ; I have just set it back. What o'clock is it hg gour watch f Mg clock strikes the hour and the half hour. I have forgotten to wind it uj). Your watch is out of order. It will be necessarg to hare it cleaned. The striking part is out of order. Your clock and mg ivatch do not agree. Spring-clocks go better than weight-clocks. The clock hiis struck tivo. Exercise 179. Droit, e, straight. aSv/."'/ "S ^l-oit, e, straight. Eessort (grand), m. tolZ ^ ^' ' ''''^' ^"^t' *'' .'l"''^'^- main-irin.,. BaknoW ,r, ., Af'J-^' '■'•"^^' '■'"'*"^^'- Secondes (montre h), ddZ' ^ " ^I'^t/"V-"' r''"i"-"-. ^"atc'hioithascconc^^. v^uJ l 4 I. Perfection,f./,cr/ccnrs). 8. I have put it orward one hour. 9. I will put it back half an hour 1( Docs not your clock strike the half-hour h 11. ^o, Sir [ only strikes the hour. 12. Have you forgotten to wind 'n srnnoTlr'T ''• I ^"^'« f«rgott4 to wiSd it up, and i 1 ,^ stopped. 14._ Is your silver watch out of order P 15. It is out ot order, and it wiU be necessary to have it cleaned. 1 6. What ■^' "f V' I* -^ ^'-"^ '^'''^'^- ^7- It i« three o'clock by my Mtch; but it gams. 18. How much does it gain a wcJk^ 1 ght.'' 21. No, bir; it is not right; it is out of order. ''2 Does your clock strike right? 23. It does not strike Hghf" the striking part is out of order. 24. Have you brokei tl c twelve 28 tJ r *^f' '^'^ struck three ? 27. It has struck SO if"^. \ T '^''PP^'^- 29- Does it stop everv morning ? 30. It does not stop every morning; it stops every evening. 31.1 our watch does not agree with mine. 32. Have vou not broken the mam-spring of your brother's watch ? 33. He has hethad'^-r l'''^'"^. '^ ?• 't- ^fy ^''^^'''' ^^tch is rig not ifo-hf ,• r ^"'^ T*^ regulated. 35. My sister's watdi i not light ; It requires cleaning. Section XCIII. 1. Se d^mettre [4. ir.] le bras, le poignet. corresponds to tbr LngliBh expression to d^^locute omh «mr^W./, J^jKl'* am '''v.. 218 out of Joint. In this sonso ae d^mettre takes no proposition boforo its object, the reflective pronoun being a dative :— Jo mc Huis demis I'cpaiile. / have didomted iiii/ xhoiddcr. 2. Se d^mettre, used in the sense of (o renUj)!, to give /tp, takes the preposition de before its oT)ject : — II s'est (Mrnis de sa place. He has retiir. L. set my sister's shoulder. Have you resigned your situa- tion l I have resigned it. We could not help smiling during that narration. Have you seized tluit book / / laid hold of it. What do you trouble yourself about ? I trouble myself about nothing. How doc^ that young man bc- ha ve ! He behaves properly. I did not expect such an answer. I did not expect it by any mea/na. 219 Exercise 181. A I'avenir, in future. Gauclie, left. Part f part Bras, m. arm. Mieux, better. ravs'an m lua^nnt Cass-er, 1. to hreak. Monde (tout le). even,- rS"'f >S Droit, e, ,y,<. iod,,. fS.'jour, m. .s^^/ ' Diirunt, durm{, Oblige, ohlujed. Tn.itement, ni. tr,„(. Ecntoire,f. //M'.s^o)mi- l\nx, I itdr. A'ors-er, 1. to pour, '''"'"• riainte, f. complaint. nhed. Domaiide, f. nqunt. Vil, e, vile. 1. Quo vous iipportorai-j.i do Loiidros? 2. Apportoz-nous CO quo vous poumz, n'iniporto quoi. 3. Lui avcz-vous dit d appoiter du veloius :- 4. Ji} lui ai dit d'on apportor, n'importo dc quollo qualite. T). Pourvu quo quoUpi'un vicnne, n'importo qui. G. Quo ni'iuiporto qu'Arnau;».um., -while those whicr^X it must bo m tho maaculinc gender :— "^ ^mondl^"' meilleures gens du Th^yjre the best people in the Ces gens sont fort dangereux. ThZ people are very danyerouj Tous j^8 gens-ia ^t^ient^Hs chre- Wa-e all those people Chri»tiam? wwT^ ^""""^^ ^°''*' *«K.«1»»«1' certain, are put in the feminine Jn^ii r ^''''v \".™«?'«tely the word geM. or are sopam od fSneL ^^ ^"'^''^ ^''''''''^'' '^^^'""""t termination in the "^TonrvfsTff^retv'^'Lctf'^ W'^'rt i^o/^. ar. j/ou / fT^, ^ Queues bonnes gens ! What r/ood people / However, when tout, although immediately preceding gens mlscuHne:-""'' "''''"^°' ^""^ °'' *" ««°«' ^*^« "^ed^^in 5.e Ces momes, tous gens de sant<5 robuste. Those monks, all of them mm of robust health. Apris s'etre fait craindrede tout Je monde, il craignit tout le monde aussi. Flechikk. II dit du mal de tout le monde. MlSCELlANEOUa EXAMPLES. After harhui inspired evei'pbudy with fear, he feared everybody. He slander's everybody. I ' 828 Tout le mondo le dit. Avoz-vous (imeud beaucoup de ninnilo ? Lo inonilo u'est paH encore arriv^. II n'y iivait pas grand monde. II y a (111 niondo avec lui. II a cungi'Hli(' torn ion monde. Co capitaino a tout son monde. Voilil do HotteH gens. II s'arreto chez lea premieres bonnes gensqu'il trout'o. BOISTE. II y a i\ la villo, comme ailleura, do fort sottes gens, dea gena fades, oiaifa, d^soccupes. La BruyIire. Quels bravea gena ! Quellea viles et inecbantea «en8 ! Everi/bofl/i mt/s so. Have i/oii broiiyht many txoplc t Thcromiwn)! in not >/it romr. There were nut man// jteople there, Th(re in .loine jKrmnii with him. He has iliHcharntd all his strvanta {people). That eaptain has all his crew. Those arc foolish iKO}Ae, He stops with the first yood pco/)le that he finds. There arc in the city, as clsetnhere, re>\i/ silli/ jwople, tedious, idle, nncmployed people. What xim'thy people I What vile and wicked people I Accommod-er (s'), 1. ref. to put up with, to ai/rce with. Attend-re, 4. to await, to expect, Bord (il), on board, Campagne, f. country, Demeler, 1. to settle, arrange. Dtis (jue, as soon as. Exercise 185. Equipage, m. crew, Eveili-er, 1. to atoake. Gens de lettrea, men of letters, Gena d'^p^o, military men. Gena de robe, lawyers. Patron, m. patron saint. Perd-re, 4. to lose. Eaaaembl-er, l,to bring together, Revenir, 2. ir. to re- turn Salon, m. drawing- room, Serv-ir, 2. ir. to serve, Torre, f. land, shore. Voyager, 1. [§ 49J to travel. 1. Avez-vous rassorable beaucoup de mondo chez vous ? 2. II n'ost vcnu que peu de monde. 3. A quelle heuro servira-t-on le diner aujourd'hui ? 4. On le scrvira des quo notro monde sera venu. 5. Le capitaine a-t-il tout son equipage u bord ? 6. Non, Monsieur, il a envoye du monde a terre. 7. Vos gens so 16vent-il8 de bonne heure ? 8. II faut que tous los jours j'eveille tout mon monde (Molieue). 9. Lea Moscovites perdirent trois fois plus de monde que les Suedois (Voltaire). 10. OCi est Madame votre m&re? 11. EUe est dans le salon, il y a du monde avec elle {company). 12. Tout le monde pent voyager comme moi (X. de Maistre). 13. Ainsi va le monde. 14. Ello attend pour quitter le monde, que le monde I'ait quitteo (FlicHiER). 15. Vos gens sont-ils revenus de la cam- pagne ? 16. Nous attendons nos gens aujourd'hui. 17. Y a-t-il ici une societe de gens de lettres? 18. Xon, Monsieur; il n y a qu'unc societe de gens de robe. 19. Connaissez-vous ces toves gens? 20. Je crois que ce sent des gens d'epee. 21. Tels sont les gens aujourd'hui. 22. Telles gens, tels patrons (La Bruyere). 23. Touamea gens sent malades. 24. II faut savoJr s'accominoder de toutes gens (L'AcademibJ . 25. Que pouvez-vous avoir k demSler avec de telles gens ? a* 224 ' ExEucisE 186. 1. Aro thoro many pooplo at your brotlior'a P 2. Thoro are everybody h 4 Ho slanders nobody. 5. lluvo vou brouirhf many poop e w.th you > 6. We hato brought buK^w pSj with us. 7. Is thoro company with your mother P 8. Thoro is body 'srr '"i ^■ iH th "^'^ '"" ''''' >'"" *^"^ • ^"^ ^'"y- is not^.p? ^'L . i ■, TT^*" company (;omo P 1 2. Tho company \(wnusti,jtm)f 14. Slio has distliargcd all hor ix-onle 1« iJo you know thoHo people P 16. I know them^xTy we 11 they aro very worthy people. 17. When he travels h^. 2^ always with good people. 18. Are there foolis^plph' here 9. rherearelool.8hpeoploevorywhore(;>«,/o«0. 20. Do you awake your people every morning P 21. Yes Sir 1 „m«f awako them every day. '22. What can your bro her' have t^^^ v1 rl4*'rerr2''^- ''• They-ctLbestToile inti: Jwri,,,.: ^^''^« /hero many people at church this morning P m V ^7 v""' °«* """',7 P^'^P^'^ *h«^«- 26. Aro your pcofc fo^x^p^Shom^hi^^evr^^^^^^^ -• Has^your captain all his crew P 36. He\as ai h^s c;ew on Hection XCVI. ,n«V„T^^*'"Pw?'"^'^i''' possession is affirmed of things inani- mate, the relation of possession is expressed by the relativo pronoun en when tho thing possessed is not in th^. same cW as the inanimate possessor [§ 92 (5)] :_ i-ittusv 2. When however, the inanimate possessor and the thine noa- sessed are m the same clause, the Joesessive adjective if S Cet arbre a perdu son fruit. That tree has h,., its fruit. 3. Entendre, to hear, is used in the sense of to understand It IS also used reflectively. It means then, to be uZZTdt'o iS7i alTo rf °' T '''''"''''I''' '' "^'•''^ «''''' -- -2- It means also, to be expert m anything. In this latter sense if takes 4 before its object, which ma/ be replaced lytheTro* «/ ' CeKeSSend'"''''"''"'^ ''^" ' ^r ^^ ^'"' uv^-»ta>.l that ? E a'lnft^l « ■ ^^' ^ understood. n 8 entend aux affaires. ffe is expert in business. »etj understood, t;;^^'a:7r^fke^dt^''° ' '" ''"'' '"''' 225 NouH nous sommcs fait enteiulre. Tf'e made ouriehm understood, or heard. /). Ta^e [4. ir.l means, to conceal, to keep to one's self. Be taire, icf., to be nUent. y »» Taisoz-voua. TaiHons-nous. Be silent {hold your tongue). T^.. , . , . I^et IIS he sifent. Dites-lui de se taire. Tetl him to be silent. MiSCELLANKOlH ExAMI>I-E,S. L'auteur d'un bienfait est celui qui on re^oit les i)1uh doux fruits. DrcLOH. V otre jardin est magnificiue ; les arbres en sont superbeH. La vie a ses plaisirH ct ses peines. L'etude a ses charmes. Entendez-vouH bien le latin? C-Vt avouo n'entend rieu aux atf aires, II ne sy entend pas, The author of a {uml deed is the one who receives its sweetest fruits. Your garden is maf/i ent ; its trees are rerii ImuitijUI. Life has its j)le(isur'cs and its troubles. Stud II has its eh arms. Do t/oii V ndi-rst*! nd Latin wiU ( That attorniji has no knov'hdije of business. He is not expert in th ix. f I . '. , , » — , , **<. in II,,,, i.Ajnri- til III in. Je lui ai donn6 a entendre qu'il ! I (jaee him to undersUind that he 6tait do trop ici. Su'entendez-vous par \k ? y^ avait tant de bruit, que nous n'avons punousfaire entendre. Taisez le ])remier, ce que vous voulez qu'ou taise. Pourquoi ne vous taisez-vous pas ? Nous Tavons fait taire. teas in the vmi hei'e. What it neuf que votre fils porlo ? 2. C'cst un habit neuf, le drap en est tr&s fin. 3. Les manches n'on sont-olh^H pas trop courtes r 4. Jo crois que les manches on sont troi) courtes et les basques trop longues. 5. La campagno n'a-t-oU.. pas ses avantages? 6. J'aimo la campagne; j'en connais les avantagea. /. Pans a ses agrcmcnts. 8. J'aime Paris ; iVn connais les agrements. 9. Co chirurgion s'entond-il S la medecme? 10. II n'y entend rien du tout. 11. I-Intendra- vous la medecnie. 12. Jo ne m'y entends pas, 13. Jo ne lentends pas. 14. Jo n'v optonda n'nT, 15 ;\,.„„ ^,^„g reussi a vous fairo entendro ? 16, Nous n'y avons pas rfiussi. 17. Mon voism est un bra\o homme, et je m'entends fort bien avec lui. 18. Faire taire certaines gens est un plus grand 226 1. Have you a very good garden ? 2. one, but its soil {terre, f. ) is not good. miracle que de faire parler les muets (Balzac). 19. Savez- V0U8 de quel pays est cet homme P 20. II tait gon pays et sa naissance. 21. Par la force de la raison, elle apprit I'art de parler et do se taire (Flechier), 22. Voulez-vous vous taire, impertinente, vous venez tou jours meler vos impertinences k toutos choses (Molieke). 23. Qui se tait consent CVkovbuu). Exercise 188. We have a very largo , , o 3. Is your brother's coat new ? 4. He has a new coat, but its sleeves are too short. 5, Are not its skirts too long ? 6. No, Sir ; its skirts are too short. 7. Have you not heard that preacher {predicateur) ? 8. There was so much noise, that I could not hear him. 9. Does not the country have its pleasures ? 10. The country has its pleasures. 11. Does not your brother like the city? 12. He likes the country ; he knows its pleasures. 13. What does your brother mean by that ? 14. He means what he says. 15. Is your father expoit in business ? 16. My father has no knowledge of business. 17. Does that young man understand English well ? 18. He understands French and English very well. 19. Do you agree well with your partner ? 20. My partner is an honest man [§ 86] ; I agree very well with him. 21. Does that young man conceal his age ? 22. He conceals his age and his country. 23. Does your father understand medicine? 24. He does not understand it. 25. He has no knowledge of it. 26. Be silent, my child. 27. Tell that child to be silent. 28. Silence gives consent. 29. Will you not be silent? 30. What have you given him to understand ? 31. We gave him to understand that study has its charms. 32. Have you silenced him ? 33. Yes, Sir ; we silenced him. 34. Tell him to be silent. 35. I have already (dejd) told him to be silent. 36. Let us be silent. Section XCVII. the present participle. — the verbal adjective. 1. The present participle is invariable, and ends always in ant. It expresses action, not situation. It cannot be rendered into English by an adjective, but should be expressed by the participle present or any other tense preceded by a relative pronoua The present participle may have an obj ect [ § 66(1)]. Those men, foreseeing the danger, fied. 2. The part of the verb used after the preposition en, is al- ways the present participle : — En ^crivant, en lisant. In loriting, in reading. 3. When the word ending in ant is used to express the qualities, propurtios, or moral or physical situation of a noun, it is tt verbal adjective, and assumes in its termination the Ces hommes, pr^voyant le danger, s'enfuirent. 227 gender and number of the noun which it qualifies. It must in this case be rendered into English by an adjective [§ 66 (2)] :— Ces hommes sont pr^voyants. Those 'men a ^e cautious, provident. 4. The verbs entendre, to hear ; faire, to cause, to make ; laiBser. to let, Sec, followed by another verb completing their meaning, are not in French separated from that verb. In the corresponding sentences in English, the two verbs are usually separated by other words :— J'ai laiss^ tomber men couteau. J'ai entendu dire cela. I have let my knife fall {dropped). I have heard that said. Miscellaneous Examples. Je coimais despersonnes dormant d'un sommeU si prof end, que le bruit de la foudre ne les r^- veillerait pas. Bescheb. Les eaux dormantes sont meil- leureb pour les chevaux que les eaux vives. Bub'B^on. Nous avons trouv^ cette femme mourante. Cette femme mourant dans la crainte de Dieu, ne craignait point la mort. On est heureux en se oontentant de peu. Avez-yous laiss*^ passer oe voleur ? Je I'ai lais86 passer. Pourquoi avez-vous fait faire un habit ? Je n'ai pas fait faire d'habit. J'ai laiss^ tomber quelque chose. Lui avez-vous entendu dire cela ? Je le lui ai entendu dire. Je I'ai entendu dire. Je I'ai entendu dire d ma soeur. / know pm'som, sleeping (who sleep) so profoundly, that the noise of thunder tcould not avxike them. Sleeping (still) waters are better for horses than running waters. We found that woman dying. That woman, dying in the fear of God, did not fear death. One is happy in contenting one's self with little. Have you let that thief pass) I let him pass. Why have you had a coat made ? I have had no coat made. I let something fall. Have you lieard him say that ? / heard him say it. I heard it said. I heard my siste)' say it. Appliqu-er (s'), l.ref. to apply one's self. Besoin, m. want. Changement, m.alter- ation. Exercise 189. Essay-er, 1. to try. Vri\en&nt, e, obliging, Hat-er (se), 1. ref. to Pr^ven-ir, 2. ir. to an- hasten. ticipate. Lecture, f. reading. R^p^-er, 1. to repeat. . Obligeant, e, obliging. Suivant, e, follmoing. Lmouss-er,!. to blunt. Plai-re, 4. ir. to please, Suiv-re, 4. ir. to follow. Emp6ch-er, 1. to pre- Pleuv-oir, 3. ir.^o ram. Voyant, e, bright, vent. Pointe, f. point. skmvy. 1. Ma cousine est-elle aussi obligeante quo la votre? 2. EUe est aussi obligeante, et bien plus charmante que la mienne. 3. Vos enfants sont-ils prevenants ? 4. Mes enfants, prcvo- nant tous mes besoins, ne me laissent rien h. desirer. 6. Lisez bicn attentivement les pages suivantes. 6. Ces demoiselles, suivant I'exemple de leur m^re, s'appliquent h. la lecture. 7. Los couleura voyantes ne me plaisent point. 8. Mes soeurs, III 228 voyant qu'il allait plouvoir, se huterent de revenir. 9. Qu'ayez-vous laisse tomber ? 10. J'ai laisse tomber ma plume ; la pointe en est emousseo. 11. Lea avez-vous fait parler ? 12.' Jelcs ai fait parler, mais avcc difficulte. 13. Avez-voua fait fairo dca changements dans votre maison? 14. J'y en ai fait faire. 15. Oil en avez-voua fait faire ? 16. J'en ai fait faire k la sallo a manger et au salon. 17. Avez-voua laisse passer cet hommo ? 18. Je n'ai pas essaye de Ten empecher. 19. A qui (whom) avez-vous entendu dire cola ? 20. Je Tai entendu dire a mon pere. 21. Je lo lui ai entendu repeter. 22. II voua I'a entendu dire. 23. II voua a vu fairo cela. 24. II voua I'a vu faire. 25. Je I'ai vu paaaer. EXEIICISE 190. 1. Arc still waters good for horses ? 2. Buflfon saya that they are better for horses than running waters. 3. Are your sisters cautious? 4. They are not very cautious. 5. My sisters, foreseeing that it was going to rain, brought their um'- brellas. 6. "What have you let f aU ? 7. I have let my knife and book fall. 8. Do very bright colours please your brother ? 9. Very bright colours do not please him. 10. Have you read the following pages? 11. Have you seen the dying woman ? 12. Your sister, dying in the fear of God, was very happy. 13. Your sister, following your example, applies herself to study. 14. Have you made them read? 15. I have made them read and ^v^ite. 10. I made my brother write. 17. I have had a book bound {rcUer). 18. Has your father had alterations made in his house ? 19. Ho has had some made in it. 20. In which room haa he had some made? 21. Ho has had some made in mv brother's room. 22. Whom have you heard say that ? 23. I heard my aistor aay it. 24. Have you heard him aay that ? 25. I have not heard him say it 26. Have you seen my father pass ? 27. I have not seen hini pass. 28. I have heard him apeak. 29. Make him apeak. 30. Let it fall. 31. Do not let it fall. 32. What has your brother dropped? 33. He haa dropped nothing. 34. Whom have you heard say that ? 35. I heard your brother say it 36. I have heard you repeat it. 37. We have seen you do that. Section XCVIII. the present pakticiple continued. 1. French present participles are never employed substan- tively to express an action. English present participles, when so used, are rendered in French— a, by nouns ; h, bv infinitives used aubstantively ; c, by verbs in a personal mood"^* :— a. Oamitiij is a Urrible possum. Le Jeu est une paasion terrible. b. Skatinff is a wholesome eccerme.VBXin.et est un exercioe salutaire. t^'^'^A?®"**",'^ ^S'"'* *^ "8®^ ^'^ * personal mood when it haa another BUDjeot than the nrit. 229 b Sleeping is necessari/ to health. Le dormir est n^cessaire d. la sant^. c Theii came in without my see- lis entr^rent sans que je les viBae. inff them. 2. When the Enghsh present participle has an object, and is subject of to he, it is generally expressed in French by an in- finitive preceded by de, the French sentence being introduced by 6tre with il or ce as impersonal subject * : — Doing that toell is meritorious. H est meritoire de bien f aire cela. Loving his parents is a good C'est le devoir d'un bon fils son s duty. d'aimer ses parents. 3. Used with a verb, a French present participle may refer to the subject or to the object. When the French present participle refers to the sub ct it may be preceded by the pre- position en : — He spoke to tne w' ' wo^ II me parlait tout en <5crivant. lorittng. Beiiuj tired, I will go to bed Etant fatigu^, je vais me coucher. directly. But when the French present participle refers to the object of the verb to which it is joined, the preposition en t must never be placed before it ; in this case a verb in the infinitive or in a personal mood may replace the present participle :— / see her wot'king. She perceived a child comiiuj to- loards hei; Je la vols travailler. Elle aperyut un enfant qui venait k elle. 4. Many French present participles are used as nouns in re- ference to persons and things : — Thei'c are many Protestants in II y a beaucoup de protestants France. en France. Your son lias lost his shuttle-cock. Votre fils a perdu son volant. 5. When an English present participle follows the verb to be, it IS translated into French in the same tense as to he is in English, but to be is left out : — Yoiir father ia speaking to a gen- Votre pere parle t\ un monsieur. tleman. However, to be may be expressed in French, but the English participle is replaced by an infinitive preceded by the proposi- tion k', this form frequently occurs in French in familiar con- versation and letter-writing :— His sister will be singing at that time. Sa sceur sera k chanter a ccttt heure-U. * -a.^ to the use or ii est, and of c'esfc, see Eule 1, Section 82. «X;t „i?*t?''®l*i!*'° ®^ is the only one which governs the present par- twtplfl ; an the others require the i>rM«?vt or the past tense of the injini. 230 Miscellaneous Examples. Fishing ia a pleasant pasiime. Travelling is instructive, I like her speaking. The prisomr slipped away with- out their seeing him. Obeying him is necessary. Complying with the laws is every citizen's duty. She was laughing while she was speaking to me. Wishing to see you soon, I shall start, to-moi'row. Do you hear him singing ? He deso'ied three men coming towards him. The edge of a knife. Thei-e wfre fifty thousand com- batants. I shuald be working if I were not ill. He was writing to yov,, when he received your note. un passe tempa La peche est agr^able. Voyager est instructif. J'aime son parler. Le prisonnier s'ischappa sans qu ils k vissent. II est n(^cessaire de liii obeir. C'est le devoir de tout citoyen d'observer les lois. Elle riait tout en me parlant. D^sirant vous voir bient6t, je partirai demain. L'entendez-vous chanter ? II aper9ut trois hommes qui venaient A, lui. Le tranchant d'un couteau. n y avait cinquaute mille com- battants, Je travaillerais si je n'^tais pas malade. II etait a vous Jcrire, quand il re5ut votre billet. Exercise 191. Escalier, m. stairs. Etudier, studying. Eveillez, awake. Fen^tre, f. window. Fievre, f. fevej; ague. Habitants, m. inhabi- tants. Lire, reading. Manger, eating. Montaient, coming up. Penchant, m. incli- nation. Presque, almost. Primes (ir. from pren- dre), caught. Regardez, look at. Savoir nager, being able to sivitn. Se s^para, broke up. SoufFraient (ir. from souffrir), were suf' fcring. Tard, la,te. Tout en, while. Utile, useful Ven-ir, 2. ir. coining. Volant, stealing. Voyais {from voir), saw. Appris {from appren- dre), learnt, Arroser, 'watering, Assemblee, f. meeting, Attendait {from at- tendre), was wait- ing for. Attendez, wait. Broder, embroidering. Choux, m. cabbages. De, frmn, Dort (ir. from dor- mir), sleeps. Droit, right. Ecoutant, listening, 1. L'assemblee so separa tard. 2. Savoir nager est utile 3 Le manger est necessaire a tons les animaux. 4. Ro^ardoz vos enfants, qui s'amusent dans le jardin. 6. Nous les^avons entendus vemr 6. Ayant appris quo mon pere etait ici, ic suis parti imme(|jatement. 7. II ccrivait tout on m'ecoutunt avcc attention. 8. Je les entendais qui montaient I'escalier en chantant. 9- Do ma fenetro je la voyais lire, arroser ses fleurs et broder. 10. Presque tons les habitants de cette villo souftraient de la fievre. 1 i . Nous les primes volant nos choux. 1. ^0" penchant pour le .jeu sera sfi ruine. 13. II dort, ne ievoihe;ipas. 14. Elie est a etuUier, attendez. 16. II est aise de le lui ecnre. 16. C'est le droit et le devoir d'un p^re de comger ees enfants. ^ Bcatinfi, battrc, Bdl, cloche, f. Besiq/et's, assip^^sants. B>/ hcrifdf, toute seuk. Clapper, battant, m. CUmbimj, grimpant sur. Drinking, le boire. Given, donn^. Heard, entendions. He must have, il liii faut. 231 EXEUCIBE 192. Huntinff, cliasse, f, / attribute, j'attri- biie. I will have, je veux. Lawjhimj, rire. Meet; rencontrei. Minister, ministre, m . Money, argent, m. Playinii, jouer. Receipt, re9u, m. Reinforcements, ren- foris, m. Sticccss, succfes, m. Tcacliitig, enseigiier. Tclliny, dire. To his knmoing, k ce qu'il connait. Truth, v(5rite, f. Upright, lionnute. Walking, se promener. Weak, faible. While, en. Whilst, tiindis que. Writiiuj, ^crire. 1. Hunting is a wholesome and pleasant pastime. 2. Teach- ing is difficult. 3. Drinking is necessary to man. 4. I attri- bute his success to his knowing the minister. 5. Wc heard them laughing. 6. I often read while walking. 7. Having given him his money, I will have a receipt. 8. We sometimes meet her walking by herself. 9. Did you see her going to the station r 10. They caught him climbing a tree, and stealing fruit. 11. The clapper of the bell has fallen. 12. He is weak, he must have stimulants. 13. Your brother is playing in the garden, whilst my cousin is writing her exercises. 14. The besiegers received reinforcements. 15. Telling the truth is an upright man's duty. 16. Beating that poor dog is cruel. Section XCIX. [§ 130, 131.] practical summary of the rules of the past participle. — i. The participle past is variable under any of the following conditions : — 1. When employed as an adjective; in which case it agrees in gender and number with the noun which it qualifies, after which it is always placed * : — Des livres imprimis. Printed hooks. Ces femmes paraissent bien Those tvomen appear very de- abattues. jected. 2. When used in the formation of the tenses of passive verbs ; when it always agrees with the subject : — Elles sent bien revues de tout T/iey are well received by every- le monde. body. 3. When employed in forming the compound tenses of neuter verbs having 6tre as an auxiliarj- ; in which ip stance, as in the preceding case, it agrees with the subject : — Votre sceur est partie ce matin. Your sister went away this nwrninff. 4. When employed in forming the tenses of active verbs • The past participle pr€tendu is the only exception ; it is placed before its noun : La pr6tendue princesse, the self styled princess. 232 having avoir as an auxiUary ; in which connexion it agrees not ^loh^ST' '^''' "°"' '"^""^ The 1u>useswhkh we Mve bought. nonmJ'T^r "'f ''^^"^ ^'*,^ ^^'^^ ^° ''^^ formation of the com- tTe pronoun ?f ff "e^^^r^flf tiv« verbs, wherein the re£ w /i^fw ^ '^'5^''* °^J*''^* 5 ^^^ ^^>' position it agrees with that pronoun or direct object ;— »feri-c8 Ces dames se sent flatt^^es. Th^se ladies have flattered themselves. tin!' Jt"" ''"''^ ^^""^^ "^'^^ ^^J^® (as in Rule 5) in the forraa- Stwh of the?r"r'^ *'"'''' °' feeVocalandr^eflectfveveTbs m Which the reflective pronoun is not the direct but the in provided (as in Rule 4) that ohjecipreccdes the auxiliary — ^ 'wr^ ^"' ""'" ^'"^ ''''' T^^f^rlLynch my fr.-nd h^ given to himself. r.nL^''" "'^'f ''^""^ "^'^^ ^^'e i" the formation of the com- pound tenses of natumUy pronominal verbs, in which Sisothn past participle always agrees with the subject - Ma sojur s'est repentie. Leurs chevaux se sent cabr^s. My sister km repented. Their horses have reared. 8. However, the naturally pronominal verb s'arroffer m «n exception; Its reflective pronoun being indirecf^bfect and withTh'M'"'"'"^ ""I- * ^'''^ ^^J'^'^*' i*« Pa«t pSiSo agrees with the latter according to the rules given above:— ^arrS ''"' '^'*'' '"""' ''"'* ^'"^ rights which your sister has ^^" arrogated to herself. 9. When forming part of a compound tense of a vorb f^HT^^,-'''?'^^^ '"^"i"^«' i* i« at the same time Tre (simjing). 10. When in a sentence containing the pronoun en fbo n.,r tieiple IS preceded by another object whicK direct 'or wbnn" aSXrfn wh^y'^"'.°* 'l"^"^*^' *^ lattrpVecTdelttie auxuiarj , m which cases it agrees with that direct object ;_ Je les en ai avertis. Vous les en avez informds. Plus il a eu d'ennemis, plus il en a vamcus. / have waimed them of it. You have informed them of it. The more enemies he has hud, the more he has ennqvrrcd. 11. When a past participle has for direct object the adverbial 233 phrase le peu, it agrees with the following noun, when le peu means a small quantity : — Le peu de fortune que j'ai acquise The little fortune I have ac- mo sufflt. quired i'a aioughfor me. 12. The past participles cotlt^ and valu only agree when taken in a figurative sense : — Je ue regrette pas les peines que / do not regret the trouble that oet o.;vrage m'a cofttees. work has cost vie. Lea honneurs que sa conduite lui The Jionours his conduct pro- a valus, cured him. Miscellaneous Examples. Vous avez des livres bien relics. Vos filles sent estimees. Ces terres sent bien labourees. Mes voiNines sent tombees d'ac- cord. Elles sent venues nous trouver. La victoire que nous avons rem- portee. Les champs que vous avez laboiu-es. Vous vous etes repentis de votre faute. Ellc s'est souvenue de sa pro- messe. IjCS soldats que j'ai vus passer. Les musiciennes que j'ai enten- dues jouer. L'indiscretion que nous nous sommes reprochee. Les evenements qu'elles se sent racontes. Les fruits que j'en ai re9us. Plus il a eu d'amis, plus il en a tromp^s. Le peu de patience qu'ilamontr^e a suffi pour le faire r^ussir. Quels avantagea vous a valus les peines qu'il vous a cofttees ? You have tvell hound books. Your daughters are esteemed. Those lands are well ploughed. Mg neighbours have come to an snider standing. They came to us. The victory xohich we have gained. The fields which you have ploughed. You have repented of your fault. She remembered her protnise. The soldiei's whom I saw passing. Themudcal ladies whom I heard playing. The indisiretion with tci'dch we reproached one another. The eventt which they related to one another. The fruits which I received fn sufficed to make him succeed. What advantages hare you de- I rived from V>e troubles he has ■ given you ? A I'ordinair,: , as usual. Avert-ir, 2. <,o vxirn. Boue, f. mud. Coutume (de), visually, usual. Cueill-ir, 2. to gather. D^chiffr-er, 1. to de- cipher. D^courag-er, 1. to dis- courage. Exercise 193. Fleur, f. flower. Malade, sick person. Merveille (A), wonder- fully, perfectly. Parven-ir, 2. ir. to succeed. Plus t6t, sooner, ear- lier'. Porter (se), 1. to be, t» do. Reproch-er (se), 1. ref. to rejfyroach one's self. Eire, 4. ir. to laugh. Serieux, se, sei-ious. Souri-re, 4. :r. to smile. Suivant, according to. Tomb-er, 1. to ^ all. Trouv-er, to find. Vol-er, 1. to steal. 1. Cette demoiselle ne se trouve-t-elle pas bien fatigu6e ? 2. EUe est fatiguee et decouragee. 3. Votre soeur est-elle ailee i 234 uiwiporcco^ 1*- J^Uo 8 est portee ^ mervoillo. 15 no m.nl hvre vous etes-vous sorvio, Mademoiselle? 16 Jo me Sa some du votre. 17. Nousnous sommos sorvies des nOtrS iT Quollea fautcs votre flls s'estil renrochoos P l q t /a i I EXEHCISE 194. well Printed ' ^V^mf^ Y""^ ^ ?■ T^'^ ^'' ^'^^ ^ound, and SaJedP 4 ^y.Fl not your little girl find herself dis couraged r- 4. She found herself tired, but not discouraffed 5 Have your sisters come to an understandingT 6 They have »u unaerstanaing. 8. Who came to you ? 9 Your fnVnrla came to us. 10. Is not your sister gone to ch^ch ? 11 Mv smtor 13 gone to church as usual. 12. Did your sister rkfS Triro'Z fiTf' ' J'C ^y «^«*- re-tumed^later'han usu™ 14 Are the fields which you have plou-^hed larjypp l^i Tho fieWs which I have bought are verylrg°e i6.There L^he st^'^n^^if ™ ^"'^ '"^ P"^« ^ 17. The ladies whom I heard ^1 fW ^''- r^""- 1^- ^^*1 yo^'' poor sister fell ? 19 iJid that poor sick woman fall in the mud P 9ft tv;/ sister succeed in reading that book ? f^L..^ \ r^"" readincif 99 wJ^-VT *' dook r 21. hhe succeeded in reaaing It. 22. Have you warnec your sisters of their danirer ? it 25 WW™''* l^''" "^ '■' 24. I have not warned them of mine 2T te^otV"" ™otl^«rused? 26. She hasTsei TV,^ T, . ® ^°.* ^^^^'^ y«""? ladies used my book P 28 They have not used it 2!) Has your mother En weUP 30 prom?s" '"32 ^st'S ""''• .'S^^^ «^^ remem'bSed h'; thoS boys laui P S4 ^T""^''"* ^*;. ^^- ^^^« yo-^ «««« you:eJXetlLyP^t6.^lt:orar?S^.^^^^^^^ ^^- «- Sectiox C. [§ 130, 131.] PRACTICAL SUMMARY OF THE RULES OF THE PAST PARTICIPLE -II The participle past is invariable :_ ticiplJ?-^'*'"'" ^^"^'' ''^'^ *^" ^^^«* ^«S™«° foUows the par. Mesni^cesont^tudi^leursle^ons. My nieces have studied thei. Elles out n^glig^ leurs Etudes. TA^S mgUctedtheir studies. 23S 2. In neuter verbs conjugated with avoir : — My cousins have disappeared. ont The Jive hours which they have slept. In the latter sentence, the word pendant is understood after heures : — Mes Gousines ont disparu. Les cinq heures qu'elles dormi. Les cinq heures pendant lesquelles elles ont dormi. The five hours during which they slept, 3. In impersonal verbs, whether conjugated with 6tre or with avoir : — Les chaleurs cju'il a fait cette ann^e. The heat there has been th is year. n est arrive bien des malheurs. ManymisfortuneshavehapjKned. 4. In reflective or pronominal verbs, of which the second pronoun is an indirect object, when no direct object precedes:— EUe s'est propose do partir. She proposed to herself to leave. Eile s'est brdlt^ les doigts. She has burnt her fingers. 5. When the participle precedes an infinitive, and is preceded by a direct object, which is not the actor, but the object acted upon.* In this case the infinitive is generally rendered in English by the passive voice : — Les chansons que j'ai entendu chanter. La regie que je vous ai conseill^ d'etudier. The song, which I heard (being) sumj. 6. When the direct object preceding a participle is not the object of this participle, but of a verb following : — The rule which I advised you to study. 7. The past participle of faire, fait, followed by an infinitive, is always invariable : — Je les ai fait raccommoder. / have had them mended. 8. After the pronoun en, when no direct object precedes; and, when joined to an adverb of quantity, the latter follows the auxiliary or the past participle : — Vous a-t-on donn^ des fleurs ? Have they given youflov>ers ? They have given me some. He had no more books but he lias bought many. We had no more dogs, but we have bought several. On m'en a donn^, n n'avait plus de livres, mais il en a beaucoup achet6. Nous n'avions plus de chiens,mais nous en avons achete plusieurs. 9 The past participles, cotlt6 and valu, taken in their literal * It follows from this rule, and No. 9, Section 99, that the agreement or non-agreement of the past participle, followed by an infinitive, con- siderably modifias the meaning of a sentence ; e.g. : Je les ai laissds punir, with the participle agreeing with lea, means, I allo/wed them, to punish ; whilst jeles ai laisse punir, with the participle not agreeing with les, means i alloiuvJ, Iheni, lo hv pixHiahed; that is literally, 1 tiitotued (somebody understood) to punish them. Students should bear this in mind when they translate French into English, or Dice versd. f^l a86 !S *!'° T^ participles dft.» voulu.* and pu, at the end of a sonton, o, rchen there ,* «„ i^jnitive understood, rZerl^ee ""'1,1^ francs que ce cheval m'a ooftte, il ne les n jftmais vain. WouK avons fait toutes les d6- marches que nous avons pu lis n'ont i)a8 rempli les devoirs quils auraiei dft. lis ont obtenu toutes les grAces qu'ils ont voulu. T/utt home wm nem- worth the thongand fruru'it it cost me. We tmk all the steps we could (take). They have noliuljilhd the duties they owjht (to have fuljilhd). They have obtained nil the favours they wished (to ol>f(tin). 10. A past participle preceded and followofl hv ««- „„ v tween que and qui; a past participKavinrfor obiect 'le n««' meaning lack, absence, never agrees .-- •" " P®"' ^}!^t^r^^^^'ommez^^Zi^rxe The letter yon required me to ] ecrive. Les marchandises que j'avais cru qui metaient exi»edi6es, no sont pas meme command*5es. L-e peu (le patience qu'il a mi I'a empGchti de rt'ussir. wnte. The floods tohich I thou(/ht had been fonoarded to me are not even ordei-ed. His lack of patience pi-evented his licm;/ successful. ^Miscellaneous Examples. "" bX ''"* '"""" ''' ^°- I ^^^^ ^-« t,iven ns ,jocd advice. Elles nous en ont donne. Les trois lieues qu'U a couru. i^s annees que ces 6dirices ont durt5. La belle journ^e qu'il a fait hier ! C'est la plus belle fete qu'il v ait eu. ^ II s'est presente deux de vos amis. Ces demoiselles se sont nui. Les Asiatiques se sont fait une espece d art de I'education de el.5phant. BuFFOff. iille sest imaging qu'elle pour- rait reussir. Les fruits que j'ai vu voler Les soldats blesses que j'ai vu porter. •" La chanson que j'ai entendu chanter. Les pommes que je vous ai d4- lenuu de manger. They have niven us some. The three leayues which he ran. Thf years that those edijices have lasted. What a beautifid day it was yesterday ! It is the finest feast that there has been. There appeared two of vour friends. ' Those younri ladies have injured one another. The Asiatics have made the edu- cation of the elephant a kind of art. ■' She conceived the idea that she might succeed. The fruits which I saw being stolen The ivounded soldiei-s whom I saw [being) carried. The song which I heard sung. The apples which I fm-hade you to eat. "d\irsno^ttps'^«''"'"«'"'«»t I^^at last received the sum they 237 .Te lea ai fait partir. EUes m'ont apport6 des oranges. KlleH in'en out apport^. Je regrefcte les qumze francs que ce cacliefc ni'a coftt^. II ne las a jamivis valu. Jo lui ai rendu tous les services (jue j'ai pu. Les niarchandises que j'ai su que vous aviez re9ue8. VoilA la lettre (lue j'ai cru qui vous (Stait parvenuo. Le pcu (le Constance qu'il a montr(5 I'a fait ^chouer. / obliged them to leave. Theii hart hrou(jht me oranget. Tkei/ hair brouyht me tome. I reyrct t/icji/teen fratuii thit teal coat me. It na^ never loorth it. I hare done him all the services I could. The ii(Hxh which I knew y. ho sont-elles raconte notre conversation? 16. Elles se la sont racontee. 17. Vos amies ont-elles disparu? 18 ElU.s nont pas disparu; elles sont revenues chez elles. 19. Les Boldats quo vous avez vus partir sont-ils revenus ? 20 lis sont morts; je les ai vu enterror. 21. Ne les avez-vous pas fait 6tudier ^ 22. Je les ai fait lire. 23. Avez-vous apporte des Boieries ? 24. Je n'en ai pas apporte. 25. Les soieries que i'en ai apportees sont superbes. Exercise 196. 1. Have you not recommended mj- nieces? 2. I have re- commended them, 3. Have you brought me good oranges? 4. I have brought you some. 5. Have you given any to rnv two daughters:" 6. I have given them some. 7. J would have given them some if I had had many. 8. Have you not neglected your studies? 9. I have not neglected them; I never neglect them. 10. The years which that church has lasted, speak m favour {en faveur) of the architect. 11. The .en milft.i v.'hirh he has run, huvo fatigued niai. 12. Have your sisters injured each other? 13. They have flattered themselves. 14. Did my friends present themselves ? 16. There 288 carao thrr. of your risters 16. ^at did they iraamnoP 17. Sho . ncoivod the idoa of miding Tasso (Le /««*T 8 Havo you seen , horn (m.) Btcal my apples p 19. I 4wth,m Btonl yc^,r poaches. 20. Have yo.i h, .rd thorn (f.) Hini P 2^ WK?n . : } ^°""'^ '" y^""" '■""'" tho books which I had Ion oTor" *"*''^- • ^'•,'^^" I'''"^^«« ^hi^'h J have forb dS BoWiors? Srr""* "Ik ^"""'''K ^S. Havo you scon thoH^ BOWiors P 26. I saw thorn pass last week. 27. I saw thorn earned to tho ho.spital (a I'hopital) this morning. ST IlZ you brought oranges from Franco p' 29. I brm.gh som'o 30 rho orang.^ wh oh I bro.ight from it {en) aro good 31 Have Section CI. THE )'A8T PAKTICIPLE C8ED SUBSTANTIVELY. ■nW^?"^'''"'-*'''* Pa'^i'^iples, French past participles are used substantively in reforonc, to persons and inanimate obiects In tho latter case thoy aro of either gender, but most of them Lob valncuB furent trait^s avec respect. Sa pretendue est riche. On vient d'apporter le moit. McE prot^g^es sent la. Donnez-moi un re^u de cet argent A la tombee de la nuit. Ce sent de belles pensees. Ces fialts Bont bien conmis. Ce parvenu est fort importun. Les deux marit^es sont fort belles. Apris la bataille on porta secours aux blesses. Les exilees supportaient leur sort avec fermet*5. Le fini d'un tableau. La crue de la riviere. II a pass^ la nuit dana les tranch^es. n a deux coupes. The conquered were respectfullii treated. t^ J J His future wife is rich. Theii have just brought the dead man. The ladies I patronise are here. Oive me a receipt far that money. At niyhtfall. These are beautiful thoughts. Those facts are well known. Miscellaneous Examples. This upstart is veiy troublesome. TiK tioo brides are beautiful. After the battle they attended the wounded. The exiled ladies bore their fate inth firmness. The finish of a picture. The rise of the river. He spent the night in the trenches. t He has two broughams. Exeucise 197. gnterra, buried. On, tliei/. lorr^drs'"'- xx:^''''''^'^' Cn^fur^i ■ . Int'^ressantes, interest- Tiroir, m. drawee- covered. Arr6te, arrested. Arriv^e, f. arrival. BieutAt, soon. t 189 1. Lo champ do batnillo 6tait couvort do morts. 2. Lo pr^- tondu g6ncrar fut bientiit arrilt6. 3. L'arrivfo dii miniHtro nouH t'tonna. 4. C'cst un fait bion coiinu. 5. Leu tiiinclu'os ^tait'iit Lien gardees. G. On entorra la morto itniiK-diatemont. 7. Lo eondainn(' parut. 8. SIoh pctitcH proti'gi'L'H wont fort mtOrosBantes. y. V'ouh trouv(>rt'z lours re(,'U8 dans votrc; tiroir. EXEKCISE 198. Broken, oaMi4. Fire, ftii, m. jMM'tor, doctour, in. In npite, malgru, JJo 1/1)11 hww, coniiaiH- Ifo (before a noun), sez-vouM. jias do. Emmii, emieini, in. Ojwnrtl, ouvrirent. eindre ; aussi je ne I'entreprendrai pas. Mme. de Sevigne. Therefore, they have no strerujth to possess it safely. My f/rief woidd he too trijiiny if I could depict it; so' that I will not undertake it. f AU RESTB. C'est ce qu'il y a de plus sage ; | This is the wisest imy; besides, it au reste, c'est aussi ce qu'il y is also the most just. a de plus juste. ' Marmontel. I 240 VoilA les jj^rils, voici le moyeii (le les ^viter ; carenfin, le bras (le Dieii n'est pas raccourci, Massillon. Le peu][>lo so figure imo f^licitu iinaginaire dans les situations (■levees, oii il ne peut atteindre, et il croit (cartel est I'homme) que tout ce qu'il ne peut avoir, o'est cela meme qui est le bonheur qu'il cherche. Massillon. CAR. Those are the dum/ers, this is the way of avoiding them; for fimUy, the influenw of God is not fess powerful. The people picture to themscires (in immiinarti happiness in elevated stations which then can- not reach, and the// hcliere (for such is man) that 'all that theif can-not ohtain, fwms the rer'i/ happimss lohich thei/ seek: Ccmme I'ambition n'a i)as noi que vous ecriviez, ^vitez la bassesse, BoiLEAV. Quoi que ce soit qu'elle dise, die ne me persuadera pas. Girault-Dlviv I KI{. Although God and nature have made all mm e/ frieiul, pnulence saijs, that we must rarely judye from appear- ances. You ioill have it so ? Sv be it ! A fatal and contayioiis disease spread in the principal cities of Jyonaandy, be it that the in- clemency of the season had left in the air some malignant im- pression, be it that a fatal con- mare had brought from distctnt fountries,rinthperishcMe riches, the seeds of disease and death, be It that the angel of God hid stretclvedf 01-th his hand to smite that unfortunate province. Section- Oil I. l.lo5^ ^'fSI- "^* "' '''' ™"«^ "-^1 abbrcviutiou. cm- ABBREVIATIONS. A. 1*. A protester. 'l' ^- !*• Accepte sous protet. A. S. P. c. Accepte sous protet pour ti compte. B""' Baron. C^'i- Chevalier. O'^'- Comte. Ct.'Mo. Comtesse. D''- Docteur. Ur. M". Sooteur-ra^decin. E. Est. MEANINGS. To be protested. Accepted under protest. Accepted under protest on ac- count. Baron, Chevalim; knight, sir. Count. Countess, Doctor. Doctor of medicine. East. Il i! 245 Ac l! ABBREVIATIONS. .T.-C. Jc'sus-Ohrist. LL. AA. II. Leurs Altesses Im- poriiiles. LL. AA. RK. Leurs Altesses Koyales. LL. AA. SS. Leurs Altesses Sm'iiissimes. , Till. Em. Leurs Eminences. LL. Ex. Leurs Excellences. LL. HH. Leu IS Hiuitesses. LL. MM. Leurs Majestes. LL. aor. II. Leurs Majestes Imperiales. LL. MM. RK. Leurs Majestes Royales. M. ou M>- Monsieur. M. A. Maison as-auree. M. A. C. I. Maison assureo coutre 1 incendie. Mil- Jlarcliand, U'« Huline!f3, hiitfth-stuth-caat. SotiUi aouth-vieat. Printed by Cass' ! j- & Company, I^imitep, La Belle Sauvaire, London, E.C; 40.589 ^satfArtn-*;